礼敬彼世尊、阿拉汉、正自觉者
中部· 中部五十经义注巴利
Namo tassa bhagavato arahato sammāsambuddhassa · Majjhimanikāye · Majjhimapaṇṇāsa-aṭṭhakathā
1. 居士品义注
403 段
《迦达罗迦经》的注释巴利
1. Kandarakasuttavaṇṇanā
1 “如是我闻”等语,就是《干达罗迦经》。其中“在瞻波”:在一座这样得名的城市里。因为那座城市的园林、莲池等各处,长满了瞻波树,所以就得名为瞻波。“在伽伽拉莲池畔”:在瞻波不远处,有一座莲池,因为是名叫伽伽拉的王后所开凿,所以得名伽伽拉。那座池岸四周,有一大片瞻波林,点缀着青色等五种颜色的花朵。世尊就住在那里花香芬芳的瞻波林中。针对这一点,才说“在伽伽拉莲池畔”。“与大比丘僧团一起”:与数量没有限定、广大的比丘僧团一起。“佩索”:是他的名字。“象师之子”:是象术师之子。“游方者干达罗迦”:是一位名叫干达罗迦的着衣游方者。“顶礼后”:他进入六色辉耀的浓密佛光之间,就像沉入清澈的紫胶液;又像展开金色的上等布料,连头一起覆盖;又像用头顶承接色香具足的瞻波花;又像满月靠近须弥山脚;他向世尊的双足顶礼——那双足具足轮相庄严,如胭脂色盛开的莲花般光彩照人。这就是“顶礼后”的意思。“坐在一边”:他坐在远离六种坐姿过失的一处地方。巴利
1.Evaṃme sutanti kandarakasuttaṃ. Tattha campāyanti evaṃnāmake nagare. Tassa hi nagarassa ārāmapokkharaṇīādīsu tesu tesu ṭhānesu campakarukkhāva ussannā ahesuṃ, tasmā campāti saṅkhamagamāsi. Gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīreti tassa campānagarassa avidūre gaggarāya nāma rājamahesiyā khaṇitattā gaggarāti laddhavohārā pokkharaṇī atthi. Tassā tīre samantato nīlādipañcavaṇṇakusumapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ mahantaṃ campakavanaṃ. Tasmiṃ bhagavā kusumagandhasugandhe campakavane viharati. Taṃ sandhāya ‘‘gaggarāya pokkharaṇiyā tīre’’ti vuttaṃ. Mahatā bhikkhusaṅghena saddhinti adassitaparicchedena mahantena bhikkhusaṅghena saddhiṃ. Pessoti tassa nāmaṃ. Hatthārohaputtoti hatthācariyassa putto. Kandarakoca paribbājakoti kandarakoti evaṃnāmo channaparibbājako. Abhivādetvāti chabbaṇṇānaṃ ghanabuddharasmīnaṃ antaraṃ pavisitvā pasannalākhārase nimujjamāno viya, siṅgīsuvaṇṇavaṇṇaṃ dussavaraṃ pasāretvā sasīsaṃ pārupamāno viya, vaṇṇagandhasampannacampakapupphāni sirasā sampaṭicchanto viya, sinerupādaṃ upagacchanto puṇṇacando viya bhagavato cakkalakkhaṇapaṭimaṇḍite alattakavaṇṇaphullapadumasassirike pāde vanditvāti attho. Ekamantaṃ nisīdīti chanisajjadosavirahite ekasmiṃ okāse nisīdi.
无论他看向哪里,看到的都是默然寂静,意思是:所到之处,全都是默然寂静的。因为在那个场合里,哪怕一位比丘都没有手的小动作或脚的小动作;所有人都因为对世尊的恭敬以及自己已修学的戒行,彼此之间不再交谈,连咳嗽的声音都不发出。他们像深深埋入地下的门柱一样稳固,又像无风之处的大海水一样平静,身体纹丝不动,内心也不散乱,宛如红色的雨云围绕着须弥山顶一样,围绕世尊而坐。游方者看到僧众如此安坐,心中生起极大的喜悦和满足。然而他无法把这生起的喜悦只藏在心里,于是说出了发自内心的赞叹之语。因此经文说“真是稀有啊,尊者”等等。巴利
Tuṇhībhūtaṃ tuṇhībhūtanti yato yato anuviloketi, tato tato tuṇhībhūtamevāti attho. Tattha hi ekabhikkhussāpi hatthakukkuccaṃ vā pādakukkuccaṃ vā natthi, sabbe bhagavato ceva gāravena attano ca sikkhitasikkhatāya aññamaññaṃ vigatasallāpā antamaso ukkāsitasaddampi akarontā sunikhātaindakhīlā viya nivātaṭṭhāne sannisinnaṃ mahāsamuddaudakaṃ viya kāyenapi niccalā manasāpi avikkhittā rattavalāhakā viya sinerukūṭaṃ bhagavantaṃ parivāretvā nisīdiṃsu. Paribbājakassa evaṃ sannisinnaṃ parisaṃ disvā mahantaṃ pītisomanassaṃ uppajji. Uppannaṃ pana antohadayasmiṃyeva sannidahituṃ asakkonto piyasamudāhāraṃ samuṭṭhāpesi. Tasmā acchariyaṃ bhotiādimāha.
这里,就像盲人爬山一样,不可能一直发生,所以叫稀有。这是从词源上说的。而按照注疏的解释,稀有是指值得弹指赞叹,意思就是值得弹指赞叹。前所未有而出现,就叫希有。这两个都是表达惊叹的说法。不过,它又分为两种:贬斥的稀有和赞叹的稀有。其中,“目犍连真是稀有!目犍连真是希有!那个愚人竟然会来到被人抓住手臂的地步!”这是贬斥的稀有。“难陀母真是稀有!难陀母真是希有!你竟然能净化内心生起的念头!”这是赞叹的稀有。这里要取的正是赞叹的稀有,因为这里正是在赞叹这一点时这样说的。巴利
Tattha andhassa pabbatārohanaṃ viya niccaṃ na hotīti acchariyaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva saddanayo. Ayaṃ pana aṭṭhakathānayo , accharāyogganti acchariyaṃ. Accharaṃ paharituṃ yuttanti attho. Abhūtapubbaṃ bhūtanti abbhutaṃ. Ubhayampetaṃ vimhayassevādhivacanaṃ. Taṃ panetaṃ garahaacchariyaṃ, pasaṃsāacchariyanti duvidhaṃ hoti. Tattha acchariyaṃ moggallāna abbhutaṃ moggallāna, yāva bāhāgahaṇāpi nāma so moghapuriso āgamessatīti (cūḷava. 383; a. ni. 8.20), idaṃ garahaacchariyaṃ nāma. ‘‘Acchariyaṃ nandamāte abbhutaṃ nandamāte, yatra hi nāma cittuppādampi parisodhessasīti (a. ni. 7.53) idaṃ pasaṃsāacchariyaṃ nāma. Idhāpi idameva adhippetaṃ’’ ayañhi taṃ pasaṃsanto evamāha.
“何等”这里,“id”只是一个没有实义的小品词。“何等”是程度的限定:以这样的程度正确地教导,以这样的标准正确地教导,我就无法用言语来赞叹他的功德,只能说“这真是稀有,这真是希有”。“如此最上”是说:这个比丘僧团被如此正确地教导,这个比丘僧团所达到的极致就是“如此最上”;他们使僧团达到了这种教导的极致,再没有比这更高的了。第二种解释是:未来他们也将如此教导,同样没有比这更高的。这里的“被教导”是指从日常行仪等开始,被妥善地安置在正确而不违逆的修行道路上。那么,这位游方者为什么能指出过去和未来的佛陀呢?难道他有三时智吗?并没有。他只是站在类比推论的角度,心想:“这个比丘僧团这样安静地坐着,已调伏、已训练、已寂静,过去的诸佛也必定只是这样教导到极致,未来的诸佛也将如此教导,没有比这更超胜的教导方式了。”于是他凭自己的推论这样说了。巴利
Yāvañcidanti ettha idanti nipātamattaṃ. Yāvāti pamāṇaparicchedo, yāva sammā paṭipādito, yattakena pamāṇena sammā paṭipādito, na sakkā tassa vaṇṇe vattuṃ, atha kho acchariyamevetaṃ abbhutamevetanti vuttaṃ hoti. Etaparamaṃyevāti evaṃ sammā paṭipādito eso bhikkhusaṅgho tassāpi bhikkhusaṅghassa paramoti etaparamo, taṃ etaparamaṃ yathā ayaṃ paṭipādito, evaṃ paṭipāditaṃ katvā paṭipādesuṃ, na ito bhiyyoti attho. Dutiyanaye evaṃ paṭipādessanti, na ito bhiyyoti yojetabbaṃ. Tattha paṭipāditoti ābhisamācārikavattaṃ ādiṃ katvā sammā apaccanīkapaṭipattiyaṃ yojito. Atha kasmā ayaṃ paribbājako atītānāgate buddhe dasseti, kimassa tiyaddhajānanañāṇaṃ atthīti. Natthi, nayaggāhe pana ṭhatvā ‘‘yenākārena ayaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho sannisinno danto vinīto upasanto, atītabuddhāpi etaparamaṃyeva katvā paṭipajjāpesuṃ, anāgatabuddhāpi paṭipajjāpessanti, natthi ito uttari paṭipādanā’’ti maññamāno anubuddhiyā evamāha.
2 “正是如此,干德拉咖”这一句是另一个连结。据说世尊听了之后,心里想:“干德拉咖,你说这个比丘僧团是寂静的,但这个比丘僧团之所以寂静的原因,你并不清楚。你并没有圆满三十种波罗蜜、成熟善根,也没有在菩提座上通达一切知智。而我圆满了波罗蜜,把义利行、世间行、佛行都修到了顶点,在菩提座上通达了一切知智,所以这些比丘之所以寂静的原因,我很清楚。”为了开示这个道理,世尊才开始这次说法。巴利
2.Evametaṃ kandarakāti pāṭiekko anusandhi. Bhagavā kira taṃ sutvā ‘‘kandaraka tvaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ upasantoti vadasi, imassa pana bhikkhusaṅghassa upasantakāraṇaṃ tuyhaṃ apākaṭaṃ, na hi tvaṃ samatiṃsa pāramiyā pūretvā kusalamūlaṃ paripācetvā bodhipallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭivijjhi, mayā pana pāramiyo pūretvā ñātatthacariyaṃ lokatthacariyaṃ buddhatthacariyañca koṭiṃ pāpetvā bodhipallaṅke sabbaññutaññāṇaṃ paṭividdhaṃ, mayhaṃ etesaṃ upasantakāraṇaṃ pākaṭa’’nti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
Santi hi kandarakā这一段也是一个独立的连结。据说世尊这样想:“这个游方者说这个比丘僧团是寂静的,可是这个比丘僧团经过刻意造作、伪装,以诳惑的心态来摆出威仪,内心并不寂静,也不表现出寂静的样子。然而,在这个比丘僧团中,有正在圆满行道者,也有已圆满行道、达到顶点而安住的比丘;其中,已圆满行道、达到顶点者,是以自己亲证之功德而寂静;正在圆满行道者,是以对上分道之观而寂静;除此之外,其余者,则是以四念处而寂静。我将为他们显示寂静之因。”为了显示“以如此这般因缘,这个比丘僧团是寂静的”,而说“Santi hi kandarakā”等语。巴利
Santi hi kandarakāti ayampi pāṭiekko anusandhi. Bhagavato kira etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ paribbājako imaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ upasantoti vadati, ayañca bhikkhusaṅgho kappetvā pakappetvā kuhakabhāvena iriyāpathaṃ saṇṭhapento cittena anupasanto na upasantākāraṃ dasseti. Ettha pana bhikkhusaṅghe paṭipadaṃ pūrayamānāpi paṭipadaṃ pūretvā matthakaṃ patvā ṭhitabhikkhūpi atthi, tattha paṭipadaṃ pūretvā matthakaṃ pattā attanā paṭividdhaguṇeheva upasantā, paṭipadaṃ pūrayamānā uparimaggassa vipassanāya upasantā, ito muttā pana avasesā catūhi satipaṭṭhānehi upasantā. Taṃ nesaṃ upasantakāraṇaṃ dassessāmī’’ti ‘‘iminā ca iminā ca kāraṇena ayaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho upasanto’’ti dassetuṃ ‘‘santi hi kandarakā’’tiādimāha.
其中,关于阿罗汉、诸漏尽者等应当说明的内容,已经在《根本法门经注》里讲过了。有学人的修行之道也在那里详细解释过了。恒常戒,就是持续不断的戒、没有间断的戒。恒常生活者,是恒常戒的同义词,也可以理解为以恒常戒而活命。意思是,他们就安住在这恒常戒上来维持生活,宁可死去,也不犯破戒。巴利
Tattha arahanto khīṇāsavātiādīsu yaṃ vattabbaṃ, taṃ mūlapariyāyasuttavaṇṇanāyameva vuttaṃ. Sekhapaṭipadampi tattheva vitthāritaṃ. Santatasīlāti satatasīlā nirantarasīlā. Santatavuttinoti tasseva vevacanaṃ, santatajīvikā vātipi attho. Tasmiṃ santatasīle ṭhatvāva jīvikaṃ kappenti, na dussīlyaṃ maraṇaṃ pāpuṇantīti attho.
“有智慧的人”是指具备审慎、拥有智慧的人。“以审慎方式生活”是指以智慧生活,安住在智慧中维持生计。就像有些人在教法里出家之后,为了活命,仍然在六种不该去的地方游荡:出入妓女之处,出入寡妇、成年少女、黄门、酒肆、比丘尼之处;与国王、大臣、外道、外道弟子混在一起,进行不适当的在家交往;做医生的活,做信使的活,做跑腿的活,切开脓疮,涂抹疮药,给人上泻药,给人下泻药,熬制鼻油,熬制饮油,赠送竹筹、赠送钵、赠送花、赠送果、赠送沐浴用品、赠送齿木、赠送漱口水、赠送香粉泥团;说谄媚的话,用绿豆汤讨好,阿谀奉承,四处奔走拉关系——以这二十一种不正当的方式谋生的人,就叫作不审慎生活的人,他不是安住在智慧中维持生计。这样的人命终之后,会转生为名叫沙门夜叉的鬼类,像经中所说“他的袈裟炽燃、烧起来”,遭受极大的痛苦。如果没有变成那样,即使为了活命也不违犯学处,安立在四种遍净戒上,尽自己所能学习佛语,圆满车乘行道、大牛角行道、大空行道、无秽行道、法嗣行道、那罗迦行道、隐默行道、月喻行道这些圣者行道,成为四资具知足、乐于修习、践行圣者传统者的亲身证悟者,就像冲出敌阵的大象、脱离象群的狮子、解开缆绳的大船一样,在行走等活动中独自安住,建立观照,心中生起“今天、今天就要证得阿罗汉果”的精进努力而安住。巴利
Nipakāti nepakkena samannāgatā paññavanto. Nipakavuttinoti paññāya vuttino, paññāya ṭhatvā jīvikaṃ kappenti. Yathā ekacco sāsane pabbajitvāpi jīvitakāraṇā chasu agocaresu carati, vesiyāgocaro hoti, vidhavathullakumārikapaṇḍakapānāgārabhikkhunigocaro hoti. Saṃsaṭṭho viharati rājūhi rājamahāmattehi titthiyehi titthiyasāvakehi ananulomikena gihisaṃsaggena (vibha. 514), vejjakammaṃ karoti, dūtakammaṃ karoti, pahiṇakammaṃ karoti, gaṇḍaṃ phāleti, arumakkhanaṃ deti, uddhaṃvirecanaṃ deti, adhovirecanaṃ deti, natthutelaṃ pacati, pivanatelaṃ pacati, veḷudānaṃ, pattadānaṃ, pupphadānaṃ, phaladānaṃ, sinānadānaṃ, dantakaṭṭhadānaṃ, mukhodakadānaṃ, cuṇṇamattikadānaṃ deti, cāṭukamyaṃ karoti, muggasūpiyaṃ, pāribhaṭuṃ, jaṅghapesaniyaṃ karotīti ekavīsatividhāya anesanāya jīvikaṃ kappento anipakavutti nāma hoti, na paññāya ṭhatvā jīvikaṃ kappeti, tato kālakiriyaṃ katvā samaṇayakkho nāma hutvā ‘‘tassa saṅghāṭipi ādittā hoti sampajjalitā’’ti vuttanayena mahādukkhaṃ anubhoti. Evaṃvidhā ahutvā jīvitahetupi sikkhāpadaṃ anatikkamanto catupārisuddhisīle patiṭṭhāya yathābalaṃ buddhavacanaṃ uggaṇhitvā rathavinītapaṭipadaṃ, mahāgosiṅgapaṭipadaṃ, mahāsuññatapaṭipadaṃ, anaṅgaṇapaṭipadaṃ, dhammadāyādapaṭipadaṃ, nālakapaṭipadaṃ, tuvaṭṭakapaṭipadaṃ, candopamapaṭipadanti imāni ariyapaṭipadāni pūrento catupaccaya-santosa-bhāvanārāma-ariyavaṃsapaṭipattiyaṃ kāyasakkhino hutvā anīkā nikkhantahatthī viya yūthā vissaṭṭhasīho viya nipacchābandhamahānāvā viya ca gamanādīsu ekavihārino vipassanaṃ paṭṭhapetvā ajjaajjeva arahattanti pavattaussāhā viharantīti attho.
心善安住:就是指心在四念处中稳稳地安立下来。其余关于念处的解说,前面已经详细讲过了。这里说的,则是世间与出世间混合在一起的四念处。仅就这一点来说,就已经把比丘僧团得以寂静安详的原因讲清楚了。巴利
Suppatiṭṭhitacittāti catūsu satipaṭṭhānesu suṭṭhapitacittā hutvā. Sesā satipaṭṭhānakathā heṭṭhā vitthāritāva. Idha pana lokiyalokuttaramissakā satipaṭṭhānā kathitā, ettakena bhikkhusaṅghassa upasantakāraṇaṃ kathitaṃ hoti.
3 到善安立为止,意思是到妥善安立、善加教导为止。他说“我们也一样,尊者”,这是表明自己也是修行者,同时也抬举比丘僧团。这里的内在意思是:我们也一样,尊者,作为居士……安住于善立之心;然而比丘僧团唯独以这念处为耕耘、为种子、为轭与犁、为犁头与刺棒,所以比丘僧团一切时都以念处为归宿;而我们只是偶尔得到机会才作意于此。我们也是修行者,并非完全舍弃了业处。“人间稠林”:因为人类内心的意向像密林一样稠密,所以叫稠林;他们的内心意向也因为烦恼的稠密而稠密,应当这样理解。“粗劣”和“虚伪”也是如此。其中,以不清净为粗劣,以奸诈为虚伪,应当这样理解。“了知众生的利益与无利益”:世尊完全清楚地了知,对于如此心性稠密、粗劣、奸诈的人类,什么是有利益之道,什么是无利益之道。“所谓牲畜”:这里泛指一切四足动物。“我能”,就是我有能力。“以多少时间”:以多少刹那。“将往返瞻波”:将从修行处往返到瞻波门。“虚伪”:虚伪性。“诈伪”:诈伪性。“歪曲”:歪曲性。“不正”:不正性。“将显现”:将公开、将显示。因为他在那么短的时间内,是不可能把这些都显示出来的。巴利
3.Yāva supaññattāti yāva suṭṭhapitā sudesitā. Mayampi hi, bhanteti iminā esa attano kārakabhāvaṃ dasseti, bhikkhusaṅghañca ukkhipati. Ayañhettha adhippāyo, mayampi hi, bhante, gihi…pe… suppatiṭṭhitacittā viharāma, bhikkhusaṅghassa pana ayameva kasi ca bījañca yuganaṅgalañca phālapācanañca, tasmā bhikkhusaṅgho sabbakālaṃ satipaṭṭhānaparāyaṇo, mayaṃ pana kālena kālaṃ okāsaṃ labhitvā etaṃ manasikāraṃ karoma, mayampi kārakā, na sabbaso vissaṭṭhakammaṭṭhānāyevāti. Manussagahaneti manussānaṃ ajjhāsayagahanena gahanatā, ajjhāsayassāpi nesaṃ kilesagahanena gahanatā veditabbā. Kasaṭasāṭheyyesupi eseva nayo. Tattha aparisuddhaṭṭhena kasaṭatā, kerāṭiyaṭṭhena sāṭheyyatā veditabbā. Sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānātīti evaṃ gahanakasaṭakerāṭiyānaṃ manussānaṃ hitāhitapaṭipadaṃ yāva suṭṭhu bhagavā jānāti. Yadidaṃ pasavoti ettha sabbāpi catuppadajāti pasavoti adhippetā. Pahomīti sakkomi. Yāvatakena antarenāti yattakena khaṇena. Campaṃ gatāgataṃ karissatīti assamaṇḍalato yāva campānagaradvārā gamanañca āgamanañca karissati. Sāṭheyyānīti saṭhattāni. Kūṭeyyānīti kūṭattāni. Vaṅkeyyānīti vaṅkattāni. Jimheyyānīti jimhattāni. Pātukarissatīti pakāsessati dassessati. Na hi sakkā tena tāni ettakena antarena dassetuṃ.
在这里,如果一头象想在某个地方站立,而那个地方对人来说有危险,它不会先盘算“我先往前走,骗过他们,再站住”,而是就在它想站的那个地方,像一根埋进地里的柱子一样,四脚稳稳钉住不动——这种象就叫“诡诈”。
如果一头象想在某个地方拦腰撞过去,而那个地方对人来说有危险,它不会先盘算“我先往前走,骗过他们,再撞过去”,而是就在那里直接拦腰撞去——这种象就叫“伪诈”。
如果一头象想在某个地方离开道路、折返过来走上反方向的路,而那个地方对人来说有危险,它不会先盘算“我先往前走,骗过他们,再这么干”,而是就在那里直接离开道路,折返过来走上反方向的路——这种象就叫“弯曲”。
如果一头象想有时偏左、有时偏右、有时顺着直路走,而那个地方对人来说有危险,它不会先盘算“我先往前走,骗过他们,再这么干”,而是就在那里有时偏左、有时偏右、有时顺着直路走。同样,当它想排粪或撒尿时,如果这个地方地面平整、人来人往、风景宜人,它不会想“在这种地方做这种事不合适,我先往前走,到隐蔽的地方再做”,而是就在那里直接做了——这种象就叫“歪曲”。
以上是就这四种行为来说的。它们会把所有这些诡诈、伪诈、弯曲、歪曲都表现出来——当它们这样做的时候,这些诡诈之类的象就是在把那些诡诈等等表现出来了。巴利
Tattha yassa kismiñcideva ṭhāne ṭhātukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā ṭhassāmīti na hoti, tasmiṃ ṭhātukāmaṭṭhāneyeva nikhātatthambho viya cattāro pāde niccale katvā tiṭṭhati, ayaṃ saṭho nāma. Yassa pana kismiñcideva ṭhāne avacchinditvā khandhagataṃ pātetukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā pātessāmīti na hoti, tattheva avacchinditvā pāteti, ayaṃ kūṭo nāma. Yassa kismiñcideva ṭhāne maggā ukkamma nivattitvā paṭimaggaṃ ārohitukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā evaṃ karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva maggā ukkamma nivattitvā paṭimaggaṃ ārohati, ayaṃ vaṅko nāma. Yassa pana kālena vāmato kālena dakkhiṇato kālena ujumaggeneva gantukāmassa sato yaṃ ṭhānaṃ manussānaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, purato gantvā vañcetvā evaṃ karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva kālena vāmato kālena dakkhiṇato kālena ujumaggaṃ gacchati, tathā laṇḍaṃ vā passāvaṃ vā vissajjetukāmassa sato idaṃ ṭhānaṃ susammaṭṭhaṃ ākiṇṇamanussaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ, imasmiṃ ṭhāne evarūpaṃ kātuṃ na yuttaṃ, purato gantvā paṭicchannaṭhāne karissāmīti na hoti, tattheva karoti, ayaṃ jimho nāma. Iti imaṃ catubbidhampi kiriyaṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Sabbāni tāni sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni vaṅkeyyāni jimheyyāni pātukarissatīti evaṃ karontāpi te saṭhādayo tāni sāṭheyyādīni pātukaronti nāma.
像这样把畜生心思浅露易知的情况显示出来之后,现在要显示人类深隐难知,就说“可是我们,尊者啊……”等等。这里,“奴隶”是指家生的、用钱买来的、被强行带来的,或者自己甘愿为奴的人。“仆使”是指被差遣办事的人。“工人”是指靠饭食和工钱雇来的人。“以身行不同”:他们用一种方式表现身体行为,用另一种方式说话,心又处在另一种状态——这就是要显示的意思。具体来说,有些人当着主人的面会起身迎接,从主人手里接过东西,放下这个又拿起那个,还会做铺设座位、扇扇子、洗脚等一切事情;可一旦背对主人,连油溢出来都不看一眼,就算有价值一百、一千钱的活计受损,也不愿意回头看一眼——这些人就叫作以身行不同。还有些人当着主人的面说“我们的主人、我们的老爷”这类话加以称赞,背后却没有什么不敢说的,想说什么就说什么——这些人就叫作以语行不同。巴利
Evaṃ pasūnaṃ uttānabhāvaṃ dassetvā idāni manussānaṃ gahanabhāvaṃ dassento amhākaṃ pana, bhantetiādimāha. Tattha dāsāti antojātakā vā dhanakkītā vā karamarānītā vā sayaṃ vā dāsabyaṃ upagatā. Pessāti pesanakārakā. Kammakarāti bhattavetanabhatā. Aññathāva kāyenāti aññenevākārena kāyena samudācaranti, aññenevākārena vācāya, aññena ca nesaṃ ākārena cittaṃ ṭhitaṃ hotīti dasseti. Tattha ye sammukhā sāmike disvā paccuggamanaṃ karonti, hatthato bhaṇḍakaṃ gaṇhanti, imaṃ vissajjetvā imaṃ gaṇhantā sesānipi āsana-paññāpana-tālavaṇṭabījana-pādadhovanādīni sabbāni kiccāni karonti, parammukhakāle pana telampi uttarantaṃ na olokenti, satagghanakepi sahassagghanakepi kamme parihāyante nivattitvā oloketumpi na icchanti, ime aññathā kāyena samudācaranti nāma. Ye pana sammukhā ‘‘amhākaṃ sāmi amhākaṃ ayyo’’tiādīni vatvā pasaṃsanti, parammukhā avattabbaṃ nāma natthi, yaṃ icchanti, taṃ vadanti, ime aññathā vācāya samudācaranti nāma.
4 四种卑劣之人这一句也是一处单独的连结。因为这位卑劣之人说:“尊者,真是不可思议!在人类这样隐藏心思、这样诡诈、这样虚伪行事的时候,世尊还能了知众生的利益与不利。”前三种人走的是不利之道,后面第四种人走的是利益之道。为了显示“我就是这样了知众生的利益与不利”,世尊开始了这次说法。也可以把它和上文康达罗迦的谈论连接起来。因此他说:“乔达摩尊者如此善巧地引导了比丘僧团。”然后,世尊为了显示“我舍弃前三种人,只引导后面的第四种人走上利益之道”,而开始了这次说法。“存在”这个词,只是“现前存在”一词的另一种说法。在“他们存在、已止息、已寂静”这句里,“已灭”被称为“存在”。在“这些住处在这圣者之律中被称为存在”这句里,“存在”指已般涅槃。在“智者确实与善人互相告知”这句里,“存在”指智者。但在这里,意思是现前存在、可被找到。巴利
4.Cattārome pessapuggalāti ayampi pāṭiekko anusandhi. Ayañhi pesso ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ, bhante, bhagavā evaṃ manussagahaṇe evaṃ manussakasaṭe evaṃ manussasāṭheyye vattamāne sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānātī’’ti āha. Purime ca tayo puggalā ahitapaṭipadaṃ paṭipannā, upari catuttho hitapaṭipadaṃ, evamahaṃ sattānaṃ hitāhitaṃ jānāmīti dassetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Heṭṭhā kandarakassa kathāya saddhiṃ yojetumpi vaṭṭati. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘yāvañcidaṃ bhotā gotamena sammā bhikkhusaṅgho paṭipādito’’ti. Athassa bhagavā ‘‘purime tayo puggale pahāya upari catutthapuggalassa hitapaṭipattiyaṃyeva paṭipādemī’’ti dassentopi imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Santoti idaṃ saṃvijjamānāti padasseva vevacanaṃ. ‘‘Santā honti samitā vūpasantā’’ti (vibha. 542) ettha hi niruddhā santāti vuttā. ‘‘Santā ete vihārā ariyassa vinaye vuccantī’’ti ettha (ma. ni. 1.82) nibbutā. ‘‘Santo have sabbhi pavedayantī’’ti ettha (jā. 2.21.413) paṇḍitā. Idha pana vijjamānā upalabbhamānāti attho.
在“自苦”等词中,折磨自己、让自己痛苦,就是自苦者。致力于折磨自己,就是自苦修行。折磨他人、让他人痛苦,就是苦他者。致力于折磨他人,就是苦他修行。“就在这一生”指就在这同一期生命当中。“无饥渴者”中,渴爱被称为饥渴,他没有这种饥渴,所以叫无饥渴者。因为一切烦恼都已寂灭,所以叫寂灭者。因为内心没有灼烧的烦恼,所以成为清凉者。体验禅那、道、果和涅槃之乐,就是感受乐者。“令心满意”指使心满意,也就是圆满心、充满心、执取心、令心生起净信,这就是此处的意思。“以殊胜的自身”指以最上等的自身。巴利
Attantapādīsu attānaṃ tapati dukkhāpetīti attantapo. Attano paritāpanānuyogaṃ attaparitāpanānuyogaṃ. Paraṃ tapati dukkhāpetīti parantapo. Paresaṃ paritāpanānuyogaṃ paraparitāpanānuyogaṃ. Diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Nicchātoti chātaṃ vuccati taṇhā, sā assa natthīti nicchāto. Sabbakilesānaṃ nibbutattā nibbuto. Anto tāpanakilesānaṃ abhāvā sītalo jātoti sītibhūto. Jhānamaggaphalanibbānasukhāni paṭisaṃvedetīti sukhapaṭisaṃvedī. Brahmabhūtena attanāti seṭṭhabhūtena attanā. Cittaṃ ārādhetīti cittaṃ sampādeti, paripūreti gaṇhāti pasādetīti attho.
5 厌苦:就是对苦感到抗拒,处在与苦对立的状态,不想要有苦,这就是它的意思。巴利
5.Dukkhapaṭikkūlanti dukkhassa paṭikūlaṃ, paccanīkasaṇṭhitaṃ dukkhaṃ apatthayamānanti attho.
6 这里说的“智者”,不能因为四种原因就称他为智者;而是因为他在四念处上下了功夫,才应该称他为智者。“大慧者”也不能按“能把握大义”等大慧的特征来称呼;而是因为他具备了能摄持四念处的智慧,才应该称他为大慧者。“将与大利结合而行”:意思是他将与大利结合而行,也就是证得入流果。有人问:那些有道果近依缘的人,即使佛陀就在面前,也会有障碍生起吗?回答:是的,会有障碍,但这不是因为佛陀,而是由于缺乏运作力,或者由于恶友。其中,缺乏运作力是指:如果法将舍利弗当时了知地舍婆罗门的心意而为他说法,那位婆罗门就会成为入流者,这就是缺乏运作力。由于恶友是指:如果阿阇世王不听信提婆达多的话,不去造杀父的恶业,那么他在《沙门果经》宣说的当天就会成为入流者;但他听信了提婆达多的话,造下杀父恶业,所以没有证得,这就是由于恶友。这位居士也出现了运作力的欠缺,在说法还没结束时,他就起身离开了。不过,比丘们,到此为止,象兵之子已经与大利结合了。是什么大利呢?是两种利益。据说这位居士获得了对僧团的净信,而且为了摄持四念处,他心中生起了一种新的修行方法。因此说“与大利结合”。而健陀罗只获得了对僧团的净信。世尊的时机到了,这是指宣说这个法门的时机,也就是分别四种人的时机。巴利
6.Paṇḍitoti idha catūhi kāraṇehi paṇḍitoti na vattabbo, satipaṭṭhānesu pana kammaṃ karotīti paṇḍitoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Mahāpaññoti idampi mahante atthe pariggaṇhātītiādinā mahāpaññalakkhaṇena na vattabbaṃ, satipaṭṭhānapariggāhikāya pana paññāya samannāgatattā mahāpaññoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Mahatā atthena saṃyutto agamissāti mahatā atthena saṃyutto hutvā gato bhaveyya, sotāpattiphalaṃ pāpuṇeyyāti attho. Kiṃ pana yesaṃ maggaphalānaṃ upanissayo atthi, buddhānaṃ sammukhībhāve ṭhitepi tesaṃ antarāyo hotīti. Āma hoti, na pana buddhe paṭicca, atha kho kiriyaparihāniyā vā pāpamittatāya vā hoti. Tattha kiriyaparihāniyā hoti nāma – sace hi dhammasenāpati dhanañjānissa brāhmaṇassa āsayaṃ ñatvā dhammaṃ adesayissā, so brāhmaṇo sotāpanno abhavissā, evaṃ tāva kiriyaparihāniyā hoti. Pāpamittatāya hoti nāma – sace hi ajātasattu devadattassa vacanaṃ gahetvā pitughātakammaṃ nākarissā, sāmaññaphalasuttakathitadivaseva sotāpanno abhavissā, tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā pitughātakammassa katattā pana na hoti, evaṃ pāpamittatāya hoti. Imassāpi upāsakassa kiriyaparihāni jātā, apariniṭṭhitāya desanāya uṭṭhahitvā pakkanto. Apica, bhikkhave, ettāvatāpi pessohatthārohaputto mahatā atthena saṃyuttoti katarena mahantena atthena? Dvīhi ānisaṃsehi. So kira upāsako saṅghe ca pasādaṃ paṭilabhi, satipaṭṭhānapariggahaṇatthāya cassa abhinavo nayo udapādi. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘mahatā atthena saṃyutto’’ti. Kandarako pana saṅghe pasādameva paṭilabhi. Etassa bhagavā kāloti etassa dhammakkhānassa, catunnaṃ vā puggalānaṃ vibhajanassa kālo.
8 在“屠羊者”等词中,山羊叫作“eḷakā”,杀山羊的人就是屠羊者。“屠猪者”等也是同样的道理。“残暴者”指凶狠、粗暴的人。“杀鱼者”指以捕鱼为生的人。“监狱看守”指看管监狱的人。“残酷职业”指凶狠残酷的职业。巴利
8.Orabbhikādīsu urabbhā vuccanti eḷakā, urabbhe hanatīti orabbhiko. Sūkarikādīsupi eseva nayo. Luddoti dāruṇo kakkhaḷo. Macchaghātakoti macchabandhakevaṭṭo. Bandhanāgārikoti bandhanāgāragopako. Kururakammantāti dāruṇakammantā.
9 9. “已灌顶者”:就是通过刹帝利灌顶仪式,在头顶上受了灌顶的人。“在城的东边”:就是从城向东的方向。“集会堂”:就是祭祀用的会堂。“穿上带蹄的兽皮衣”:就是穿上带蹄的兽皮。“用酥和油”:就是酥油和油。因为除了酥油以外,其余任何一种油脂都叫作油。“搔着痒”:因为指甲已经剪掉,到了该搔痒的时候,就用那样方式搔痒。“没有铺草的地面”:就是没有铺草垫的地面。“同色牛犊的”:就是和母牛模样相同的小牛。如果母牛是白色的,牛犊也是白色的。如果母牛是花斑色或红色的,牛犊也是那样的,这样就叫“同色牛犊的”。“他这样说”:就是那位国王这样说。“年轻力壮的小牛”:已度过小牛犊阶段、变得强壮有力的小牛。在“年轻雌牛”上也是同样的道理。“为了祭草”:用做围栏的草,以及铺在祭祀场地的草。其余内容因为已在各处详细解释,所以是浅显易懂的。巴利
9.Muddhāvasittoti khattiyābhisekena muddhani abhisitto. Puratthimena nagarassāti nagarato puratthimadisāya. Santhāgāranti yaññasālaṃ. Kharājinaṃ nivāsetvāti sakhuraṃ ajinacammaṃ nivāsetvā. Sappitelenāti sappinā ca telena ca. Ṭhapetvā hi sappiṃ avaseso yo koci sneho telanti vuccati. Kaṇḍūvamānoti nakhānaṃ chinnattā kaṇḍūvitabbakāle tena kaṇḍūvamāno. Anantarahitāyāti asanthatāya. Sarūpavacchāyāti sadisavacchāya. Sace gāvī setā hoti, vacchopi setakova. Sace gāvī kabarā vā rattā vā, vacchopi tādiso vāti evaṃ sarūpavacchāya. So evamāhāti so rājā evaṃ vadeti. Vacchatarāti taruṇavacchakabhāvaṃ atikkantā balavavacchā. Vacchatarīsupi eseva nayo. Barihisatthāyāti parikkhepakaraṇatthāya ceva yaññabhūmiyaṃ attharaṇatthāya ca. Sesaṃ heṭṭhā tattha tattha vitthāritattā uttānamevāti.
《八城经》的注释巴利
2. Aṭṭhakanāgarasuttavaṇṇanā
17 “如是我闻”这句,说的是《八城经》。其中“黄竹村”:在毗舍离城南边不远的地方,有个叫黄竹村的地方;意思是把它作为托钵乞食的村庄。“第十”:因为按照出身种姓,以及在殊胜家族中的排序来算,他排在第十位,所以就得名为“第十”。“八城人”:就是八城的居民。“鸡园”:就是由鸡长者所建的寺院。巴利
17.Evaṃme sutanti aṭṭhakanāgarasuttaṃ. Tattha beluvagāmaketi vesāliyā dakkhiṇapasse avidūre beluvagāmako nāma atthi, taṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvāti attho. Dasamoti so hi jātigottavasena ceva sārappattakulagaṇanāya ca dasame ṭhāne gaṇīyati, tenassa dasamotveva nāmaṃ jātaṃ. Aṭṭhakanāgaroti aṭṭhakanagaravāsī. Kukkuṭārāmoti kukkuṭaseṭṭhinā kārito ārāmo.
18 18. “由那位世尊……宣说”:这里简要的意思是——那位世尊,圆满了三十种波罗蜜,粉碎了一切烦恼,证得了无上正等正觉。正是由那位世尊,他了知各类众生的意乐和随眠烦恼,就像看放置在手掌中的庵摩罗果一样,照见一切应当了知的法。此外,他以宿住随念等智而了知,以天眼而照见,以三明或六通而了知,以在任何地方都无障碍的遍眼而照见,以能够了知一切法的智慧而了知,以极其清净的肉眼照见那些超出众生眼识境界、隔墙等处所摄的色法。他以立足于定、能成就自身利益的通达智慧而了知,以立足于悲、能成就他人利益的教导智慧而照见。因为灭尽了烦恼怨敌、也因具足诸缘等的阿罗汉性,所以是阿拉汉;因为自己正确地觉悟了诸真理,所以是正等正觉者。或者也可以说:他了知障道之法,照见出离之法;因为灭尽了烦恼怨敌而是阿拉汉,因为自己觉悟了一切法而是正等正觉者——就这样,以四无畏的方式,从四种理由来赞叹他。“是否有一个法被宣说了呢?”巴利
18.Tena bhagavatā…pe… akkhātoti ettha ayaṃ saṅkhepattho, yo so bhagavā samatiṃsa pāramiyo pūretvā sabbakilese bhañjitvā anuttaraṃ sammāsambodhiṃ abhisambuddho, tena bhagavatā, tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ āsayānusayaṃ jānatā, hatthatale ṭhapitaāmalakaṃ viya sabbaṃ ñeyyadhammaṃ passatā. Apica pubbenivāsādīhi jānatā, dibbena cakkhunā passatā, tīhi vijjāhi chahi vā pana abhiññāhi jānatā, sabbattha appaṭihatena samantacakkhunā passatā, sabbadhammajānanasamatthāya paññāya jānatā, sabbasattānaṃ cakkhuvisayātītāni tirokuṭṭādigatānipi rūpāni ativisuddhena maṃsacakkhunā passatā, attahitasādhikāya samādhipadaṭṭhānāya paṭivedhapaññāya jānatā, parahitasādhikāya karuṇāpadaṭṭhānāya desanāpaññāya passatā, arīnaṃ hatattā paccayādīnañca arahattā arahatā, sammā sāmañca saccānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhena. Antarāyikadhamme vā jānatā, niyyānikadhamme passatā, kilesārīnaṃ hatattā arahatā, sāmaṃ sabbadhammānaṃ buddhattā sammāsambuddhenāti evaṃ catuvesārajjavasena catūhi kāraṇehi thomitena. Atthi nu kho eko dhammo akkhātoti.
19 已造作的,就是已经做成的、已经生起的。已思惟的,就是已经想过的、已经筹划的。他安住在那里的意思是:他安住在那个止观法中。通过“法贪”和“法喜”这两个词,说的是对止观的欲贪。因为,能够完全彻底断尽对止观欲贪的人,就是阿罗汉;断不尽的人,就是不还者。他因为对止观的欲贪还没有断尽,就以第四禅的思心投生到净居天——这是诸位导师一致的说法。巴利
19.Abhisaṅkhatanti kataṃ uppāditaṃ. Abhisañcetayitanti cetayitaṃ pakappitaṃ. So tattha ṭhitoti so tasmiṃ samathavipassanādhamme ṭhito. Dhammarāgena dhammanandiyāti padadvayehi samathavipassanāsu chandarāgo vutto. Samathavipassanāsu hi sabbena sabbaṃ chandarāgaṃ pariyādiyituṃ sakkonto arahā hoti, asakkonto anāgāmī hoti. So samathavipassanāsu chandarāgassa appahīnattā catutthajjhānacetanāya suddhāvāse nibbattati, ayaṃ ācariyānaṃ samānakathā.
然而,诡辩者却说:“正因为经文说‘以那法贪’,所以是以不善心投生到净居天。”这时应当对他说:“请拿出经文来。”他显然找不到别的经文,只会拿出这一句。接着应当问:“那么,这部经是了义还是不了义?”他一定会说是了义。于是应当对他说:“如果这样的话,那想证阿那含果的人就应当对止观生起欲贪了;欲贪生起时,阿那含果就已经证得了。你别拿‘我得到了经文’来搪塞,随你怎么解释都行。”要知道,回答问题的人,应当先在师长面前学习,通达法的义理之后,才适合说法。因为以不善业投生善趣,或以善业投生恶趣,是根本没有的事。这正是世尊所说:巴利
Vitaṇḍavādī panāha ‘‘teneva dhammarāgenāti vacanato akusalena suddhāvāse nibbattatī’’ti so ‘‘suttaṃ āharā’’ti vattabbo, addhā aññaṃ apassanto idameva āharissati, tato vattabbo ‘‘kiṃ panidaṃ suttaṃ neyyatthaṃ nītattha’’nti, addhā nītatthanti vakkhati. Tato vattabbo – evaṃ sante anāgāmiphalatthikena samathavipassanāsu chandarāgo kattabbo bhavissati, chandarāge uppādite anāgāmiphalaṃ paṭividdhaṃ bhavissati ‘‘mā suttaṃ me laddha’’nti yaṃ vā taṃ vā dīpehi. Pañhaṃ kathentena hi ācariyassa santike uggahetvā attharasaṃ paṭivijjhitvā kathetuṃ vaṭṭati, akusalena hi sagge, kusalena vā apāye paṭisandhi nāma natthi. Vuttañhetaṃ bhagavatā –
比丘们,不是由贪所生的业、由嗔所生的业、由痴所生的业,能让人投生为天人,投生为人,或者投生到其他任何善趣。比丘们,恰恰是由贪所生的业、由嗔所生的业、由痴所生的业,才会投生到地狱,投生到畜生道,投生到饿鬼道,或者投生到其他任何恶趣。巴利
‘‘Na, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena devā paññāyanti, manussā paññāyanti, yā vā panaññāpi kāci sugatiyo, atha kho, bhikkhave, lobhajena kammena dosajena kammena mohajena kammena nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, pettivisayo paññāyati, yā vā panaññāpi kāci duggatiyo’’ti –
应该这样告诉他。如果他明白,就让他明白;如果他不明白,就打发他走,说:“去吧,清早进精舍喝粥吧。”巴利
Evaṃ paññāpetabbo. Sace sañjānāti sañjānātu, no ce sañjānāti, ‘‘gaccha pātova vihāraṃ pavisitvā yāguṃ pivāhī’’ti uyyojetabbo.
就像在这部经里一样,在《大摩罗迦迦经》《大念处经》和《身至念经》里也都讲了止和观。其中,在这部经里,无论是以止的方式修行还是以观的方式修行,重心都在止上;《大摩罗迦迦经》的重心则只在观上;而《大念处经》被称为以观为最上,《身至念经》则以止为最上。巴利
Yathā ca pana imasmiṃ sutte, evaṃ mahāmālukyovādepi mahāsatipaṭṭhānepi kāyagatāsatisuttepi samathavipassanā kathitā. Tattha imasmiṃ sutte samathavasena gacchatopi vipassanāvasena gacchatopi samathadhurameva dhuraṃ, mahāmālukyovāde vipassanāva dhuraṃ, mahāsatipaṭṭhānaṃ pana vipassanuttaraṃ nāma kathitaṃ, kāyagatāsatisuttaṃ samathuttaranti.
居士,当有人问起“一法”时,他回答说“这也是一个法”,因为这是随着提问而说的,所以这十一种法就都被称为“一法”了。在《大萨库卢达伊经》里,十九项是依照修行方式而被称为“一法”;而在这里,十一项则是依照提问方式而成为“一法”。或者,从证得不死的意义上说,这全部也都可以称为“一法”。巴利
Ayaṃ kho gahapati…pe… ekadhammo akkhātoti ekadhammaṃ pucchitena ayampi ekadhammoti evaṃ pucchāvasena kathitattā ekādasapi dhammā ekadhammo nāma jāto. Mahāsakuludāyisuttasmiñhi ekūnavīsati pabbāni paṭipadāvasena ekadhammo nāma jātāni, idha ekādasapucchāvasena ekadhammoti āgatāni. Amatuppattiyatthena vā sabbānipi ekadhammoti vattuṃ vaṭṭati.
21 “寻找宝藏的入口”,意思是寻找宝藏。“一次”是指只用一次努力。可是,怎么可能只靠一次努力就得到十一种宝藏呢?这里说的是:有人在树林里到处找宝藏,一个帮忙的人看见他,就问:“朋友,你在干什么?”他说:“我在找活路。”那人说:“那好,朋友,过来,把这块石头搬开。”他搬开石头,就看见十一只瓮,有的层层叠着,有的瓮腹挨着瓮腹。就这样,只靠一次努力就得到了十一种宝藏。巴利
21.Nidhimukhaṃ gavesantoti nidhiṃ pariyesanto. Sakidevāti ekapayogena. Kathaṃ pana ekapayogeneva ekādasannaṃ nidhīnaṃ adhigamo hotīti. Idhekacco araññe nidhiṃ gavesamāno carati, tamenaṃ aññataro atthacarako disvā ‘‘kiṃ bho carasī’’ti pucchati. So ‘‘jīvitavuttiṃ pariyesāmī’’ti āha. Itaro ‘‘tena hi samma āgaccha, etaṃ pāsāṇaṃ pavattehī’’ti āha. So taṃ pavattetvā uparūpari ṭhapitā vā kucchiyā kucchiṃ āhacca ṭhitā vā ekādasa kumbhiyo passeyya, evaṃ ekapayogena ekādasannaṃ nidhīnaṃ adhigamo hoti.
外道弟子在某人跟前学技艺时,会在学艺之前、之后或学习期间,从家里拿出财物送给老师。如果家里没有财物,就向亲戚同族去寻求;如果这样还是得不到,就算去乞讨,也一定要送给老师。这段话就是针对这种情况说的。巴利
Ācariyadhanaṃ pariyesissantīti aññatitthiyā hi yassa santike sippaṃ uggaṇhanti, tassa sippuggahaṇato pure vā pacchā vā antarantare vā gehato nīharitvā dhanaṃ denti. Yesaṃ gehe natthi, te ñātisabhāgato pariyesanti, tathā alabhamānā bhikkhampi caritvā dentiyeva. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ.
“更何况我呢?”外道在那些根本不能导向解脱的教法里,尚且为了只教一门手艺的老师去寻求财物;而我在这样能导向解脱的教法里,面对一位正在开示十一种证得不死之道的老师,怎么能不供养呢?我一定会供养。“用一对一对的布供养了他们”:意思是给每一位比丘各供养一对布。这里用的是表示集合行为的说法,所以经文说“供养了他们”。“五百住处”:意思是建造了价值五百钱的茅草屋。其余部分在各处都很浅显易懂。巴利
Kimaṅgaṃ panāhanti bāhirakā tāva aniyyānikepi sāsane sippamattadāyakassa dhanaṃ pariyesanti; ahaṃ pana evaṃvidhe niyyānikasāsane ekādasavidhaṃ amatuppattipaṭipadaṃ desentassa ācariyassa pūjaṃ kiṃ na karissāmi, karissāmiyevāti vadati. Paccekadussayugenaacchādesīti ekamekassa bhikkhuno ekekaṃ dussayugamadāsīti attho. Samudācāravacanaṃ panettha evarūpaṃ hoti, tasmā acchādesīti vuttaṃ. Pañcasatavihāranti pañcasatagghanikaṃ paṇṇasālaṃ kāresīti attho. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
3. 《有学经》的注释巴利
3. Sekhasuttavaṇṇanā
22 “如是我闻”这句,是《有学经》的开头。其中“新的集会堂”,是指刚建成的集会堂,意思是一座大讲堂。因为国王们在出征等时候会站在那里,安排说“这么多人走在前面,这么多人走在后面,这么多人走两边,这么多人骑象,这么多人骑马,这么多人站在车上”,就这样排定队列、划定界限,所以那个地方就叫集会堂。还有,从出征的地方回来以后,直到在家里做完涂湿牛粪等事情,那两三天里国王们都待在那里,所以也叫集会堂。集会堂也指国王们一起商议事情的地方。因为那些国王都是群体中的首领,所以新出现的事情不能由一个人单独决定,必须得到所有人的同意,因此大家都聚集在那里共同商议。所以说“共同商议事情的地方也是集会堂”。又因为他们在那里聚在一起,用“这个时候适合耕地,这个时候适合播种”这样的方式讨论在家生活的事情,所以在集会堂里铺展开种种有缺陷的在家生活,因此也叫集会堂。“刚刚建成”,是指通过木工、石工、彩绘等工艺精心装饰,就像天宫一样新近落成。在“由沙门或……”这句里,因为在家宅地基刚被占用的那一刻,天神们就占据了自己居住的地方,所以不说“由天神”,而说“由沙门或婆罗门或任何凡人”。巴利
22.Evaṃme sutanti sekhasuttaṃ. Tattha navaṃ santhāgāranti adhunā kāritaṃ santhāgāraṃ, ekā mahāsālāti attho. Uyyogakālādīsu hi rājāno tattha ṭhatvā ‘‘ettakā purato gacchantu, ettakā pacchā, ettakā ubhohi passehi, ettakā hatthīsu abhiruhantu, ettakā assesu, ettakā rathesu tiṭṭhantū’’ti evaṃ santhaṃ karonti, mariyādaṃ bandhanti, tasmā taṃ ṭhānaṃ santhāgāranti vuccati. Uyyogaṭṭhānato ca āgantvā yāva gehesu allagomayaparibhaṇḍādīni karonti, tāva dve tīṇi divasāni te rājāno tattha santhambhantītipi santhāgāraṃ. Tesaṃ rājūnaṃ saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāraṃ gaṇarājāno hi te , tasmā uppannakiccaṃ ekassa vasena na chijjati, sabbesaṃ chando laddhuṃ vaṭṭati, tasmā sabbe tattha sannipatitvā anusāsanti. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘saha atthānusāsanaṃ agārantipi santhāgāra’’nti. Yasmā panete tattha sannipatitvā ‘‘imasmiṃ kāle kasituṃ vaṭṭati, imasmiṃ kāle vapitu’’nti evamādinā nayena gharāvāsakiccāni sammantayanti, tasmā chiddāvachiddaṃ gharāvāsaṃ tattha santharantītipi santhāgāraṃ. Acirakāritaṃ hotīti kaṭṭhakamma-silākamma-cittakammādivasena susajjitaṃ devavimānaṃ viya adhunā niṭṭhāpitaṃ. Samaṇena vāti ettha yasmā gharavatthupariggahakāleyeva devatā attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ gaṇhanti, tasmā ‘‘devena vā’’ti avatvā ‘‘samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā kenaci vā manussabhūtenā’’ti vuttaṃ.
他们前往世尊那里。他们听说集会堂已经完工,就说:“我们去看看它吧。”于是前往,从门楼开始把整座集会堂都看了一遍,心想:“这座集会堂像天宫一样,极其悦目,光彩庄严。如果由谁先来受用,能给我们带来长远的利益和安乐呢?”接着又想:“就算最先供养我们亲族中最尊贵的人,也不如供养导师合适;就算从应受供养者的角度来衡量,也还是导师最合适。所以,我们先请导师受用,再请比丘僧团前来;等比丘僧团来了,三藏佛语也就随之而来了;我们再请导师为我们整夜说法。这样一来,就是由三宝先受用,我们随后再受用,这会给我们带来长远的利益和安乐。”他们这样决定后,就前往世尊那里。巴利
Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti santhāgāraṃ niṭṭhitanti sutvā ‘‘gacchāma, naṃ passissāmā’’ti gantvā dvārakoṭṭhakato paṭṭhāya sabbaṃ oloketvā ‘‘idaṃ santhāgāraṃ devavimānasadisaṃ ativiya manoramaṃ sassirikaṃ kena paṭhamaṃ paribhuttaṃ amhākaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya assā’’ti cintetvā ‘‘amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhassa paṭhamaṃ diyyamānepi satthunova anucchavikaṃ, dakkhiṇeyyavasena diyyamānepi satthunova anucchavikaṃ, tasmā paṭhamaṃ satthāraṃ paribhuñjāpessāma, bhikkhusaṅghassa āgamanaṃ karissāma, bhikkhusaṅghe āgate tepiṭakaṃ buddhavacanaṃ āgatameva bhavissati, satthāraṃ tiyāmarattiṃ amhākaṃ dhammakathaṃ kathāpessāma, iti tīhi ratanehi paribhuttaṃ mayaṃ pacchā paribhuñjissāma , evaṃ no dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti sanniṭṭhānaṃ katvā upasaṅkamiṃsu.
他们前往集会堂。据说那一天,集会堂虽然为了给王族参观而布置得像天宫一样庄严华美、打理得十分周到,却还没有铺设成适合佛陀使用的样子。因为诸佛确实心意倾向于山林,乐于住在阿兰若,不一定住在村落里。所以释迦族人心想:“应该先了解世尊的心意,再来铺设。”于是他们先去拜见世尊。现在他们得到了世尊的同意,想要铺设,便前往集会堂。巴利
Yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti taṃ divasaṃ kira santhāgāraṃ kiñcāpi rājakulānaṃ dassanatthāya devavimānaṃ viya susajjitaṃ hoti supaṭijaggitaṃ, buddhārahaṃ pana katvā appaññattaṃ. Buddhā hi nāma araññajjhāsayā araññārāmā antogāme vaseyyuṃ vā no vā, tasmā bhagavato manaṃ jānitvāva paññāpessāmāti cintetvā te bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamiṃsu. Idāni pana manaṃ labhitvā paññāpetukāmā yena santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
把整座集会堂全都铺满,意思是让人把它彻底铺设好。首先,他们想:“牛粪在一切吉祥仪式上都能用。”于是叫人用湿牛粪把已经用灰泥涂饰过的地面再擦一遍,等地面完全干透后,再涂上四种混合香料,使踩过的地方看不出脚印。然后在上面铺上各种颜色的布块,布块之上,从大板褥开始,依次铺上象皮毯、马皮毯、狮皮毯、虎皮毯、月亮图案毯、太阳图案毯以及种种彩色图案的敷具,把所有该铺的地方都铺满了。因此经文说“把整座集会堂全都铺满”。巴利
Sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvāti yathā sabbameva santhataṃ hoti, evaṃ taṃ santharāpetvā. Sabbapaṭhamaṃ tāva ‘‘gomayaṃ nāma sabbamaṅgalesu vaṭṭatī’’ti sudhāparikammakatampi bhūmiṃ allagomayena opuñchāpetvā parisukkhabhāvaṃ ñatvā yathā akkantaṭṭhāne padaṃ na paññāyati, evaṃ catujjātiyagandhehi limpāpetvā upari nānāvaṇṇe kaṭasārake santharitvā tesaṃ upari mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake ādiṃ katvā hatthattharaka-assattharaka-sīhattharaka-byagghattharaka-candattharaka-sūriyattharaka-cittattharakādīhi nānāvaṇṇehi attharaṇehi santharitabbakayuttaṃ sabbokāsaṃ santharāpesuṃ. Tena vuttaṃ ‘‘sabbasanthariṃ santhāgāraṃ santharitvā’’ti.
铺设座位:先在大厅中央,靠着吉祥柱安放一座极为尊贵的佛座。在佛座上,一层又一层铺上柔软舒适的垫褥,又为世尊放上一个红色、看起来令人欢喜的靠枕。上方张挂起饰有金、银星纹的华丽天篷,用香鬘、花鬘、叶鬘等覆盖物装饰起来。周围十二肘的范围内做成花网,大约三十肘的地方用布幔围起来。靠着西墙,为比丘僧团铺设盘腿坐的凳子、带靠背的椅子和无靠背的凳子,上面再铺上白色的垫布。靠着东墙,让各人铺好自己的大板褥垫,放上填满鹅毛等柔软材料的靠枕,心想:这样我们整夜听法就不会疲倦了。这就是经文里“铺设座位”所指的内容。巴利
Āsanāni paññāpetvāti majjhaṭṭhāne tāva maṅgalatthambhaṃ nissāya mahārahaṃ buddhāsanaṃ paññāpetvā tattha yaṃ yaṃ mudukañca manoramañca paccattharaṇaṃ, taṃ taṃ paccattharitvā bhagavato lohitakaṃ manuññadassanaṃ upadhānaṃ upadahitvā upari suvaṇṇarajatatārakavicittaṃ vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhadāmapupphadāmapattadāmādīhi paccattharaṇehi alaṅkaritvā samantā dvādasahatthaṭṭhāne pupphajālaṃ karitvā tiṃsahatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ paṭasāṇiyā parikkhipāpetvā pacchimabhittiṃ nissāya bhikkhusaṅghassa pallaṅkapīṭha-apassayapīṭha-muṇḍapīṭhāni paññāpetvā upari setapaccattharaṇehi paccattharāpetvā pācīnabhittiṃ nissāya attano attano mahāpiṭṭhikakojavake paññāpetvā haṃsalomādipūritāni upadhānāni ṭhapāpesuṃ ‘‘evaṃ akilamamānā sabbarattiṃ dhammaṃ suṇissāmā’’ti. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘āsanāni paññāpetvā’’ti.
所谓“水缸”,就是大肚子的盛水瓮。“安置好”的意思是:为了让世尊和比丘僧团能随自己的心意洗手、洗脚或漱口,就在各处把水缸装满像宝石一样澄净的水,又为了让水有香气,投入各种香花和水香粉,然后用香蕉叶盖好,安放妥当。说的就是这件事,所以经文说“安置好”。巴利
Udakamaṇikanti mahākucchikaṃ udakacāṭiṃ. Upaṭṭhapetvāti evaṃ bhagavā ca bhikkhusaṅgho ca yathāruciyā hatthe vā dhovissanti pāde vā, mukhaṃ vā vikkhālessantīti tesu tesu ṭhānesu maṇivaṇṇassa udakassa pūrāpetvā vāsatthāya nānāpupphāni ceva udakavāsacuṇṇāni ca pakkhipitvā kadalipaṇṇehi pidahitvā patiṭṭhāpesuṃ. Idaṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘upaṭṭhapetvā’’ti.
把油灯点起来:意思是,在银制、金制等各种材质的灯架上的灯盏里,以及在希腊人像、基拉塔人像等手中所托的金银等材质的灯碗等器具里,把油灯点亮。至于“他们前往世尊那里”这一句:这些释迦王族不只是布置了集会堂,还让人把迦毗罗卫城周围一由旬以内的街道都打扫干净,竖起旗帜,在每家门前摆上满瓶和芭蕉树,用灯串等把整座城市点缀得像撒满了星星一样。然后敲着鼓巡行宣告:“正在哺乳的婴儿,请喂饱他们;年幼的孩子,让他们快点吃饱睡下;不要大声喧哗。今天导师要在城里住一夜,佛陀们是喜欢安静的。”宣告完之后,他们自己拿着火把,前往世尊那里。巴利
Telappadīpaṃ āropetvāti rajatasuvaṇṇādimayadaṇḍāsu dīpikāsu yonakarūpakirātarūpakādīnaṃ hatthe ṭhapitasuvaṇṇarajatādimayakapallakādīsu ca telappadīpaṃ jalayitvāti attho. Yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsūti ettha pana te sakyarājāno na kevalaṃ santhāgārameva, atha kho yojanāvaṭṭe kapilavatthusmiṃ nagaravīthiyopi sammajjāpetvā dhaje ussāpetvā gehadvāresu puṇṇaghaṭe ca kadaliyo ca ṭhapāpetvā sakalanagaraṃ dīpamālādīhi vippakiṇṇatārakaṃ viya katvā ‘‘khīrapāyake dārake khīraṃ pāyetha, dahare kumāre lahuṃ lahuṃ bhojetvā sayāpetha, uccāsaddaṃ mā karittha, ajja ekarattiṃ satthā antogāme vasissati, buddhā nāma appasaddakāmā hontī’’ti bheriṃ carāpetvā sayaṃ daṇḍadīpikā ādāya yena bhagavā tenupasaṅkamiṃsu.
那时,世尊穿好下衣,拿着钵和袈裟,和比丘僧团一起前往新集会堂。据说,当有人通报“尊者,现在请世尊自己决定时机”之后,世尊把那件用虫漆汁染成红黑檀花色的双层红衣,像用剪刀裁切红莲一样整理好,遮住三个部分,穿上下衣。接着,他系上像闪电般耀眼的腰带,像用红毯裹住象头一样,像把珊瑚网投入百柱金柱一样,像给金塔披上红毯衣一样,像用红色云遮住满月一样,像在金山上浇洒上好的虫漆汁一样,像用闪电缠绕画顶山山顶一样,震动整个轮围山、须弥山、Yugandhara山和大地,披上如榕树嫩叶般颜色的殊胜红粪扫衣,从香室门口出来,如狮子从金窟出来,如满月从东山山顶出来。出来后,却站在香室门前。巴利
Athakho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena navaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamīti. ‘‘Yassa dāni, bhante, bhagavā kālaṃ maññatī’’ti evaṃ kira kāle ārocite bhagavā lākhārasena tintarattakoviḷārapupphavaṇṇaṃ rattadupaṭṭaṃ kattariyā padumaṃ kantanto viya saṃvidhāya timaṇḍalaṃ paṭicchādento nivāsetvā suvaṇṇapāmaṅgena padumakalāpaṃ parikkhipanto viya vijjullatāsassirikaṃ kāyabandhanaṃ bandhitvā rattakambalena gajakumbhaṃ pariyonaddhanto viya ratanasatubbedhe suvaṇṇagghike pavāḷajālaṃ khipamāno viya suvaṇṇacetiye rattakambalakañcukaṃ paṭimuñcanto viya gacchantaṃ puṇṇacandaṃ rattavaṇṇavalāhakena paṭicchādayamāno viya kañcanapabbatamatthake supakkalākhārasaṃ parisiñcanto viya cittakūṭapabbatamatthakaṃ vijjullatāya parikkhipanto viya ca sacakkavāḷasineruyugandharaṃ mahāpathaviṃ cāletvā gahitaṃ nigrodhapallavasamānavaṇṇaṃ rattavarapaṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā gandhakuṭidvārato nikkhami kañcanaguhato sīho viya udayapabbatakūṭato puṇṇacando viya ca. Nikkhamitvā pana gandhakuṭipamukhe aṭṭhāsi.
这时,从他身上射出的光芒,像云隙中窜出的成束闪电,落在园中树木上,让枝、叶、花、果都像被金液浇灌过一样。就在那时,大比丘僧团各自拿起自己的衣钵,围绕在世尊身边。那些围绕站立的比丘,都是这样的人:少欲、知足、远离、不混杂而住、勤精进、善言、能接受劝告、善于提醒、呵责恶行、戒具足、定具足、慧具足、解脱具足、解脱知见具足。世尊被他们围绕,就像被红毯包裹的金块,像红莲丛中的金船,像被珊瑚栏杆围住的金色宫殿,光辉闪耀。舍利弗、目犍连等大长老们也披着云色的粪扫衣,像披着宝石铠甲的巨象一样围绕着他;他们已离贪、断烦恼、解开缠结、切断束缚,对任何家族或团体都不执著。巴利
Athassa kāyato meghamukhehi vijjukalāpā viya rasmiyo nikkhamitvā suvaṇṇarasadhārāparisekamañjaripattapupphaphalaviṭape viya ārāmarukkhe kariṃsu. Tāvadeva ca attano attano pattacīvaramādāya mahābhikkhusaṅgho bhagavantaṃ parivāresi. Te pana parivāretvā ṭhitā bhikkhū evarūpā ahesuṃ appicchā santuṭṭhā pavivittā asaṃsaṭṭhā āraddhavīriyā vattāro vacanakkhamā codakā pāpagarahī sīlasampannā samādhisampannā paññāvimuttivimuttiñāṇadassanasampannāti. Tehi parivārito bhagavā rattakambalaparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇakkhandho rattapadumasaṇḍamajjhagatā viya suvaṇṇanāvā pavāḷavedikāparikkhitto viya suvaṇṇapāsādo virocittha. Sāriputtamoggallānādayo mahātherāpi naṃ meghavaṇṇaṃ paṃsukūlaṃ pārupitvā maṇivammavammikā viya mahānāgā parivārayiṃsu vantarāgā bhinnakilesā vijaṭitajaṭā chinnabandhanā kule vā gaṇe vā alaggā.
就这样,世尊自己已经离了贪,身边围绕的也都是离了贪的人;自己已经离了嗔,身边围绕的也都是离了嗔的人;自己已经离了痴,身边围绕的也都是离了痴的人;自己已经断了渴爱,身边围绕的也都是断了渴爱的人;自己已经没有了烦恼,身边围绕的也都是没有烦恼的人;世尊自己觉悟了,身边围绕的也都是多闻的觉悟者。就像花蕊被花瓣簇拥着,花冠被花蕊环绕着;又像六牙象王被八千头大象簇拥着,达他拉特鹅王被九万只鹅环绕着,转轮王被各部军队扈从着,帝释天王被天众拥绕着,哈利塔大梵天被梵众随侍着,又像满月被群星拱卫着。世尊以无人能比的佛陀威容、无可限量的佛陀光彩,踏上了前往迦毗罗卫城的路。巴利
Iti bhagavā sayaṃ vītarāgo vītarāgehi, vītadoso vītadosehi, vītamoho vītamohehi, nittaṇho nittaṇhehi, nikkileso nikkilesehi, sayaṃ buddho bahussutabuddhehi parivārito, pattaparivāritaṃ viya kesaraṃ, kesaraparivāritā viya kaṇṇikā, aṭṭhanāgasahassaparivārito viya chaddanto nāgarājā, navutihaṃsasahassaparivārito viya dhataraṭṭho haṃsarājā, senaṅgaparivārito viya cakkavatti, marugaṇaparivārito viya sakko devarājā, brahmagaṇaparivārito viya hāritamahābrahmā, tārāgaṇaparivārito viya puṇṇacando, asamena buddhavesena aparimāṇena buddhavilāsena kapilavatthugamanamaggaṃ paṭipajji.
这时,从佛陀身体的前方升起金色的光芒,照到八十肘远的地方。从身体后方、右手、左手也升起金色的光芒,照到八十肘远的地方。从头顶发际开始,所有发旋处升起像孔雀脖颈一样颜色的光芒,照到上方虚空的八十肘远之处。从脚底升起珊瑚色的光芒,照到下方坚实大地的八十肘远之处。就这样,六色佛光在四周约八十肘的范围内闪耀着、晃动着,像从金灯盏中迸射而出跃入虚空的火焰,又像从覆盖四大洲的大雨云中射出的闪电一样四处奔驰。它们向各个方向散开,仿佛金色占婆花纷纷飘洒,仿佛从金瓶中倾出的金色液流不断浇灌,仿佛被展开的金色布匹包裹覆盖,仿佛被猛烈狂风扬起的紫矿花与迦尼迦罗花粉漫天弥漫。巴利
Athassa puratthimakāyato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Pacchimakāyato dakkhiṇahatthato, vāmahatthato suvaṇṇavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Upari kesantato paṭṭhāya sabbakesāvattehi moragīvavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā gaganatale asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Heṭṭhā pādatalehi pavāḷavaṇṇā rasmī uṭṭhahitvā ghanapathaviyaṃ asītihatthaṭṭhānaṃ aggahesi. Evaṃ samantā asītihatthamattaṃ ṭhānaṃ chabbaṇṇā buddharasmiyo vijjotamānā vipphandamānā kañcanadaṇḍadīpikāhi niccharitvā ākāsaṃ pakkhandajālā viya cātuddīpikamahāmeghato nikkhantavijjullatā viya vidhāviṃsu. Sabbadisābhāgā suvaṇṇacampakapupphehi vikiriyamānā viya, suvaṇṇaghaṭā nikkhantasuvaṇṇarasadhārāhi siñcamānā viya, pasāritasuvaṇṇapaṭaparikkhittā viya, verambhavātasamuṭṭhitakiṃsukakaṇikārapupphacuṇṇasamokiṇṇā viya vippakiriṃsu.
世尊的身体闪耀着八十种随形好、一寻光和三十二种殊胜妙相,就像布满星辰的夜空,像盛开的莲花池,像百由旬高的波利质多树开满了花。那光辉依次盖过了三十二个月亮、三十二个太阳、三十二位转轮王、三十二位天王、三十二位大梵天的威光,仿佛把他们的荣耀全都压了下去。这样的身体,正是由十种波罗蜜、十种次波罗蜜、十种究竟波罗蜜——总共三十种波罗蜜圆满修习所庄严的。在百千劫再加四不可计数劫那么漫长的时间里,他所行的布施、所守的戒、所修的善业,仿佛全都在这一生中汇聚到一起,却还找不到地方让果报现起,就像被挤得满满当当一样。好比把一千艘船的货物全装到一艘船上,把一千辆车的货物全装到一辆车上,又像二十五条河的洪流在入海口汇成一股巨流的那一刻。巴利
Bhagavatopi asītianubyañjanabyāmappabhādvattiṃsavaralakkhaṇasamujjalaṃ sarīraṃ samuggatatārakaṃ viya gaganatalaṃ, vikasitamiva padumavanaṃ, sabbapāliphullo viya yojanasatiko pāricchattako, paṭipāṭiyā ṭhapitānaṃ dvattiṃsūcandānaṃ dvattiṃsasūriyānaṃ dvattiṃsacakkavattīnaṃ dvattiṃsadevarājānaṃ dvattiṃsamahābrahmānaṃ siriyā siriṃ abhibhavamānaṃ viya virocittha, yathā taṃ dasahi pāramīhi dasahi upapāramīhi dasahi paramatthapāramīhi supūritāhi samatiṃsapāramitāhi alaṅkataṃ. Kappasatasahasādhikāni cattāri asaṅkhyeyyāni dinnadānaṃ rakkhitasīlaṃ katakalyāṇakammaṃ ekasmiṃ attabhāve osaritvā vipākaṃ dātuṃ ṭhānaṃ alabhamānaṃ sambādhapattaṃ viya ahosi. Nāvāsahassabhaṇḍaṃ ekanāvaṃ āropanakālo viya, sakaṭasahassabhaṇḍaṃ ekasakaṭaṃ āropanakālo viya, pañcavīsatiyā nadīnaṃ oghassa sambhijja mukhadvāre ekato rāsībhūtakālo viya ca ahosi.
就在世尊以佛的威光普照的当下,众人在世尊前方举起成千上万的火把灯。后方也一样,左边、右边也一样。他们撒下各种花——夜茉莉花、占婆花、茉莉花、红莲花、蓝莲花蕾、水仙花蕾,还有蓝色、黄色等各种颜色、香气芬芳的香粉,就像四大洲上空密云降下的雨水一样纷纷散落。五种乐器的奏鸣声,以及赞叹佛、法、僧功德的颂歌声,响彻四面八方。天、人、龙、金翅鸟、乾闼婆、夜叉等众生的眼睛,仿佛尝到了甘露一般。而在这里,正应当以一千首偈颂来讲述世尊行走的庄严。以下是简略的开头——巴利
Imāya buddhasiriyā obhāsamānassāpi ca bhagavato purato anekāni daṇḍadīpikasahassāni ukkhipiṃsu. Tathā pacchato. Vāmapasse dakkhiṇapasse. Jātikusumacampakavanamallikarattuppalanīluppalamakulasinduvārapupphāni ceva nīlapītādivaṇṇasugandhagandhacuṇṇāni ca cātuddīpikameghavissaṭṭhodakavuṭṭhiyo viya vippakiriṃsu. Pañcaṅgikatūriyanigghosā ceva buddhadhammasaṅghaguṇappaṭisaṃyuttā thutighosā ca sabbadisā pūrayiṃsu. Devamanussanāgasupaṇṇagandhabbayakkhādīnaṃ akkhīni amatapānaṃ viya labhiṃsu. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne ṭhatvā padasahassena gamanavaṇṇaṃ vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Tatridaṃ mukhamattaṃ –
就这样,具足一切相好,撼动大地而行,
不伤害众生,世间导师一路前行。
人中狮子先举右足,
具足威德的人中至尊行走时,光彩照人。
最胜佛陀行走时,脚掌下面柔软。
他平等地触地,却不被尘垢沾染。
低洼的地方反而鼓起来,当世间导师行走时;
高起的地方也变得平坦,而大地是没有心识的。
石头、碎石、陶片、树桩和荆棘,
所有道路都避让开来,当世间导师向前行走时。
抬脚时不会太远,落脚时也不会太近;
他往前走的时候,两膝与两踝互不碰撞。
具足修行、行为圆满的牟尼,不会走得太快。
他走路时不会走得太慢,内心保持入定。
上方、下方和横向,以及四方和四隅,同样地。
他不四处张望地行走,只看着前方一轭远的地方。
他具象般威武的步态,这位胜者在行走时显得庄严。
世间最胜者优雅地行走,让诸天与世人全都欢喜。
就像月王一样光辉闪耀,又像四足雄狮一样阔步而行;
让众多众生满心欢喜,他来到了那座最殊胜的城。巴利
‘‘Evaṃ sabbaṅgasampanno, kampayanto vasundharaṃ; Aheṭhayanto pāṇāni, yāti lokavināyako. Dakkhiṇaṃ paṭhamaṃ pādaṃ, uddharanto narāsabho; Gacchanto sirisampanno, sobhate dvipaduttamo. Gacchato buddhaseṭṭhassa, heṭṭhā pādatalaṃ mudu; Samaṃ samphusate bhūmiṃ, rajasā nupalippati. Ninnaṭṭhānaṃ unnamati, gacchante lokanāyake; Unnatañca samaṃ hoti, pathavī ca acetanā. Pāsāṇā sakkharā ceva, kathalā khāṇukaṇṭakā; Sabbe maggā vivajjanti, gacchante lokanāyake. Nātidūre uddharati, naccāsanne ca nikkhipaṃ; Aghaṭṭayanto niyyāti, ubho jāṇū ca gopphake. Nātisīghaṃ pakkamati, sampannacaraṇo muni; Na cātisaṇikaṃ yāti, gacchamāno samāhito. Uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyaṃ, disañca vidisaṃ tathā; Na pekkhamāno so yāti, yugamattamhi pekkhati. Nāgavikkantacāro so, gamane sobhate jino; Cāruṃ gacchati lokaggo, hāsayanto sadevake. Uḷurājāva sobhanto, catucārīva kesarī; Tosayanto bahū satte, puraṃ seṭṭhaṃ upāgamī’’ti.
所谓“描述之时”,据说是指在这样的场合:无论是描述佛陀的身相还是功德,说法者能讲多少,就以他的能力为准,用散文或偈颂都行,能说多少就说多少。不能说“讲得不好”。因为诸佛的功德无量,连诸佛自己都无法毫无遗漏地说尽他们的功德,更何况其他众生呢。世尊以这样的祥瑞威仪,庄严地进入布置妥当的释迦王城,心怀净信的人们用香、熏香、衣物、香粉等供养他,他就这样走进了集会堂。因此经中说:“那时,世尊穿好下衣,拿着钵和衣,与比丘僧团一起,向那座集会堂走去。”巴利
Vaṇṇakālo nāma kiresa, evaṃvidhesu kālesu buddhassa sarīravaṇṇe vā guṇavaṇṇe vā dhammakathikassa thāmoyeva pamāṇaṃ cuṇṇiyapadehi vā gāthābandhena vā yattakaṃ sakkoti, tattakaṃ vattabbaṃ. Dukkathitanti na vattabbaṃ. Appamāṇavaṇṇā hi buddhā, tesaṃ buddhāpi anavasesato vaṇṇaṃ vattuṃ asamatthā, pageva itarā pajāti. Iminā sirivilāsena alaṅkatappaṭiyattaṃ sakyarājapuraṃ pavisitvā bhagavā pasannacittena janena gandhadhūmavāsacuṇṇādīhi pūjayamāno santhāgāraṃ pāvisi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘atha kho bhagavā nivāsetvā pattacīvaramādāya saddhiṃ bhikkhusaṅghena yena evaṃ santhāgāraṃ tenupasaṅkamī’’ti.
把世尊放在最前面,就是让世尊处于前方。在那里,世尊坐在比丘们和在家男信徒们的中间,先用香水沐浴,再用细棉布擦干身上的水,然后涂上天然朱砂,最后安放在铺着红毛毯的座椅上,就像一尊安放在那里的纯金实心佛像,显得格外光彩夺目。不过,古德们在这里描述这种景象的方式是这样的:巴利
Bhagavantaṃyeva purakkhatvāti bhagavantaṃ purato katvā. Tattha bhagavā bhikkhūnañceva upāsakānañca majjhe nisinno gandhodakena nhāpetvā dukūlacumbaṭakena vodakaṃ katvā jātihiṅgulakena majjitvā rattakambalapaliveṭhite pīṭhe ṭhapitarattasuvaṇṇaghanapaṭimā viya ativirocittha. Ayaṃ panettha porāṇānaṃ vaṇṇabhaṇanamaggo –
走到圆亭那里,迈着像象王一样威严的步伐;
他照亮世间,作为世间的首领坐在最殊胜的座位上。
那位调御丈夫的导师坐在那里,
天中之天,具备百福之相;
坐在佛座正中,光明庄严。
就像一根金针放在淡黄色毛毯上。
就像一块阎浮金,放在淡黄色毛毯上;
他离尽垢染,光明照耀,就像宝珠放光一样。
就像盛开的娑罗大树,又像装饰庄严的须弥山王;
就像金色的柱子,又像白莲和红莲。
就像山顶上燃烧的灯树,又像熊熊燃烧的火焰;
你像天界的波利质多树一样,开满了花,光彩夺目。巴利
‘‘Gantvāna maṇḍalamāḷaṃ, nāgavikkantacaraṇo; Obhāsayanto lokaggo, nisīdi varamāsane. Tasmiṃ nisinno naradammasārathi, Devātidevo satapuññalakkhaṇo; Buddhāsane majjhagato virocati, Suvaṇṇanekkhaṃ viya paṇḍukambale. Nekkhaṃ jambonadasseva, nikkhittaṃ paṇḍukambale; Virocati vītamalo, maṇiverocano yathā. Mahāsālova samphullo, nerurājāvalaṅkato; Suvaṇṇayūpasaṅkāso, padumo kokanado yathā. Jalanto dīparukkhova, pabbatagge yathā sikhī; Devānaṃ pāricchattova, sabbaphullo virocathā’’ti.
在迦毗罗卫,对释迦族人,在大半夜以法语开示。这里所说的“法语”,应当理解为与集会堂和随喜有关的各种开示。那时,世尊就像把天上的恒河引下来,像把大地中的乳浆抽出来,像抓住大阎浮树的树干摇动它,像用榨轮压榨一由旬长的蜜罐、让人畅饮蜜汁一样,为迦毗罗卫的释迦族人讲说了能带来利益和安乐的各种开示。“大王,这种住所的布施实在非常广大。你们的这座住所,我已经受用过,比丘僧团也受用过,我和比丘僧团都受用过,而且法宝也受用过,所以可以说已被三宝受用。布施了住所,就等于布施了一切。哪怕只是地上的一间草屋,或者树枝搭成的棚子,其功德也是无法衡量的。”世尊就这样用种种方式,丰富多样地讲说了许多法语——巴利
Kāpilavatthavesakye bahudeva rattiṃ dhammiyā kathāyāti ettha dhammī kathā nāma santhāgāraanumodanappaṭisaṃyuttā pakiṇṇakakathā veditabbā. Tadā hi bhagavā ākāsagaṅgaṃ otārento viya pathavojaṃ ākaḍḍhanto viya mahājambuṃ khandhe gahetvā cālento viya yojanikaṃ madhubhaṇḍaṃ cakkayantena pīḷetvā madhupānaṃ pāyamāno viya kāpilavatthavānaṃ sakyānaṃ hitasukhāvahaṃ pakiṇṇakakathaṃ kathesi. ‘‘Āvāsadānaṃ nāmetaṃ mahārāja mahantaṃ, tumhākaṃ āvāso mayā paribhutto bhikkhusaṅghena paribhutto mayā ca bhikkhusaṅghena ca paribhutto pana dhammaratanena paribhutto yevāti tīhi ratanehi paribhutto nāma hoti. Āvāsadānasmiñhi dinne sabbadānaṃ dinnameva hoti. Bhūmaṭṭhakapaṇṇasālāya vā sākhāmaṇḍapassa vāpi ānisaṃso nāma paricchindituṃ na sakkā’’ti nānānayavicittaṃ bahuṃ dhammakathaṃ kathetvā –
能挡住寒冷和炎热,也能防避凶猛的野兽;
能防蛇和蚊虫,也能挡寒季的雨水。
从那以后,猛烈的大风和酷热已生起,被挡住。
为了庇护和安乐,也为了修禅定和修观照。
把精舍布施给僧团,是佛陀所赞叹的最上布施;
所以,智者确实应当审察自己的利益。
应该建造让人喜欢的精舍,让多闻的人住在那里;
还要给他们食物、饮料,以及衣服和坐卧处。
应当以清净明澈的心,向正直的人行布施。
他们为他说法,那法能消除一切苦。
他在这里了悟了法,就成为无漏者,般涅槃。巴利
‘‘Sītaṃ uṇhaṃ paṭihanti, tato vāḷamigāni ca; Sarīsape ca makase, sisire cāpi vuṭṭhiyo. Tato vātātapo ghoro, sañjāto paṭihaññati; Leṇatthañca sukhatthañca, jhāyituñca vipassituṃ. Vihāradānaṃ saṅghassa, aggaṃ buddhena vaṇṇitaṃ; Tasmā hi paṇḍito poso, sampassaṃ atthamattano. Vihāre kāraye ramme, vāsayettha bahussute; Tesaṃ annañca pānañca, vatthasenāsanāni ca. Dadeyya ujubhūtesu, vippasannena cetasā; Te tassa dhammaṃ desenti, sabbadukkhāpanūdanaṃ; Yaṃ so dhammaṃ idhaññāya, parinibbāti anāsavo’’ti. (cūḷava. 295) –
就这样,这也是住在精舍的功德,这也是功德。世尊在夜里讲了很久,超过大半夜,甚至讲了一个半半夜分那么长的时间,都在说住在精舍的功德。其中,只有这些偈颂被收进了结集,而那些分散穿插的说法则没有被编入结集。至于“开示了”等语,含义和前面已经解释过的一样。巴利
Evaṃ ayampi āvāse ānisaṃso, ayampi ānisaṃsoti bahudevarattiṃ atirekataraṃ diyaḍḍhayāmaṃ āvāsānisaṃsakathaṃ kathesi. Tattha imā gāthāva saṅgahaṃ āruḷhā, pakiṇṇakadhammadesanā pana saṅgahaṃ na ārohati. Sandassesītiādīni vuttatthāneva.
世尊叫来具寿阿难,是想让他来说法,所以先示意他。那么,当时舍利弗、大目犍连、大迦叶等八十位大长老都在,为什么世尊却把担子交给阿难长老呢?这是随顺在场大众的心意。因为具寿阿难在多闻者中排第一,他能用圆满周全的字句说出甘美的法义,在释迦族中广为人知、备受认可。释迦族的王族们虽然曾到精舍听过他说法,但他们的后宫妃嫔不能随心所欲地去精舍。这些妃嫔心里想:“但愿世尊只简略地说一点法,然后把重担交给我们亲族中最尊贵的阿难!”正是随顺她们的心意,世尊才把担子交给了他。巴利
Āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesīti dhammakathaṃ kathāpetukāmo jānāpesi. Atha kasmā sāriputtamahāmoggallānamahākassapādīsu asītimahātheresu vijjamānesu bhagavā ānandattherassa bhāramakāsīti. Parisajjhāsayavasena. Āyasmā hi ānando bahussutānaṃ aggo, pahosi parimaṇḍalehi padabyañjanehi madhuradhammakathaṃ kathetunti sākiyamaṇḍale pākaṭo paññāto. Tassa sakyarājūhi vihāraṃ gantvāpi dhammakathā sutapubbā, orodhā pana nesaṃ na yathāruciyā vihāraṃ gantuṃ labhanti, tesaṃ etadahosi – ‘‘aho vata bhagavā appaṃyeva dhammakathaṃ kathetvā amhākaṃ ñātiseṭṭhassa ānandassa bhāraṃ kareyyā’’ti. Tesaṃ ajjhāsayavasena bhagavā tasseva bhāramakāsi.
“有学行道者”,指的是已经踏上修行道路的有学沙门。这是用“行道”来界定这个人,把他指出来。意思是:愿这位有学沙门在你心中显现、在你面前呈现——你应当为这样一位行道者开示行道。
那么,世尊为什么要特别选定这一行道呢?有很多原因。
首先,这些释迦族人待在吉祥堂里,本来就期盼吉祥、希望增长,而这有学行道在我的教法里正是吉祥的行道,也是能让人不断增长的行道,所以世尊选定了这一行道。
其次,当时在场的听众中,坐着的多数都是有学位的修行人。当开示到他们自己已经通达的境界时,他们不会觉得疲惫,能够专注地领会,所以世尊选定了这一行道。
再者,尊者阿难本身就已经证得有学位的无碍解。当他在讲述自己已经通达、亲自现见的境界时,毫不费力就能让大众明白,所以世尊选定了这一行道。
而且,在有学行道中,三种修学都已经包含在内。其中,讲增上戒学,就等于讲了整部律藏;讲增上心学,就等于讲了整部经藏;讲增上慧学,就等于讲了整部阿毗达摩藏。而阿难又是多闻、能持诵三藏的人,他有能力用三藏来解说三学。这样讲说,对释迦族人来说,就会带来吉祥和增长。因此,世尊选定了这一行道。巴利
Sekho pāṭipadoti paṭipannako sekhasamaṇo. So tuyhaṃ paṭibhātu upaṭṭhātu, tassa paṭipadaṃ desehīti paṭipadāya puggalaṃ niyametvā dasseti. Kasmā pana bhagavā imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi? Bahūhi kāraṇehi. Ime tāva sakyā maṅgalasālāya maṅgalaṃ paccāsīsanti vaḍḍhiṃ icchanti, ayañca sekhapaṭipadā mayhaṃ sāsane maṅgalapaṭipadā vaḍḍhamānakapaṭipadātipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi. Tassañca parisati sekhāva bahū nisinnā, te attanā paṭividdhaṭṭhāne kathīyamāne akilamantāva sallakkhessantītipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi. Āyasmā ca ānando sekhapaṭisambhidāpattova, so attanā paṭividdhe paccakkhaṭṭhāne kathento akilamanto viññāpetuṃ sakkhissatītipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi. Sekhapaṭipadāya ca tissopi sikkhā osaṭā , tattha adhisīlasikkhāya kathitāya sakalaṃ vinayapiṭakaṃ kathitameva hoti, adhicittasikkhāya kathitāya sakalaṃ suttantapiṭakaṃ kathitaṃ hoti, adhipaññāsikkhāya kathitāya sakalaṃ abhidhammapiṭakaṃ kathitaṃ hoti, ānando ca bahussuto tipiṭakadharo, so pahoti tīhi piṭakehi tisso sikkhā kathetuṃ, evaṃ kathite sakyānaṃ maṅgalameva vaḍḍhiyeva bhavissatītipi imaṃ paṭipadaṃ niyamesi.
我的背发僵了。为什么发僵呢?因为世尊当年六年精勤苦行时,身体承受了极大的苦;后来到了晚年,背上又起了风病。不过这也算不上什么真正的理由。世尊其实有能力把已经生起的感受压伏下去,哪怕一连坐上一两个七天,都能保持盘腿不动。只是他当时想用四种姿势来受用那座集会堂:他从洗脚的地方走到法座前,这一段路算是完成了走的姿势;到了法座前,稍微站了一会儿,这算是完成了站的姿势;在法座上坐了一个半时辰,这算是完成了坐的姿势。他心里想:现在要是右侧卧躺一小会儿,躺的姿势也就完成了。他就是这样想用四种姿势来受用那座堂。再说,这个被执取的身体,也不能说它“根本不会发僵”。所以世尊就借着久坐而生起的那一点点僵硬,说了这句话。巴利
Piṭṭhi me āgilāyatīti kasmā āgilāyati? Bhagavato hi chabbassāni padhānaṃ padahantassa mahantaṃ kāyadukkhaṃ ahosi, athassa aparabhāge mahallakakāle piṭṭhivāto uppajji. Akāraṇaṃ vā etaṃ. Pahoti hi bhagavā uppannaṃ vedanaṃ vikkhambhetvā ekampi dvepi sattāhe ekapallaṅkena nisīdituṃ. Santhāgārasālaṃ pana catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi, tattha pādadhovanaṭṭhānato yāva dhammāsanā agamāsi, ettake ṭhāne gamanaṃ nipphannaṃ. Dhammāsanaṃ patto thokaṃ ṭhatvā nisīdi, ettake ṭhānaṃ. Diyaḍḍhayāmaṃ dhammāsane nisīdi, ettake ṭhāne nisajjā nipphannā. Idāni dakkhiṇena passena thokaṃ nipanne sayanaṃ nipphajjissatīti evaṃ catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuñjitukāmo ahosi. Upādinnakasarīrañca nāma ‘‘no āgilāyatī’’ti na vattabbaṃ, tasmā ciraṃ nisajjāya sañjātaṃ appakampi āgilāyanaṃ gahetvā evamāha.
国王们让人在集会堂的一侧围上布幔,铺好一张合乎规定的床,床上铺了合乎规定的垫褥,上面悬挂着用黄金星星、香花鬘和珠串装饰的华盖,又点起香油灯,心里想:“但愿导师从法座上起身后,能在这里稍微休息一下,躺一会儿。这样,我们这座集会堂被世尊以行、住、坐、卧四种姿态使用过,就能长久给我们带来利益和安乐。”导师也正是出于这个考虑,才在那里铺好僧伽梨躺下。作意起身想:就是心里定下“过了这段时间我就起来”的念头。巴利
Saṅghāṭiṃ paññāpetvāti santhāgārassa kira ekapasse te rājāno paṭṭasāṇiṃ parikkhipāpetvā kappiyamañcakaṃ paññapetvā kappiyapaccattharaṇena attharitvā upari suvaṇṇa-tāraka-gandhamālā-dāmapaṭimaṇḍitaṃ vitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhatelappadīpaṃ āropayiṃsu ‘‘appeva nāma satthā dhammāsanato vuṭṭhāya thokaṃ vissamanto idha nipajjeyya, evaṃ no imaṃ santhāgāraṃ bhagavatā catūhi iriyāpathehi paribhuttaṃ dīgharattaṃ hitāya sukhāya bhavissatī’’ti. Satthāpi tadeva sandhāya tattha saṅghāṭiṃ paññapetvā nipajji. Uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvāti ettakaṃ kālaṃ atikkamitvā vuṭṭhahissāmīti vuṭṭhānasaññaṃ citte ṭhapetvā.
23 长老吩咐释迦族人摩诃男。据说,那时摩诃男在那场集会中年纪最大、地位最高。长老心想:只要他接受了,其余在场的大众也就等于都接受了,所以只吩咐他一个人。戒具足,就是戒行具足,意思是戒行圆满、没有缺损。以正法,就是以善妙之法,或者说以圣者、善士所行持之法。巴利
23.Mahānāmaṃ sakkaṃ āmantesīti so kira tasmiṃ kāle tassaṃ parisati jeṭṭhako pāmokkho, tasmiṃ saṅgahite sesaparisā saṅgahitāva hotīti thero tameva āmantesi. Sīlasampannoti sīlena sampanno, sampannasīlo paripuṇṇasīloti attho. Saddhammehīti sundaradhammehi, sataṃ vā sappurisānaṃ dhammehi.
24 迦叶,摩诃男,怎样……世尊在此处,先立下有学道之论母,继而想要依次详细展开,因此这样说。其中,“具足戒”等语,应依照《希望经》等经中所说“诸比丘,应具足戒而住”之方式理解。巴利
24.Kathañca mahānāmāti iminā ettakena ṭhānena sekhapaṭipadāya mātikaṃ ṭhapetvā paṭipāṭiyā vitthāretukāmo evamāha. Tattha sīlasampannotiādīni ‘‘sampannasīlā, bhikkhave, viharathā’’ti ākaṅkheyyasuttādīsu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni.
25 在“身恶行”等语句中,具格是用来表示对象关系,意思是:对应当感到羞惭的身恶行等,感到羞惭、厌恶。在解释“愧”时,具格是用来表示原因,意思是:以作为愧之因的身恶行等,感到畏惧、害怕。“已发勤精进”:就是已经提起精进、心不松懈。“为了断除”:就是为了断除。“为了证得”:就是为了获得。“有力量”:具备精进之力。“坚定地努力”:努力坚固。“在诸善法中不放下担子”:在诸善法中没有放下担子,精进不懈。“以最上”:以最殊胜的。“以念与明察”:以念和明察。那么,为什么在念的分说中提到了慧?是为了显示念的强大。因为不与慧相应的念是虚弱的,与慧相应的念才强大。巴利
25.Kāyaduccaritenātiādīsu upayogatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, hiriyitabbāni kāyaduccaritādīni hiriyati jigucchatīti attho. Ottappaniddese hetvatthe karaṇavacanaṃ, kāyaduccaritādīhi ottappassa hetubhūtehi ottappati bhāyatīti attho. Āraddhavīriyoti paggahitavīriyo anosakkitamānaso. Pahānāyāti pahānatthāya. Upasampadāyāti paṭilābhatthāya. Thāmavāti vīriyathāmena samannāgato. Daḷhaparakkamoti thiraparakkamo. Anikkhittadhuro kusalesu dhammesūti kusalesu dhammesu anoropitadhuro anosakkitavīriyo. Paramenāti uttamena. Satinepakkenāti satiyā ca nipakabhāvena ca. Kasmā pana satibhājaniye paññā āgatāti? Satiyā balavabhāvadīpanatthaṃ. Paññāvippayuttā hi sati dubbalā hoti, sampayuttā balavatīti.
“久远以前所做的”:指自己或别人很久以前用身体做的,比如履行塔院义务等八十种大义务行。“久远以前所说的”:指自己或别人很久以前用言语说的,以恭敬的态度进行教诵、让人教诵、法谈、说法、近坐交谈、随喜等而发起的语业。“已忆念、已随念”:对于那久远以前身体所做的,他这样忆念并随念:“所谓身,就是身表;久远以前所说的当中,所谓语,就是语表。这两者都是色法,能生起它们的心与心所是非色法。这些色法与非色法就是这样生起、这样灭去。”意思是说,由此引生念觉支。这里指的是能引生觉支的念。应当知道,依着那个念,只回忆一次叫“忆念”,反复回忆叫“随念”。巴利
Cirakatampīti attanā vā parena vā kāyena cirakataṃ cetiyaṅgaṇavattādi asīti mahāvattapaṭipattipūraṇaṃ. Cirabhāsitampīti attanā vā parena vā vācāya cirabhāsitaṃ sakkaccaṃ uddisana-uddisāpana-dhammosāraṇa-dhammadesanā-upanisinnakathā-anumodaniyādivasena pavattitaṃ vacīkammaṃ. Saritā anussaritāti tasmiṃ kāyena cirakate ‘‘kāyo nāma kāyaviññatti, cirabhāsite vācā nāma vacīviññatti. Tadubhayampi rūpaṃ, taṃsamuṭṭhāpikā cittacetasikā arūpaṃ. Iti ime rūpārūpadhammā evaṃ uppajjitvā evaṃ niruddhā’’ti sarati ceva anussarati ca, satisambojjhaṅgaṃ samuṭṭhāpetīti attho. Bojjhaṅgasamuṭṭhāpikā hi sati idha adhippetā. Tāya satiyā esa sakimpi saraṇena saritā, punappunaṃ saraṇena anussaritāti veditabbā.
导向五蕴生灭的:就是能洞察五蕴的生起和坏灭,能够通达生起与坏灭的智慧。圣:以镇伏和断除两种方式,远远脱离烦恼、清净无染的智慧。具足智慧:就是同时具备观慧和道慧。能洞穿的:这种智慧因为能洞穿,所以称为能洞穿;意思是具备那样的智慧。其中,道慧以断除的方式,洞穿、粉碎以前从未被洞穿、从未被粉碎的贪蕴、嗔蕴、痴蕴,所以叫能洞穿。观慧则以彼分断的方式称为能洞穿,又因为它能引生能洞穿的道慧,所以观慧也可以叫能洞穿。正趣向苦尽:在这里,道慧以正确的方式、正确的因,灭尽轮回之苦而趣向,所以叫正趣向苦尽。观慧以彼分断的方式,灭尽轮回苦和烦恼苦而趣向,所以叫趣向苦尽;或者说,因为观慧能引生趣向苦尽的道慧,所以也可以理解为趣向苦尽。巴利
Udayatthagāminiyāti pañcannaṃ khandhānaṃ udayavayagāminiyā udayañca vayañca paṭivijjhituṃ samatthāya. Ariyāyāti vikkhambhanavasena ca samucchedavasena ca kilesehi ārakā ṭhitāya parisuddhāya. Paññāya samannāgatoti vipassanāpaññāya ceva maggapaññāya ca samaṅgībhūto. Nibbedhikāyāti sāyeva nibbijjhanato nibbedhikāti vuccati, tāya samannāgatoti attho. Tattha maggapaññāya samucchedavasena anibbiddhapubbaṃ apadālitapubbaṃ lobhakkhandhaṃ dosakkhandhaṃ mohakkhandhaṃ nibbijjhati padāletīti nibbedhikā. Vipassanāpaññāya tadaṅgavasena nibbedhikāya maggapaññāya paṭilābhasaṃvattanato cāti vipassanā ‘‘nibbedhikā’’ti vattuṃ vaṭṭati. Sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyāti idhāpi maggapaññā ‘‘sammā hetunā nayena vaṭṭadukkhaṃ khepayamānā gacchatīti sammā dukkhakkhayagāminī nāma. Vipassanā tadaṅgavasena vaṭṭadukkhañca kilesadukkhañca khepayamānā gacchatīti dukkhakkhayagāminī. Dukkhakkhayagāminiyā vā maggapaññāya paṭilābhasaṃvattanato esā dukkhakkhayagāminī’’ti veditabbā.
26 “增上心所相应的”是指依止于增上心、殊胜心,依止于快乐、执著于快乐。“现法乐住”是指在每一次入定的当下能带来快乐的因。“想入便入者”是指在想要入定的当下就能入定。“无艰难获得者”是指没有痛苦地获得。“无滞碍获得者”是指广泛地获得。有一种人,凭熟练虽然能在想要入定的当下就入定,却不能毫不费力地镇伏障碍入定的法;他不情愿时很快就出定,无法按预先设定的时间安住在定中,这种人就叫“艰难获得者、滞碍获得者”。另一种人,既能在想要入定的当下就入定,又能毫不费力地镇伏障碍入定的法,他能按预先设定的时间出定,这种人就叫“无艰难获得者、无滞碍获得者”。巴利
26.Abhicetasikānanti abhicittaṃ seṭṭhacittaṃ sitānaṃ nissitānaṃ. Diṭṭhadhammasukhavihārānanti appitappitakkhaṇe sukhapaṭilābhahetūnaṃ. Nikāmalābhīti icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjitā. Akicchalābhīti nidukkhalābhī. Akasiralābhīti vipulalābhī. Paguṇabhāvena eko icchiticchitakkhaṇe samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, samādhipāripanthikadhamme pana akilamanto vikkhambhetuṃ na sakkoti, so attano anicchāya khippameva vuṭṭhāti, yathāparicchedavasena samāpattiṃ ṭhapetuṃ na sakkoti ayaṃ kicchalābhī kasiralābhī nāma. Eko icchiticchitakkhaṇe ca samāpajjituṃ sakkoti, samādhipāripanthikadhamme ca akilamanto vikkhambheti, so yathāparicchedavaseneva vuṭṭhātuṃ sakkoti, ayaṃ akicchalābhī akasiralābhī nāma.
27 摩诃男,这称为有学的圣弟子、行道者。这是在说明:摩诃男,有学的圣弟子、行道者,就是具足了那在观智母胎中逐渐成长的行道。非腐卵,就是不是坏掉的蛋。能够破壳,就是有能力突破观智等智的种种差别。为完全觉悟,就是为了圣道。为无上的安稳,阿拉汉果就叫无上的安稳,这是在说明他有能力达到它。不过这里为了阐明义理而举出的譬喻,应当按《心荒芜经》里所说的方式来理解。因为在那部经里,有“就像那只母鸡对它的蛋做三种动作一样,这位比丘具足了十五种勤奋的特质”这样把譬喻和义理对应起来的说法;而在这里,根据“戒具足”等经文,就是“就像那只母鸡对它的蛋做三种动作一样,这位比丘具足了戒具足等十五种法”。应当这样对应起来理解。其余各处所说的,都和那里相似。巴利
27.Ayaṃvuccati mahānāma ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipadoti mahānāma ariyasāvako sekho pāṭipado vipassanāgabbhāya vaḍḍhamānakapaṭipadāya samannāgatoti vuccatīti dasseti. Apuccaṇḍatāyāti apūtiaṇḍatāya. Bhabbo abhinibbhidāyāti vipassanādiñāṇappabhedāya bhabbo. Sambodhāyāti ariyamaggāya. Anuttarassa yogakkhemassāti arahattaṃ anuttaro yogakkhemo nāma, tadabhigamāya bhabboti dasseti. Yā panāyamettha atthadīpanatthaṃ upamā āhaṭā, sā cetokhilasutte vuttanayeneva veditabbā. Kevalañhi tattha ‘‘tassā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyakaraṇaṃ viya hi imassa bhikkhuno ussoḷhipannarasehi aṅgehi samannāgatabhāvo’’ti yaṃ evaṃ opammasaṃsandanaṃ āgataṃ, taṃ idha evaṃ sīlasampanno hotītiādivacanato ‘‘tassā kukkuṭiyā aṇḍesu tividhakiriyakaraṇaṃ viya imassa bhikkhuno sīlasampannatādīhi pannarasehi dhammehi samaṅgibhāvo’’ti. Evaṃ yojetvā veditabbaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha vuttasadisameva.
28 “这就是无上的舍念清净”:这指的是与初禅等不相同的、最殊胜的第四禅的舍念清净。“第一次破壳而出”:就是第一种智的类别。第二、第三等也是如此。然而,小鸡一次从母胎出生,一次从卵壳出生,所以出生两次。圣弟子则通过三明出生三次:去除遮蔽宿命的黑暗后,以宿命智第一次出生;去除遮蔽众生死亡与结生的黑暗后,以天眼智第二次出生;去除遮蔽四圣谛的黑暗后,以漏尽智第三次出生。巴利
28.Imaṃyeva anuttaraṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhinti imaṃ paṭhamādijjhānehi asadisaṃ uttamaṃ catutthajjhānikaṃ upekkhāsatipārisuddhiṃ. Paṭhamābhinibbhidāti paṭhamo ñāṇabhedo. Dutiyādīsupi eseva nayo. Kukkuṭacchāpako pana ekavāraṃ mātukucchito ekavāraṃ aṇḍakosatoti dve vāre jāyati. Ariyasāvako tīhi vijjāhi tāyo vāre jāyati. Pubbenivāsacchādakaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā pubbenivāsañāṇena paṭhamaṃ jāyati, sattānaṃ cutipaṭisandhicchādakaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā dibbacakkhuñāṇena dutiyaṃ jāyati, catusaccapaṭicchādakaṃ tamaṃ vinodetvā āsavakkhayañāṇena tatiyaṃ jāyati.
29 这也同样是他的“行”:意思是,这也是那位比丘的戒,称为“行”。“行”有很多种,有多种多样,也就是戒等十五种法,而这里的戒也是其中的一种行。再从词义上说,依它而前往以前不曾到过的地方,所以叫“行”。一切地方都按这个道理类推。巴利
29.Idampissa hoti caraṇasminti idampi sīlaṃ assa bhikkhuno caraṇaṃ nāma hotīti attho. Caraṇaṃ nāma bahu anekavidhaṃ, sīlādayo pannarasadhammā, tattha idampi ekaṃ caraṇanti attho. Padattho pana carati tena agatapubbaṃ disaṃ gacchatīti caraṇaṃ. Esa nayo sabbattha.
这宿住智就是他的明,意思是:这宿住智就是他的明。明有很多种,种种不同,比如观智等八种智,而这里的宿住智也是其中一种明。再从词义上说,通过它彻底通达、清楚了知,所以叫明。其余各处也照这样理解。具明者,就是具备三明,称为具明者;具行者,就是具备十五种法,称为具行者。把这两方面合起来,就是明行足。巴利
Idampissa hoti vijjāyāti idaṃ pubbenivāsañāṇaṃ tassa vijjā nāma hotīti attho. Vijjā nāma bahu anekavidhā, vipassanañāṇādīni aṭṭha ñāṇāni, tattha idampi ñāṇaṃ ekā vijjātipi attho. Padattho pana vinivijjhitvā etāya jānātīti vijjā. Esa nayo sabbattha. Vijjāsampanno itipīti tīhi vijjāhi vijjāsampanno itipi. Caraṇasampanno itipīti pañcadasahi dhammehi caraṇasampanno itipi. Tadubhayena pana vijjācaraṇasampanno itipīti.
30 “常童子”是指一位古老的童子,很久以来就被称作“童子”。据说他以前在人间做五髻小童时,修成了禅那,而且禅那一直没有退失,后来投生到梵天界。他喜欢那个身体,觉得它可爱称心,所以就一直以那样的身体形态来往,因此人们称他为“常童子”。“于生者中”,就是在所出生的众生当中,也就是在各类众生当中。“那些依族姓而行的人”,就是在所出生的众生中,依着族姓说“我是乔达摩”“我是迦叶”的人。在这些依族姓而行的世间人中,刹帝利最为尊上。“为世尊所认可”,是指在《阿摩昼经》中,佛陀世尊与我所回答的问题相合,而开示说:“阿摩昼,我也这样说——巴利
30.Sanaṅkumārenāti porāṇakakumārena, cirakālato paṭṭhāya kumāroti paññātena. So kira manussapathe pañcacūḷakakumārakakāle jhānaṃ nibbattetvā aparihīnajjhāno brahmaloke nibbatti, tassa so attabhāvo piyo ahosi manāpo, tasmā tādiseneva attabhāvena carati, tena naṃ sanaṅkumāroti sañjānanti. Janetasminti janitasmiṃ, pajāyāti attho. Ye gottapaṭisārinoti ye janetasmiṃ gottaṃ paṭisaranti ‘‘ahaṃ gotamo, ahaṃ kassapo’’ti, tesu loke gottapaṭisārīsu khattiyo seṭṭho. Anumatā bhagavatāti mama pañhabyākaraṇena saddhiṃ saṃsanditvā desitāti ambaṭṭhasutte buddhena bhagavatā ‘‘ahampi, ambaṭṭha, evaṃ vadāmi –
在众人当中,刹帝利最为尊贵;那些看重族姓的人也是这样认为。
明行足的人,才是天与人中最殊胜的。巴利
‘Khattiyo seṭṭho janetasmiṃ, ye gottapaṭisārino; Vijjācaraṇasampanno, so seṭṭho devamānuse’ti’’. (dī. ni. 1.277) –
这样说完,听众就认可并随喜了。“善哉,善哉,阿难!”据说,世尊从一开始就没有入睡,听完这部经后,知道阿难已经把握住了有学道的顶点,于是起身,盘腿坐下,发出赞叹。到这一步,这部经就算是胜者所说的了。其余部分到处都很浅显易懂。巴利
Evaṃ bhāsantena anuññātā anumoditā. Sādhu sādhu ānandāti, bhagavā kira ādito paṭṭhāya niddaṃ anokkamantova imaṃ suttaṃ sutvā ānandena sekhapaṭipadāya kūṭaṃ gahitanti ñatvā uṭṭhāya pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā nisinno sādhukāraṃ adāsi. Ettāvatā ca pana idaṃ suttaṃ jinabhāsitaṃ nāma jātaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
4. 《晡利多经》的注释巴利
4. Potaliyasuttavaṇṇanā
31 31.“如是我闻”等语,是《晡利多经》。其中,“在鸯伽北地”的意思是:那个地方本来就属于鸯伽国,但因为摩醯河以北有水域,由于靠近那些水,所以也叫北水。是哪条摩醯河以北的水呢?是大摩醯河以北的。对此,显明的解说是这样的:据说这个赡部洲方圆一万由旬。其中,方圆四千由旬的区域被水淹没,称为大海。方圆三千由旬的区域有人居住。方圆三千由旬的区域耸立着雪山,高五百由旬,四周环绕着八万四千座山峰,五百条奔流的河流点缀其间。那里有七大湖,长宽各五十由旬,深五十由旬,周围一百五十由旬,就是:无热恼湖、耳环湖、车匠湖、六牙湖、拘那罗湖、曼达其尼湖、狮子崖湖。其中,无热恼湖被善见峰、杂色峰、黑峰、香醉峰、开拉斯峰这五座山环绕。巴利
31.Evaṃme sutanti potaliyasuttaṃ. Tattha aṅguttarāpesūti aṅgāyeva so janapado, mahiyā panassa uttarena yā āpo, tāsaṃ avidūrattā uttarāpotipi vuccati. Kataramahiyā uttarena yā āpoti, mahāmahiyā. Tatthāyaṃ āvibhāvakathā – ayaṃ kira jambudīpo dasasahassayojanaparimāṇo. Tattha ca catusahassayojanappamāṇo padeso udakena ajjhotthaṭo samuddoti saṅkhaṃ gato . Tisahassayojanappamāṇe manussā vasanti. Tisahassayojanappamāṇe himavā patiṭṭhito ubbedhena pañcayojanasatiko caturāsītikūṭasahassapaṭimaṇḍito samantato sandamānapañcasatanadīvicitto, yattha āyāmavitthārena ceva gambhīratāya ca paṇṇāsapaṇṇāsayojanā diyaḍḍhayojanasataparimaṇḍalā anotattadaho kaṇṇamuṇḍadaho rathakāradaho chaddantadaho kuṇāladaho mandākinīdaho sīhapapātadahoti satta mahāsarā patiṭṭhitā. Tesu anotattadaho sudassanakūṭaṃ citrakūṭaṃ kāḷakūṭaṃ gandhamādanakūṭaṃ kelāsakūṭanti imehi pañcahi pabbatehi parikkhitto.
在这里,善见峰是黄金所成,高二百由旬,向内弯曲,形状像乌鸦嘴,它遮挡住那座湖而矗立着。杂色峰是一切珍宝所成。黑峰是锑石所成。香醉峰是山脊所成,内部呈绿豆色,以十种香最为浓郁——根香、心材香、嫩枝香、树皮香、表皮香、汁液香、叶香、花香、果香、香之香,又有种种药草覆盖其上。到了黑半月的布萨日,它就像炽燃的炭火一样燃烧般矗立着。开拉斯峰是白银所成。所有这些山峰都与善见峰等高、同形,也都遮挡住那座湖而矗立着。这些山峰都靠天神的威力和龙王的威力降雨,河流也在它们上面流淌。这一切水全都流入无热恼湖。日月天子无论从南方还是北方经过,被山挡住时就会在那里放出光明;如果直直地经过,就不放光。正因如此,这座湖才有了“无热恼”这个名字。巴利
Tattha sudassanakūṭaṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ dviyojanasatubbedhaṃ antovaṅkaṃ kākamukhasaṇṭhānaṃ tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitaṃ. Citrakūṭaṃ sabbaratanamayaṃ. Kāḷakūṭaṃ añjanamayaṃ. Gandhamādanakūṭaṃ sānumayaṃ abbhantare muggavaṇṇaṃ, mūlagandho sāragandho pheggugandho tacagandho papaṭikagandho rasagandho pattagandho pupphagandho phalagandho gandhagandhoti imehi dasahi gandhehi ussannaṃ nānappakāraosadhasañchannaṃ, kāḷapakkhauposathadivase ādittamiva aṅgāraṃ jalantaṃ tiṭṭhati. Kelāsakūṭaṃ rajatamayaṃ. Sabbāni sudassanena samānubbedhasaṇṭhānāni, tameva saraṃ paṭicchādetvā ṭhitāni. Tāni sabbāni devānubhāvena nāgānubhāvena ca vassanti, nadiyo ca tesu sandanti. Taṃ sabbampi udakaṃ anotattameva pavisati. Candimasūriyā dakkhiṇena vā uttarena vā gacchantā pabbatantarena tattha obhāsaṃ karonti, ujuṃ gacchantā na karonti, tenevassa anotattanti saṅkhā udapādi.
在那里,有令人欢喜的石板地面、没有鱼也没有龟、水像水晶一样清净明澈、准备得妥妥当当的沐浴渡口。诸佛、独觉佛、漏尽者以及有神通者与仙人们都在这些地方沐浴,诸天、夜叉等则在这里玩园林里的游戏。巴利
Tattha manoharasilātalāni nimmacchakacchapāni phalikasadisanimmaludakāni nhānatitthāni supaṭiyattāni honti, yesu buddhapaccekabuddhakhīṇāsavā ca iddhimanto ca isayo nhāyanti, devayakkhādayo uyyānakīḷakaṃ kīḷanti.
这个湖有四个出口:狮口、象口、马口、牛口。从这四条口子流出四条河。从狮口流出的那条河,两岸狮子特别多;从象口等流出的河,两岸则分别是象、马、牛居多。从东边流出的那条河,向右绕无热恼湖三圈之后,不经过其余三条河,就沿着东雪山,走非人走的道路,流入大海。从西边和北边流出的河也一样,右绕三圈后,分别沿着西雪山和北雪山,走非人走的道路,流入大海。但从南边流出的那条河,右绕三圈后,径直向南,在石板上奔流六十由旬,撞上山后腾空而起,形成周长约三牛呼的水柱,在空中行六十由旬,落在一块叫“三闩”的岩石上,岩石被水流的冲力击碎。那里形成了一个方圆五十由旬的池塘,叫三闩池。水冲破池岸,钻进岩石,又流了六十由旬;然后穿透坚实的大地,经地下暗流行六十由旬,撞上一座叫“贯穿”的横向山脉,像手掌上的五指一样分成五股水流泻下。这条河在右绕无热恼湖三圈的那一段,叫旋流河;在石板上直行六十由旬的那一段,叫黑河;在空中行六十由旬的那一段,叫空中河;停在三闩岩方圆五十由旬处,叫三闩池;冲破池岸、钻进岩石后行六十由旬的那一段,叫深河;经地下暗流行六十由旬的那一段,叫暗河。撞上那座叫“贯穿”的横向山脉后,分成五股流下的地方,就分别称为恒河、耶牟那河、阿致罗筏底、萨罗布河、摩希河,共有这五个名字。这五条大河都发源于雪山。其中这第五条叫摩希河,这里指的就是大摩希河。在它北边的那片水域,因为离这些河不远,所以那个地区应当知道叫鸯伽北岸。就在那个鸯伽北岸地区。巴利
Tassa catūsu passesu sīhamukhaṃ hatthimukhaṃ assamukhaṃ usabhamukhanti cattāri mukhāni honti, yehi catasso nadiyo sandanti. Sīhamukhena nikkhantanadītīre sīhā bahutarā honti. Hatthimukhādīhi hatthiassausabhā. Puratthimadisato nikkhantanadī anotattaṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā itarā tisso nadiyo anupagamma pācīnahimavanteneva amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisati. Pacchimadisato ca uttaradisato ca nikkhantanadiyopi tatheva padakkhiṇaṃ katvā pacchimahimavanteneva uttarahimavanteneva ca amanussapathaṃ gantvā mahāsamuddaṃ pavisanti. Dakkhiṇadisato nikkhantanadī pana taṃ tikkhattuṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā dakkhiṇena ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭheneva saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā pabbataṃ paharitvā vuṭṭhāya parikkhepena tigāvutappamāṇā udakadhārā ca hutvā ākāsena saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā tiyaggaḷe nāma pāsāṇe patitā, pāsāṇo udakadhārāvegena bhinno. Tattha paññāsayojanappamāṇā tiyaggaḷā nāma pokkharaṇī jātā, pokkharaṇiyā kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisitvā saṭṭhiyojanāni gatā. Tato ghanapathaviṃ bhinditvā umaṅgena saṭṭhiyojanāni gantvā viñjhuṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā hatthatale pañcaṅgulisadisā pañcadhārā hutvā pavattanti. Sā tikkhattuṃ anotattaṃ padakkhiṇaṃ katvā gataṭṭhāne āvaṭṭagaṅgāti vuccati. Ujukaṃ pāsāṇapiṭṭhena saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne kaṇhagaṅgāti, ākāsena saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne ākāsagaṅgāti, tiyaggaḷapāsāṇe paññāsayojanokāse ṭhitā tiyaggaḷapokkharaṇīti, kūlaṃ bhinditvā pāsāṇaṃ pavisitvā saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne bahalagaṅgāti, umaṅgena saṭṭhiyojanāni gataṭṭhāne umaṅgagaṅgāti vuccati. Viñjhuṃ nāma tiracchānapabbataṃ paharitvā pañcadhārā hutvā pavattaṭṭhāne pana gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahīti pañcadhā saṅkhaṃ gatā. Evametā pañca mahānadiyo himavantato pabhavanti. Tāsu yā ayaṃ pañcamī mahī nāma, sā idha mahāmahīti adhippetā. Tassā uttarena yā āpo, tāsaṃ avidūrattā so janapado aṅguttarāpoti veditabbo. Tasmiṃ aṅguttarāpesu janapade.
“市集”这个名称的由来是这样的:据说在那个市镇里,曾经分布着两万间店铺门面。因为店铺非常多,所以那个地方就被叫做“市集”。在那个市镇不远处,河边有一片浓荫覆盖、令人愉悦的地方,是一大片森林,世尊就住在那里。因此应当知道,这里并没有指定固定的住处。“朝着另一片树林走去”的意思是:先把比丘僧团派往住处,然后自己一个人前往,这里说的是居士晡利多。“而那位居士晡利多”的意思是:名叫晡利多的居士。“具足内衣与上衣”的意思是:内衣和上衣都齐全,也就是穿着一件长至脚踝的长衣,另搭一件上衣。“拿着伞、穿着鞋”的意思是:手里拿着伞,脚上穿着鞋。“座位”指的是结跏趺坐的座、椅子、草垫座等,甚至一小截树枝也可以叫做“座位”。“以居士之称谓”的意思是:用“居士”这个称呼。“称呼”的意思是:用通常的说法来叫。巴利
Āpaṇaṃnāmāti tasmiṃ kira nigame vīsati āpaṇamukhasahassāni vibhattāni ahesuṃ. Iti so āpaṇānaṃ ussannattā āpaṇantveva saṅkhaṃ gato. Tassa ca nigamassa avidūre nadītīre ghanacchāyo ramaṇīyo bhūmibhāgo mahāvanasaṇḍo, tasmiṃ bhagavā viharati. Tenevettha vasanaṭṭhānaṃ na niyāmitanti veditabbaṃ. Yenaññataro vanasaṇḍo tenupasaṅkamīti bhikkhusaṅghaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ pesetvā ekakova upasaṅkami potaliyaṃ gahapatiṃ sandhāya. Potaliyopi kho gahapatīti potaliyoti evaṃnāmako gahapati. Sampannanivāsanapāvuraṇoti paripuṇṇanivāsanapāvuraṇo , ekaṃ dīghadasaṃ sāṭakaṃ nivattho ekaṃ pārutoti attho. Chattupāhanāhīti chattaṃ gahetvā upāhanā āruyhāti attho. Āsanānīti pallaṅkapīṭhapalālapīṭhakādīni. Antamaso sākhābhaṅgampi hi āsananteva vuccati. Gahapativādenāti gahapatīti iminā vacanena. Samudācaratīti voharati.
他无法接受第三次“居士”这个称呼,就对世尊说了“贤者乔达摩,此事……”等话。“不合适”就是不相称,“不恰当”就是不适宜。“行相”等这些词,全都是表示原因的说法。因为穿着长缘衣、留着须发指甲等,这一切在家人特征都清楚显露出他的在家人身份,所以叫“行相”;因为维持着在家人的形态,所以叫“相”;因为是让人知道他在家人身份的根据,所以叫“标志”。就像一位居士该有的那样,意思是说,就像居士应有的行相、相、标志那样,你也是如此。这就表明:因此我才这样称呼你。接着,他为了说明自己不接受“居士”这个称呼的理由,说了“确实如此”等话。巴利
Bhagavantaṃ etadavocāti tatiyaṃ gahapatīti vacanaṃ adhivāsetuṃ asakkonto bhagavantametaṃ ‘‘tayidaṃ, bho, gotamā’’tiādivacanaṃ avoca. Tattha nacchannanti na anucchavikaṃ. Nappatirūpanti na sāruppaṃ. Ākārātiādīni sabbāneva kāraṇavevacanāni. Dīghadasavatthadhāraṇa-kesamassunakhaṭhapanādīni hi sabbāneva gihibyañjanāni tassa gihibhāvaṃ pākaṭaṃ karontīti ākārā, gihisaṇṭhānena saṇṭhitattā liṅgā, gihibhāvassa sañjānananimittatāya nimittāti vuttā. Yathā taṃ gahapatissāti yathā gahapatissa ākāraliṅganimittā bhaveyyuṃ, tatheva tuyhaṃ. Tena tāhaṃ evaṃ samudācarāmīti dasseti. Atha so yena kāraṇena gahapativādaṃ nādhivāseti, taṃ pakāsento ‘‘tathā hi pana me’’tiādimāha.
“已交付”就是已经交出去了。“不教导、不指责”是说:有人这样教导——“孩子们,去耕田吧,去播种吧,去做买卖吧”——用这种方式教导的人,就叫“教导者”。而有人这样指责——“你们不耕田、不播种、不做买卖,怎么活得下去?又怎么养活妻儿?”——用这种方式指责的人,就叫“指责者”。但我两样都不做。因此表明:在这一点上,我是不教导、不指责的。“我只以维持吃穿为最上而住”是说:我只把够吃的食物和够穿的衣物当作最高的满足,除此之外别无所求,也不去盼望什么。巴利
Niyyātanti niyyātitaṃ. Anovādī anupavādīti ‘‘tātā, kasatha, vapatha, vaṇippathaṃ payojethā’’tiādinā hi nayena ovadanto ovādī nāma hoti. ‘‘Tumhe na kasatha, na vapatha, na vaṇippathaṃ payojetha, kathaṃ jīvissatha, puttadāraṃ vā bharissathā’’tiādinā nayena pana upavadanto upavādī nāma hoti. Ahaṃ pana ubhayampi taṃ na karomi. Tenāhaṃ tattha anovādī anupavādīti dasseti. Ghāsacchādanaparamoviharāmīti ghāsamattañceva acchādanamattañca paramaṃ katvā viharāmi, tato paraṃ natthi, na ca patthemīti dīpeti.
32 应当断除贪欲的贪,意思是:已经成为贪欲的贪,是应当断除的。非难之恼,意思是:成为非难的、没有冲突的状态。难之恼,意思是:指责的冲突。为了断除言说,在这里,言说指的是世俗言说,也是施设,也是言语,也是思。其中——巴利
32.Giddhilobhopahātabboti gedhabhūto lobho pahātabbo. Anindārosanti anindābhūtaṃ aghaṭṭanaṃ. Nindārosoti nindāghaṭṭanā. Vohārasamucchedāyāti ettha vohāroti byavahāravohāropi paṇṇattipi vacanampi cetanāpi. Tattha –
在人类当中,无论谁靠贸易谋生,
婆悉咤,你要这样知道:那人是商人,不是婆罗门。巴利
‘‘Yo hi koci manussesu, vohāraṃ upajīvati; Evaṃ vāseṭṭha jānāhi, vāṇijo so na brāhmaṇo’’ti. (ma. ni. 2.457) –
这种叫做惯用称谓。名称、指示、施设、称谓,这叫做施设称谓。如是如是地称谓而不执取,这叫做言语称谓。八种圣者称谓、八种非圣者称谓,这叫做思的称谓,这里指的就是这个意思。或者说,从出家那一刻起,在家的思就没有了,只有沙门的思;在家的话语就没有了,只有沙门的话语;在家的施设就没有了,只有沙门的施设;在家的惯用称谓就没有了,只有沙门或出家人的惯用称谓。所以,以上这些全都适用。巴利
Ayaṃ byavahāravohāro nāma. ‘‘Saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro’’ti (dha. sa. 1313-1315) ayaṃ paṇṇattivohāro nāma. ‘‘Tathā tathā voharati aparāmasa’’nti (ma. ni. 3.332) ayaṃ vacanavohāro nāma. ‘‘Aṭṭha ariyavohārā aṭṭha anariyavoharā’’ti (a. ni. 8.67) ayaṃ cetanāvohāro nāma, ayamidhādhippeto. Yasmā vā pabbajitakālato paṭṭhāya gihīti cetanā natthi, samaṇoti cetanā hoti. Gihīti vacanaṃ natthi, samaṇoti vacanaṃ hoti. Gihīti paṇṇatti natthi, samaṇoti paṇṇatti hoti. Gihīti byavahāro natthi, samaṇoti vā pabbajitoti vā byavahāro hoti. Tasmā sabbepete labbhanti.
33 33. 在“我因为某些结而为杀生者”这句话里,杀生本身就是结。正是因为杀生、以杀生为缘,才被称为杀生者。不过,由于杀生的方式多种多样,所以经文说“我因为某些……”。“我属于那些结”,意思是我属于那些杀生的束缚。“为了舍断、为了彻底断除而修行”:这是说,通过被称为“不杀生”的身戒律仪,为了舍断它们、为了彻底断除它们而修行。“自己也会谴责我”:即使在教法中出家,如果连蚂蚁这样的小生命都不能不伤害,就会这样想:“我出家还有什么用?”——这样自己谴责自己。“智者们审察后也会呵责我”:在这样殊胜的教法中出家,如果连杀生这一点都不能停止,智者们经过审察、衡量、深入了解后,也会这样呵责:“他出家有什么用?”而这正是结、是盖:虽然它并不包括在十结和五盖之中,但这里按照“八盖”的说法方式,把它说为结和盖。因为从捆绑轮回和遮盖利益的意义上说,它既被称为结,也被称为盖。“漏”:以杀生为因,会生起一个无明漏。“恼害与热恼”:指逼恼和烧灼。其中,“恼害”一词涵盖了烦恼带来的苦和异熟带来的苦,“热恼”一词也涵盖了烦恼的热恼和异熟的热恼。按照这个方法,到处都应这样理解其含义。巴利
33.Yesaṃ kho ahaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ hetu pāṇātipātīti ettha pāṇātipātova saṃyojanaṃ. Pāṇātipātasseva hi hetu pāṇātipātapaccayā pāṇātipātī nāma hoti. Pāṇātipātānaṃ pana bahutāya ‘‘yesaṃ kho aha’’nti vuttaṃ. Tesāhaṃsaṃyojanānanti tesaṃ ahaṃ pāṇātipātabandhanānaṃ. Pahānāya samucchedāya paṭipannoti iminā apāṇātipātasaṅkhātena kāyikasīlasaṃvarena pahānatthāya samucchedanatthāya paṭipanno. Attāpi maṃ upavadeyyāti kunthakipillikampi nāma jīvitā avoropanakasāsane pabbajitvā pāṇātipātamattatopi oramituṃ na sakkomi, kiṃ mayhaṃ pabbajjāyāti evaṃ attāpi maṃ upavadeyya. Anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyunti evarūpe nāma sāsane pabbajitvā pāṇātipātamattatopi oramituṃ na sakkoti, kiṃ etassa pabbajjāyāti evaṃ anuvicca tulayitvā pariyogāhetvā aññepi viññū paṇḍitā garaheyyuṃ. Etadeva kho pana saṃyojanametaṃ nīvaraṇanti dasasu saṃyojanesu pañcasu ca nīvaraṇesu apariyāpannampi ‘‘aṭṭha nīvaraṇā’’ti desanāvasenetaṃ vuttaṃ. Vaṭṭabandhanaṭṭhena hi hitapaṭicchādanaṭṭhena ca saṃyojanantipi nīvaraṇantipi vuttaṃ. Āsavāti pāṇātipātakāraṇā eko avijjāsavo uppajjati. Vighātapariḷāhāti vighātā ca pariḷāhā ca. Tattha vighātaggahaṇena kilesadukkhañca vipākadukkhañca gahitaṃ, pariḷāhaggahaṇenapi kilesapariḷāho ca vipākapariḷāho ca gahito. Iminā upāyena sabbattha attho veditabbo.
34-40 34-40. 这里的差别在于:在“我为了断除那些结”这一句中,应当这样配合一切情况:以被称为“不取所给之物”的身戒律仪,以被称为“实语”的语戒律仪,以被称为“不两舌”的语戒律仪,以被称为“不贪婪”的意戒律仪,以被称为“不诋毁、不恼怒”的身语戒律仪,以被称为“不嗔恨、不忧恼”的意戒律仪,以被称为“不过慢”的意戒律仪,为了断除、为了彻底断除而修行。巴利
34-40. Ayaṃ pana viseso – tesāhaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāyāti imasmiṃ pade iminā dinnādānasaṅkhātena kāyikasīlasaṃvarena, saccavācāsaṅkhātena vācasikasīlasaṃvarena, apisuṇāvācāsaṅkhātena vācasikasīlasaṃvarena, agiddhilobhasaṅkhātena mānasikasīlasaṃvarena, anindārosasaṅkhātena kāyikavācasikasīlasaṃvarena , akodhupāyāsasaṅkhātena mānasikasīlasaṃvarena, anatimānasaṅkhātena mānasikasīlasaṃvarena pahānatthāya samucchedanatthāya paṭipannoti evaṃ sabbavāresu yojanā kātabbā.
在“自己也会责备我,智者们审察后也会呵责我”这些地方,应当这样套用:在教法中出家之后,连一根草那么微小的、别人没给的东西都不该拿,连不与取这么一点点过失都不能远离,就自己责备自己说:“我出家还有什么用?”在这样好的教法中出家,却连不与取这么一点点过失都不能远离,智者们审察后也会呵责说:“他出家还有什么用?”同样,在教法中出家之后,即使只是带着开玩笑的心,或者出于想戏弄别人的心,也不该说妄语;在教法中出家之后,无论如何都不该说离间语;在教法中出家之后,连一点点贪求都不该生起;在教法中出家之后,即使四肢被人用锯子锯断,也不该去毁骂、嗔怒别人;在教法中出家之后,即使被树桩、荆棘刺伤,也不该生起嗔恨和忧恼;在教法中出家之后,连增上慢那样的慢心都不该生起,连过慢这么一点点都不能舍弃,就自己责备自己说:“我出家还有什么用?”在这样好的教法中出家,却连过慢这么一点点都不能舍弃,智者们审察后也会呵责说:“他出家还有什么用?”每一个段落都应当这样套用。巴利
Attāpi maṃ upavadeyya anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyunti imesu pana padesu tiṇasalākampi nāma upādāya adinnaṃ aggahaṇasāsane pabbajitvā adinnādānamattatopi viramituṃ na sakkomi, kiṃ mayhaṃ pabbajjāyāti evaṃ attāpi maṃ upavadeyya. Evarūpe nāma sāsane pabbajitvā adinnādānamattatopi oramituṃ na sakkoti, kiṃ imassa pabbajjāyāti evaṃ anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyuṃ? Hasāpekkhatāyapi nāma davakamyatāya vā musāvādaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā. Sabbākārena pisuṇaṃ akaraṇasāsane nāma pabbajitvā. Appamattakampi giddhilobhaṃ akaraṇasāsane nāma pabbajitvāpi. Kakacena aṅgesu okkantiyamānesupi nāma paresaṃ nindārosaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā. Chinnakhāṇukaṇṭakādīsupi nāma kodhupāyāsaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā. Adhimānamattampi nāma mānaṃ akaraṇasāsane pabbajitvā atimānamattampi pajahituṃ na sakkomi, kiṃ mayhaṃ pabbajjāyāti evaṃ attāpi maṃ upavadeyya. Evarūpe nāma sāsane pabbajitvā atimānamattampi pajahituṃ na sakkoti, kiṃ imassa pabbajjāyāti evaṃ anuviccāpi maṃ viññū garaheyyunti evaṃ sabbavāresu yojanā kātabbā.
说到“漏”这个词,在这个句子里,以不与取为因,会生起欲漏、见漏、无明漏这三种漏;同样,以妄语和两舌为因,也是这样。以贪婪为因,会生起见漏和无明漏;以诋毁和恼怒为因,只生起无明漏;同样,以嗔恨和忧恼为因,也是这样。以过慢为因,会生起有漏和无明漏,也就是两种漏生起。应当这样理解漏的生起。巴利
Āsavāti imasmiṃ pana pade adinnādānakāraṇā kāmāsavo diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavoti tayo āsavā uppajjanti, tathā musāvādakāraṇā pisuṇāvācākāraṇā ca, giddhilobhakāraṇā diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo ca, nindārosakāraṇā avijjāsavova, tathā kodhupāyāsakāraṇā, atimānakāraṇā bhavāsavo avijjāsavo cāti dveva āsavā uppajjantīti evaṃ āsavuppatti veditabbā.
对于这八种情况,为了避免混淆,再作一个简要的抉择:前四种应当说“我不能远离”,后四种应当说“我不能断除”。在杀生、讥嫌与嗔怒、忧恼之中,只有无明漏。在不与取、妄语、离间语之中,有欲漏、见漏、无明漏。在贪求之中,有见漏、无明漏。在过慢之中,有有漏、无明漏。不杀生、不与取属于身戒;不妄语、不离间语属于语戒;除了不讥嫌与不嗔怒之外,其余三种属于意戒。然而,讥嫌与嗔怒既可以透过身体去触恼、激怒,也可以透过言语去触恼、激怒,所以不讥嫌与不嗔怒涉及两种情况,既是身戒,也是语戒。到这里说了什么?说了巴帝摩卡防护。应当知道:这是为安住于巴帝摩卡防护的比丘,透过观察抉择而舍断的方式,开示了如何永断在家的种种行为。巴利
Imesu pana aṭṭhasupi vāresu asammohatthaṃ puna ayaṃ saṅkhepavinicchayo – purimesu tāva catūsu viramituṃ na sakkomīti vattabbaṃ, pacchimesu pajahituṃ na sakkomīti. Pāṇātipātanindārosakodhupāyāsesu ca eko avijjāsavova hoti, adinnādānamusāvādapisuṇāvācāsu kāmāsavo diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo, giddhilobhe diṭṭhāsavo avijjāsavo, atimāne bhavāsavo avijjāsavo, apāṇātipātaṃ dinnādānaṃ kāyikaṃ sīlaṃ, amusā apisuṇaṃ vācasikasīlaṃ, ṭhapetvā anindārosaṃ sesāni tīṇi mānasikasīlāni. Yasmā pana kāyenapi ghaṭṭeti roseti vācāyapi, tasmā anindāroso dve ṭhānāni yāti, kāyikasīlampi hoti vācasikasīlampi. Ettāvatā kiṃ kathitaṃ? Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīlaṃ. Pātimokkhasaṃvarasīle ṭhitassa ca bhikkhuno paṭisaṅkhāpahānavasena gihivohārasamucchedo kathitoti veditabbo.
关于欲的过患之说的解说巴利
Kāmādīnavakathāvaṇṇanā
42 在详细开示中,“tamenaṃ dakkho”这个词应当和“upasumbheyya”连在一起理解。这里说的是:把骨架朝那条狗扔过去,也就是扔到它旁边。“骨架子”指胸骨、脊骨或头骨。因为没肉,所以叫骨架。“剔得很干净”:就像被剔得干干净净那样,剔净、刮净,把这里附着的肉全部刮掉,只留下骨头。因此说“无肉”。不过骨头上还沾着血,所以说“涂血”。巴利
42. Vitthāradesanāyaṃ tamenaṃ dakkhoti padassa upasumbheyyāti iminā saddhiṃ sambandho veditabbo. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, tamenaṃ kukkuraṃ upasumbheyya, tassa samīpe khipeyyāti attho. Aṭṭhikaṅkalanti uraṭṭhiṃ vā piṭṭhikaṇṭakaṃ vā sīsaṭṭhiṃ vā. Tañhi nimmaṃsattā kaṅkalanti vuccati. Sunikkantaṃnikkantanti yathā sunikkantaṃ hoti, evaṃ nikkantaṃ nillikhitaṃ, yadettha allīnamaṃsaṃ atthi, taṃ sabbaṃ nillikhitvā aṭṭhimattameva katanti attho. Tenevāha ‘‘nimmaṃsa’’nti. Lohitaṃ pana makkhitvā tiṭṭhati, tena vuttaṃ ‘‘lohitamakkhita’’nti.
有很多苦、很多忧恼:因为现世与后世的苦而有很多苦,因为忧恼的杂染而有很多忧恼。那种种种性、依种种的舍:这种舍以五种欲的所缘为根据而有种种不同的性质,又因为依止那些所缘,所以称为依种种的五欲之舍,要完全避开它。一性、依一的舍:指第四禅的舍。因为它在整整一天里都于同一个所缘生起,所以是单一的性质;又因为依止那同一个所缘,所以称为一性、依一。在那里,所有世间取完全无余灭尽:在第四禅的舍中,依靠这种舍、缘于这种舍,一切被称为世间饵的五种欲饵完全无余灭尽。而五种欲饵,就是对五种欲所缘的欲贪,因为执取之义,它们也被称为取。他修习那舍:就是增长那与世间取相对立的第四禅舍本身。巴利
Bahudukkhā bahupāyāsāti diṭṭhadhammikasamparāyikehi dukkhehi bahudukkhā, upāyāsasaṃkilesehi bahupāyāsā. Yāyaṃ upekkhā nānattā nānattasitāti yā ayaṃ pañcakāmaguṇārammaṇavasena nānāsabhāvā, tāneva ca ārammaṇāni nissitattā ‘‘nānattasitā’’ti vuccati pañcakāmaguṇūpekkhā, taṃ abhinivajjetvā. Ekattā ekattasitāti catutthajjhānupekkhā, sā hi divasampi ekasmiṃ ārammaṇe uppajjanato ekasabhāvā, tadeva ekaṃ ārammaṇaṃ nissitattā ekattasitā nāma. Yattha sabbaso lokāmisūpādānā aparisesā nirujjhantīti yattha catutthajjhānupekkhāyaṃ yaṃ upekkhaṃ āgamma yaṃ paṭicca sabbena sabbaṃ aparisesā lokāmisasaṅkhātā pañcakāmaguṇāmisā nirujjhanti. Pañcakāmaguṇāmisāti ca kāmaguṇārammaṇachandarāgā, gahaṇaṭṭhena teyeva ca upādānātipi vuttā. Tamevūpekkhaṃ bhāvetīti taṃ lokāmisūpādānānaṃ paṭipakkhabhūtaṃ catutthajjhānupekkhameva vaḍḍheti.
43 飞起:向上跳起后离开。追随:紧跟在后面。啄:用嘴尖咬住撕扯。撕裂:用爪子把肉块抓下来抛落。巴利
43.Uḍḍīyeyyāti uppatitvā gaccheyya. Anupatitvāti anubandhitvā. Vitaccheyyunti mukhatuṇḍakena ḍaṃsantā taccheyyuṃ. Vissajjeyyunti maṃsapesiṃ nakhehi kaḍḍhitvā pāteyyuṃ.
47 或者适合男人乘坐的车乘。各种上等宝珠和耳环。他们拿走自己的东西。巴利
47.Yānaṃ vā poriseyyanti purisānucchavikaṃ yānaṃ. Pavaramaṇikuṇḍalanti nānappakāraṃ uttamamaṇiñca kuṇḍalañca. Sāni harantīti attano bhaṇḍakāni gaṇhanti.
48 圆满果实的,就是甘甜的果实。已生果实的,就是结出果实、果实累累的。巴利
48.Sampannaphalanti madhuraphalaṃ. Upapannaphalanti phalūpapannaṃ bahuphalaṃ.
49 无上,就是最殊胜、极光明、没有烦恼。巴利
49.Anuttaranti uttamaṃ pabhassaraṃ nirupakkilesaṃ.
50 尊者,我离得很远,就像大地离天空那么远,又像大海的此岸离彼岸那么远,我实在是极其遥远。“Anājānīya”:不知道断除在家交往之理的人。“Ājānīyabhojanaṃ”:知道理由的人应当受用的食物。“Anājānīyabhojanaṃ”:不知道理由的人应当受用的食物。其余各处文义都很清楚。巴利
50.Ārakā ahaṃ, bhanteti pathavito nabhaṃ viya samuddassa orimatīrato paratīraṃ viya ca suvidūravidūre ahaṃ. Anājānīyeti gihivohārasamucchedanassa kāraṇaṃ ajānanake. Ājānīyabhojananti kāraṇaṃ jānantehi bhuñjitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ. Anājānīyabhojananti kāraṇaṃ ajānantehi bhuñjitabbaṃ bhojanaṃ. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
《耆婆经》的注释巴利
5. Jīvakasuttavaṇṇanā
51 如是我闻这一句,就是《耆婆经》。其中在耆婆童子医的芒果园里这个地方:他活着,所以叫耆婆;由童子养大,所以叫童子医。正如经文里说的:喂,这个被乌鸦围着的到底是什么?大王,是个小孩。喂,他活着吗?大王,活着。那好,喂,把这小孩带到我们的后宫去,交给乳母们抚养吧。因为他活着,就给他取名叫耆婆;因为是由童子养大的,就给他取名叫童子医(《大品》328)。这里只是简略说明。详细来讲,耆婆的故事在《犍度》里已经说过了,关于他的判定讨论则见于《一切善见》律注。巴利
51.Evaṃme sutanti jīvakasuttaṃ. Tattha jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavaneti ettha jīvatīti jīvako. Kumārena bhatoti komārabhacco. Yathāha ‘‘kiṃ etaṃ bhaṇe kākehi samparikiṇṇanti? Dārako devāti. Jīvati bhaṇeti? Jīvati devāti. Tena hi bhaṇe taṃ dārakaṃ amhākaṃ antepuraṃ netvā dhātīnaṃ detha posetunti. Tassa jīvatīti jīvakoti nāmaṃ akaṃsu, kumārena posāpitoti komārabhaccoti nāmaṃ akaṃsū’’ti (mahāva. 328). Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārena pana jīvakavatthu khandhake āgatameva. Vinicchayakathāpissa samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya vuttā.
这位耆婆有一次为世尊清除了体内失调的病症,供养了一套西维耶卡布的两件衣,在随喜衣供养的说法结束时证得入流果,他心里想:“我每天得去拜见佛陀两三次,而这竹林精舍太远了,我自己的芒果园更近,不如我就在那里为世尊建一座精舍。”于是他在那座芒果园里建好了夜住处、日住处、洞窟、小屋、集会厅等,为世尊造了一座合宜的香室,又让人用十八肘高、铜板色的围墙把芒果园围起来,以衣和食物满足了以佛陀为首的比丘僧团,洒下净水,把精舍献了出去。就是针对这件事,经中说“在耆婆童子医的芒果园”。巴利
Ayaṃ pana jīvako ekasmiṃ samaye bhagavato dosābhisannaṃ kāyaṃ virecetvā sīveyyakaṃ dussayugaṃ datvā vatthānumodanapariyosāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhāya cintesi – ‘‘mayā divasassa dvattikkhattuṃ buddhupaṭṭhānaṃ gantabbaṃ, idañca veḷuvanaṃ atidūre, mayhaṃ uyyānaṃ ambavanaṃ āsannataraṃ, yaṃnūnāhamettha bhagavato vihāraṃ kāreyya’’nti. So tasmiṃ ambavane rattiṭṭhānadivāṭṭhānaleṇakuṭimaṇḍapādīni sampādetvā bhagavato anucchavikaṃ gandhakuṭiṃ kāretvā ambavanaṃ aṭṭhārasahatthubbedhena tambapaṭṭavaṇṇena pākārena parikkhipāpetvā buddhappamukhaṃ bhikkhusaṅghaṃ cīvarabhattena santappetvā dakkhiṇodakaṃ pātetvā vihāraṃ niyyātesi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ – ‘‘jīvakassa komārabhaccassa ambavane’’ti.
“Ārabhanti”就是杀害的意思。“Uddissakataṃ”是指专门指定之后才做的(肉)。“Paṭiccakammaṃ”是指为了自己而做的。或者,“Paṭiccakammaṃ”是“相作业”(nimittakamma)的别名,意思是:这种肉跟业有关联,所以这里说肉是“缘作业”。他们认为,谁吃了这样的肉,谁就成了那种业的继承者,就像杀生者一样,他也有杀生的业——这是他们的主张。“Dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākarontī”是指他们宣说与世尊所说的因相应的随顺之理。这里,“因”名为三净的鱼肉类受用,“随顺”名为对大众如此宣说。然而,因为世尊不受用指定之肉,所以那既不是因,外道如此宣说也不是随顺。“Sahadhammiko vādānuvādo”:将他人所说的因当作有因之后,你们的言论或责难之中,难道有那怕一点点会被智者所呵责的理由吗?换言之:“你们的言论,难道在任何方面都无懈可击吗?”“Abbhācikkhanti”指他们以压倒之势进行诋毁。巴利
Ārabhantīti ghātenti. Uddissakatanti uddisitvā kataṃ. Paṭiccakammanti attānaṃ paṭicca kataṃ. Atha vā paṭiccakammanti nimittakammassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ, taṃ paṭicca kammamettha atthīti maṃsaṃ ‘‘paṭiccakamma’’nti vuttaṃ hoti yo evarūpaṃ maṃsaṃ paribhuñjati, sopi tassa kammassa dāyādo hoti, vadhakassa viya tassāpi pāṇaghātakammaṃ hotīti tesaṃ laddhi. Dhammassa cānudhammaṃ byākarontīti bhagavatā vuttakāraṇassa anukāraṇaṃ kathenti. Ettha ca kāraṇaṃ nāma tikoṭiparisuddhamacchamaṃsaparibhogo, anukāraṇaṃ nāma mahājanassa tathā byākaraṇaṃ. Yasmā pana bhagavā uddissakataṃ na paribhuñjati, tasmā neva taṃ kāraṇaṃ hoti, na titthiyānaṃ tathā byākaraṇaṃ anukāraṇaṃ. Sahadhammiko vādānuvādoti parehi vuttakāraṇena sakāraṇo hutvā tumhākaṃ vādo vā anuvādo vā viññūhi garahitabbakāraṇaṃ koci appamattakopi kiṃ na āgacchati . Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – ‘‘kiṃ sabbākārenapi tumhākaṃ vāde gārayhaṃ kāraṇaṃ natthī’’ti. Abbhācikkhantīti abhibhavitvā ācikkhanti.
52 “Ṭhānehi”就是“以各种原因”的意思。在见、闻等当中,“所见”是指:为了比丘们而宰杀鹿、鱼等,正被提着的时候被看到了。“所闻”是指:听人说“这是为了比丘们而杀、而取来的”。“疑”则分为三种:因见而疑、因闻而疑、以及既不是因见也不是因闻而产生的疑。巴利
52.Ṭhānehīti kāraṇehi. Diṭṭhādīsu diṭṭhaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gayhamānaṃ diṭṭhaṃ. Sutaṃ nāma bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya migamacche vadhitvā gahitanti sutaṃ. Parisaṅkitaṃ nāma diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitanti tividhaṃ hoti.
在这里,有一个总括一切的判定标准:比丘们看见有人手里拿着网、捕兽笼之类的东西,从村子里出去,或者在树林里走动。第二天,这些人进了那个村子,把混有鱼和肉的团食供养给比丘们。比丘们因为先前看到过那一幕,就起了疑心:“这该不会是为了比丘们才杀的吧?”这叫做“见疑”,这种食物不能接受。如果没有这样的疑心,就可以接受。但如果那些人问:“尊者,为什么不接受呢?”比丘们把原因说明之后,他们说:“尊者,这不是为比丘们做的,是我们为自己做的,或者是为国王的差使等人做的。”这样就可以接受。巴利
Tatrāyaṃ sabbasaṅgāhakavinicchayo – idha bhikkhū passanti manusse jālavāgurādihatthe gāmato vā nikkhamante araññe vā vicarante. Dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhiharanti. Te tena diṭṭhena parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nu kho atthāya kata’’nti, idaṃ diṭṭhaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma, etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata’’nti vadanti, kappati.
比丘们并没有亲眼看见,但他们听说:“有人拿着网、笼子之类的东西,从村子里出去,或者在树林里走动。”第二天,他们进那个村子乞食时,那些人把带着鱼和肉的团食送来供养。他们因为听到这件事而心生疑虑:“这会不会是为比丘们做的呢?”这叫做“闻疑”,这样的食物不该接受。没有这种疑虑的,就可以接受。但如果那些人问:“尊者,为什么不接受呢?”比丘们把原因告诉他们之后,他们说:“尊者,这不是为比丘们做的,是我们为自己做的,或者是为国王的差使等人做的。”这样就可以接受。巴利
Na heva kho bhikkhū passanti, apica suṇanti ‘‘manussā kira jālavāgurādihatthā gāmato vā nikkhamanti araññe vā vicarantī’’ti. Dutiyadivase ca nesaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhiharanti. Te tena sutena parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nu kho atthāya kata’’nti, idaṃ sutaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma, etaṃ gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati. Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kata’’nti vadanti, kappati.
他们既没有看见,也没有听说,可是当他们进村乞食时,有人接过他们的钵,把掺了鱼和肉的团食准备好,送上来。他们心里犯疑:“这该不会是为比丘们做的吧?”这就叫“离两者疑”。这种食物也不该接受。没有这样疑心的,就可以接受。如果那些人问:“尊者,为什么不接受呢?”比丘们把原因说了之后,他们说:“尊者,这不是为比丘们做的,是我们为自己做的,或者为国王的侍从等人做的,或者是现成的肉,或者是获得合法肉后为比丘们准备的。”这样就可以接受。巴利
Na heva kho pana passanti na suṇanti, apica tesaṃ gāmaṃ piṇḍāya paviṭṭhānaṃ pattaṃ gahetvā samacchamaṃsaṃ piṇḍapātaṃ abhisaṅkharitvā abhiharanti. Te parisaṅkanti ‘‘bhikkhūnaṃ nu kho atthāya kata’’nti, idaṃ tadubhayavimuttaparisaṅkitaṃ nāma. Etampi gahetuṃ na vaṭṭati. Yaṃ evaṃ aparisaṅkitaṃ, taṃ vaṭṭati . Sace pana te manussā ‘‘kasmā, bhante, na gaṇhathā’’ti pucchitvā tamatthaṃ sutvā ‘‘nayidaṃ, bhante, bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya kataṃ, amhehi attano atthāya vā rājayuttādīnaṃ atthāya vā kataṃ, pavattamaṃsaṃ vā kataṃ, kappiyameva labhitvā bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya sampādita’’nti vadanti, kappati.
为亡者做祭祀,或者为庆典等目的而准备的食物,也是同样的道理。只要不是专为比丘们做的,而且比丘们对此没有怀疑,那就都可以受用。如果在一个精舍里,食物是明确指定给比丘们做的,但那些比丘自己不知道是为他们做的,而其他人知道,那么知道的人不能受用,其他人可以受用。如果其他人不知道,只有他们自己知道,那就只有他们自己不能受用,其他人可以受用。如果他们知道“这是为我们做的”,其他人也知道“这是为他们做的”,那所有人都不能受用。如果所有人都不知道,那所有人都可以受用。因为在五众当中,只要食物是明确指定为其中任何一个人做的,所有人就都不能受用。巴利
Matānaṃ petakiccatthāya maṅgalādīnaṃ vā atthāya katepi eseva nayo. Yaṃ yañhi bhikkhūnaṃyeva atthāya akataṃ, yattha ca nibbematikā honti, taṃ sabbaṃ kappati. Sace pana ekasmiṃ vihāre bhikkhū uddissa kataṃ hoti, te ca attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ na jānanti, aññe jānanti. Ye jānanti, tesaṃ na vaṭṭati, itaresaṃ vaṭṭati. Aññe na jānanti, teyeva jānanti, tesaṃyeva na vaṭṭati, aññesaṃ vaṭṭati. Tepi ‘‘amhākaṃ atthāya kataṃ’’ti jānanti aññepi ‘‘etesaṃ atthāya kata’’nti jānanti, sabbesampi taṃ na vaṭṭati. Sabbe na jānanti, sabbesaṃ vaṭṭati. Pañcasu hi sahadhammikesu yassa kassaci vā atthāya uddissa kataṃ sabbesaṃ na kappati.
如果有人特意为某位比丘杀了一只动物,把那位比丘的钵装满后送给他,而这位比丘心里清楚这是专门为自己杀的,却还是收下了,然后又转送给另一位比丘,那位比丘出于对他的信任而吃了。那么,是谁犯戒呢?两个人都没有犯戒。因为对最初被指定的人来说,他自己并没有吃,所以不犯戒;对另一个人来说,则是因为不知情。接受符合规定的肉,本来就没有犯戒的问题。如果不知道是专门为自己杀的而吃了,事后才知道,也不需要为此忏悔。但如果是吃了不符合规定的肉,即使当时不知道,事后知道了,仍然应当为此犯戒而忏悔。因为明知是专门为自己杀的还吃,就构成犯戒;而不知道肉不符合规定就吃了,也同样犯戒。所以,害怕犯戒的比丘,即使在仔细辨认肉的时候,也应该先问清楚再接受;或者在接受时心想“我吃的时候再问”,拿到之后也应当先问清楚再吃。为什么呢?因为很难分辨。熊肉看起来像猪肉,豹肉之类的看起来像鹿肉。所以长老们说,问清楚之后再接受,才是妥当的。巴利
Sace pana koci ekaṃ bhikkhuṃ uddissa pāṇaṃ vadhitvā tassa pattaṃ pūretvā deti, so ce attano atthāya katabhāvaṃ jānaṃyeva gahetvā aññassa bhikkhuno deti, so tassa saddhāya paribhuñjati. Kassāpattīti? Dvinnampi anāpatti. Yañhi uddissa kataṃ, tassa abhuttatāya anāpatti, itarassa ajānanatāya. Kappiyamaṃsassa hi paṭiggahaṇe āpatti natthi. Uddissakatañca ajānitvā bhuttassa pacchā ñatvā āpattidesanākiccaṃ nāma natthi. Akappiyamaṃsaṃ pana ajānitvā bhuttena pacchā ñatvāpi āpatti desetabbā. Uddissakatañhi ñatvā bhuñjatova āpatti, akappiyamaṃsaṃ ajānitvā bhuttassāpi āpattiyeva. Tasmā āpattibhīrukena rūpaṃ sallakkhentenāpi pucchitvāva maṃsaṃ paṭiggahetabbaṃ, paribhogakāle pucchitvā paribhuñjissāmīti vā gahetvā pucchitvāva paribhuñjitabbaṃ. Kasmā? Duviññeyyattā. Acchamaṃsañhi sūkaramaṃsasadisaṃ hoti, dīpimaṃsādīni ca migamaṃsasadisāni, tasmā pucchitvā gahaṇameva vaṭṭatīti vadanti.
“未见”,是指没有亲眼看到为了比丘们而杀、正在被拿来的肉。“未闻”,是指没有听说为了比丘们而杀之后拿来的肉。“无疑”,是指没有以“见疑”等方式产生的怀疑。具备这三个条件的清净肉,我说是可以受用的,这就叫作三关清净。受用这种肉,就像在森林里受用自然长出的野菜一样;修慈心的比丘这样受用时,没有过失,也没有罪过。所以我说可以受用。巴利
Adiṭṭhanti bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya vadhitvā gayhamānaṃ adiṭṭhaṃ. Asutanti bhikkhūnaṃ atthāya vadhitvā gahitanti asutaṃ. Aparisaṅkitanti diṭṭhaparisaṅkitādivasena aparisaṅkitaṃ. Paribhoganti vadāmīti imehi tīhi kāraṇehi parisuddhaṃ tikoṭiparisuddhaṃ nāma hoti, tassa paribhogo araññe jātasūpeyyasākaparibhogasadiso hoti, tathārūpaṃ paribhuñjantassa mettāvihārissa bhikkhuno doso vā vajjaṃ vā natthi, tasmā taṃ paribhuñjitabbanti vadāmīti attho.
53 53. 现在,为了说明像这样受用食物时,即使对修慈心的人来说也没有过失,所以在这里说了“耆婆,比丘……”等话。其中,虽然没有限定而只说“比丘”,但应当知道,这其实是针对世尊自己而说的。因为世尊在《大婆蹉经》《商吉经》以及这部经这三个地方,都是针对自己而作的开示。“以殊胜团食”:在前面《无秽经》中,任何昂贵的团食都叫殊胜团食,但在这里,特指带有肉汁的。“不贪着”:不被贪爱所黏着。“不迷惑”:不被贪爱的迷醉所迷惑。“不耽溺”:就是不沉溺其中,意思是不会像乌鸦那样,把食物撕碎后想一口吞下。“见过患”:以“这些食物进入腹中只停留一夜,之后就从九个疮口般的孔道排出去”这样的方式,见到它的过患。“以出离智而受用”:这句话的意思是,以智慧判定之后而受用食物。“或意图恼害自己”:就是意图让自己受苦。“此是我闻”:这是在显示“这是我先前所听闻的,这仅仅是我的听闻而已”。“耆婆,如果你是指这个而说的”:耆婆,大梵天是以镇伏断而断除了瞋恚等烦恼,所以被称为住于慈心者;而我则是以正断而断除。如果你所指的就是这个,那么既然如此,我认可你所说的这番话。他接受了。巴利
53. Idāni tādisassa paribhoge mettāvihārinopi anavajjataṃ dassetuṃ idha, jīvaka, bhikkhūtiādimāha. Tattha kiñcāpi aniyametvā bhikkhūti vuttaṃ, atha kho attānameva sandhāya etaṃ vuttanti veditabbaṃ. Bhagavatā hi mahāvacchagottasutte, caṅkīsutte, imasmiṃ sutteti tīsu ṭhānesu attānaṃyeva sandhāya desanā katā. Paṇītenapiṇḍapātenāti heṭṭhā anaṅgaṇasutte yo koci mahaggho piṇḍapāto paṇītapiṇḍapātoti adhippeto, idha pana maṃsūpasecanova adhippeto. Agathitoti taṇhāya agathito. Amucchitoti taṇhāmucchanāya amucchito. Anajjhopannoti na adhiopanno, sabbaṃ ālumpitvā ekappahāreneva gilitukāmo kāko viya na hotīti attho. Ādīnavadassāvīti ekarattivāsena udarapaṭalaṃ pavisitvā navahi vaṇamukhehi nikkhamissatītiādinā nayena ādīnavaṃ passanto. Nissaraṇapañño paribhuñjatīti idamatthamāhāraparibhogoti paññāya paricchinditvā paribhuñjati. Attabyābādhāya vā cetetīti attadukkhāya vā citeti. Sutametanti sutaṃ mayā etaṃ pubbe, etaṃ mayhaṃ savanamattamevāti dasseti. Sace kho te, jīvaka, idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitanti, jīvaka, mahābrahmunā vikkhambhanappahānena byāpādādayo pahīnā, tena so mettāvihārī mayhaṃ samucchedappahānena, sace te idaṃ sandhāya bhāsitaṃ, evaṃ sante tava idaṃ vacanaṃ anujānāmīti attho. So sampaṭicchi.
54 54. 接着,世尊又以其余梵住的方式进一步展开开示,说道:“在此,耆婆,比丘……”等等。这段话的意思很容易理解。巴利
54. Athassa bhagavā sesabrahmavihāravasenāpi uttari desanaṃ vaḍḍhento ‘‘idha, jīvaka, bhikkhū’’tiādimāha. Taṃ uttānatthameva.
55 “耆婆,若有人……”这一句是一个独立的连结。在这里,世尊把造恶之门关上,显示出对众生的悲悯。假如有人这样想:“布施一餐美味团食,就能获得十万劫的天界福报,那么不管做什么,哪怕杀了别人,也还是应该布施美味团食。”为了遮止这种想法,世尊才说“耆婆,若有人对如来……”等等。巴利
55.Yokho jīvakāti ayaṃ pāṭiekko anusandhi. Imasmiñhi ṭhāne bhagavā dvāraṃ thaketi, sattānuddayaṃ dasseti. Sace hi kassaci evamassa ‘‘ekaṃ rasapiṇḍapātaṃ datvā kappasatasahassaṃ saggasampattiṃ paṭilabhanti, yaṃkiñci katvā paraṃ māretvāpi rasapiṇḍapātova dātabbo’’ti, taṃ paṭisedhento ‘‘yo kho, jīvaka, tathāgataṃ vā’’tiādimāha.
这里,所谓“以这第一种情况”,就是指单单以这个命令作为第一个理由。
“勒着脖子拖拽”:就是用绳子套住脖子拖走,脖子被勒得晃动。
“正在被杀害时”:就是正在被杀的时候。
“用不如法的肉来刁难”:比如把熊肉说成猪肉,或者把豹肉说成鹿肉,让他吃下去之后,再指责说:“你算什么沙门,你吃了不如法的肉!”这样来打击他。
不过,如果有人是在饥荒等时候,或者为了治病,虽然知道“熊肉其实和猪肉差不多,豹肉其实和鹿肉差不多”,却故意说“这是猪肉,这是鹿肉”,出于为他好的心意让他吃下去,那么这段话并不是针对这种人说的。因为对这种人来说,反而会积累很多福德。
“尊者,我皈依世尊,也皈依法和比丘僧团”——说这话的人,是已经证得果位、通达教法、亲见真理的圣弟子。他在深入理解这段法义时,生起了净信,并对这次说法作出赞叹,所以这样说了。其余各处,意思都很清楚。巴利
Tattha iminā paṭhamena ṭhānenāti iminā āṇattimatteneva tāva paṭhamena kāraṇena. Galappavedhakenāti yottena gale bandhitvā kaḍḍhito galena pavedhentena. Ārabhiyamānoti māriyamāno. Akappiyena āsādetīti acchamaṃsaṃ sūkaramaṃsanti, dīpimaṃsaṃ vā migamaṃsanti khādāpetvā – ‘‘tvaṃ kiṃ samaṇo nāma, akappiyamaṃsaṃ te khādita’’nti ghaṭṭeti. Ye pana dubbhikkhādīsu vā byādhiniggahaṇatthaṃ vā ‘‘acchamaṃsaṃ nāma sūkaramaṃsasadisaṃ, dīpimaṃsaṃ migamaṃsasadisa’’nti jānantā ‘‘sūkaramaṃsaṃ idaṃ, migamaṃsaṃ ida’’nti vatvā hitajjhāsayena khādāpenti, na te sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Tesañhi bahupuññameva hoti. Esāhaṃ, bhante, bhagavantaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañca bhikkhusaṅghañcāti ayaṃ āgataphalo viññātasāsano diṭṭhasacco ariyasāvako. Imaṃ pana dhammadesanaṃ ogāhanto pasādaṃ uppādetvā dhammakathāya thutiṃ karonto evamāha. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第6章 优波离经的注释巴利
6. Upālisuttavaṇṇanā
56 如是我闻这一句,就是《优波离经》。其中“在那烂陀”:是在一个叫那烂陀的城市,世尊把那座城作为乞食的村落。“在波波利庵婆林”:是在布商波波利长者的芒果园里。据说那原本是他的园林,他听了世尊说法后,对世尊生起净信,就在那座园中建了以石窟、殿堂等装饰的世尊精舍,奉献给世尊,那精舍就像耆婆的芒果园一样,被称为“波波利庵婆林”。意思是:世尊就住在那个波波利庵婆林中。“钵食后归来”:从钵食之处归来。“长苦行者”:因为身材高大,所以得了这个名字。在佛教中如此,难道在教外也有‘钵食’的通称吗?没有。巴利
56.Evaṃme sutanti upālisuttaṃ. Tattha nāḷandāyanti nālandāti evaṃnāmake nagare taṃ nagaraṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā. Pāvārikambavaneti dussapāvārikaseṭṭhino ambavane. Taṃ kira tassa uyyānaṃ ahosi, so bhagavato dhammadesanaṃ sutvā bhagavati pasanno tasmiṃ uyyāne kuṭileṇamaṇḍapādipaṭimaṇḍitaṃ bhagavato vihāraṃ katvā niyyādesi, so vihāro jīvakambavanaṃ viya pāvārikambavananteva saṅkhaṃ gato. Tasmiṃ pāvārikambavane viharatīti attho. Dīghatapassīti dīghattā evaṃladdhanāmo. Piṇḍapātapaṭikkantoti piṇḍapātato paṭikkanto. Sāsane viya kiṃ pana bāhirāyatane piṇḍapātoti vohāro atthīti, natthi.
“施设”就是显示、安立。他说“施设诸杖”,是站在尼干陀派的立场来发问的。关于“身杖、语杖、意杖”:在这里,他们把前两种杖说成是没有心的。他们说:就像风吹的时候树枝摇动、水在动,那里面并没有心;同样,身杖也是没有心的。又像风吹的时候芭蕉叶等发出声音、水发出声音,那里面并没有心;同样,语杖也是没有心的。他们就这样把身、语两种杖施设为没有心,而把心施设为意杖。于是,世尊为了确立自己的说法,便说道:“那么,苦行僧……”等等。巴利
Paññapetīti dasseti ṭhapeti. Daṇḍāni paññapetīti idaṃ nigaṇṭhasamayena pucchanto āha. Kāyadaṇḍaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ manodaṇḍanti ettha purimadaṇḍadvayaṃ te acittakaṃ payyapenti. Yathā kira vāte vāyante sākhā calati, udakaṃ calati, na ca tattha cittaṃ atthi, evaṃ kāyadaṇḍopi acittakova hoti. Yathā ca vāte vāyante tālapaṇṇādīni saddaṃ karonti, udakāni saddaṃ karonti , na ca tattha cittaṃ atthi, evaṃ vacīdaṇḍopi acittakova hotīti imaṃ daṇḍadvayaṃ acittakaṃ paññapenti. Cittaṃ pana manodaṇḍanti paññapenti. Athassa bhagavā vacanaṃ patiṭṭhapetukāmo ‘‘kiṃ pana tapassī’’tiādimāha.
这里,“论事”中的“论”本身就是“论事”。意思是在讨论中让他确立立场。那么,世尊为什么这样做呢?因为世尊看到:“这个人会带着这番讨论回去,禀告他的老师大尼干陀,也会告诉他的集会大众。优波离居士就坐在那里,他听了这番讨论后,会来跟我辩论,我就为他说法,他会三次皈依,然后我为他开示四圣谛,在四圣谛开示结束时,他会证得入流果。我圆满种种波罗蜜,本来就是为了摄受他人。”世尊正是看到了这个意义,才这样做的。巴利
Tattha kathāvatthusminti ettha kathāyeva kathāvatthu. Kathāyaṃ patiṭṭhapesīti attho. Kasmā pana bhagavā evamakāsi? Passati hi bhagavā ‘‘ayaṃ imaṃ kathaṃ ādāya gantvā attano satthu mahānigaṇṭhassa ārocessati, tāsañca parisati, upāli gahapati nisinno, so imaṃ kathaṃ sutvā mama vādaṃ āropetuṃ āgamissati, tassāhaṃ dhammaṃ desessāmi, so tikkhattuṃ saraṇaṃ gamissati, athassa cattāri saccāni pakāsessāmi, so saccapakāsanāvasāne sotāpattiphale patiṭṭhahissati, paresaṃ saṅgahatthameva hi mayā pāramiyo pūritā’’ti. Imamatthaṃ passanto evamakāsi.
57 尼干陀站在佛陀的立场来发问,说了“施设诸业”这句话。关于身业、语业、意业:在这里,在身门中生起、达到执取、执持、放下与动摇的八种欲界善思,以及十二种不善思——这二十种思,称为身业。还没有达到身门的执取等,而在语门中能引发语言分别生起的,同样还是那二十种思,称为语业。还没有在身、语两门中达到动摇,而在意门中生起的二十九种善与不善思,称为意业。此外,简要来说:三种身恶行名为身业,四种语恶行名为语业,三种意恶行名为意业。在这部经中,以“业”为主;在紧接着的下一部经中,如“富那,这四种业是我自己以神通亲证之后宣说的”这样传来,则以“思”为主。无论在哪里生起的思,都会获得“黑、黑果报”这样的分类。在解释的部分中,也正是以“他造作有瞋害的身行”这样的方式来说明它。然而,这里所指的,是在身门中生起的,才是身业;在语门中生起的,是语业;在意门中生起的,是意业。因此才说:“在这部经中以业为主,在下一部经中以思为主。”因为世尊在这部经中,把“业”本身也施设为业;也把“思”称为业,如说:“诸比丘,我说思就是业,思已而造业。”为什么又说思是业呢?因为业以思为根本。巴利
57.Kammānipaññapesīti idaṃ nigaṇṭho buddhasamayena pucchanto āha. Kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ manokammanti ettha kāyadvāre ādānagahaṇamuñcanacopanapattā aṭṭhakāmāvacarakusalacetanā dvādasākusalacetanāti vīsaticetanā kāyakammaṃ nāma. Kāyadvāre ādānādīni apatvā vacīdvāre vacanabhedaṃ pāpayamānā uppannā tāyeva vīsaticetanā vacīkammaṃ nāma. Ubhayadvāre copanaṃ appatvā manodvāre uppannā ekūnatiṃsakusalākusalacetanā manokammaṃ nāma. Apica saṅkhepato tividhaṃ kāyaduccaritaṃ kāyakammaṃ nāma, catubbidhaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ vacīkammaṃ nāma, tividhaṃ manoduccaritaṃ manokammaṃ nāma. Imasmiñca sutte kammaṃ dhuraṃ, anantarasutte ‘‘cattārimāni puṇṇa kammāni mayā sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā paveditānī’’ti (ma. ni. 2.81) evamāgatepi cetanā dhuraṃ. Yattha katthaci pavattā cetanā ‘‘kaṇhaṃ kaṇhavipāka’’ntiādibhedaṃ labhati. Niddesavāre cassa ‘‘sabyābajjhaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ abhisaṅkharotī’’tiādinā nayena sā vuttāva. Kāyadvāre pavattā pana idha kāyakammanti adhippetaṃ, vacīdvāre pavattā vacīkammaṃ, manodvāre pavattā manokammaṃ. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘imasmiṃ sutte kammaṃ dhuraṃ, anantarasutte cetanā’’ti. Kammampi hi bhagavā kammanti paññapeti yathā imasmiṃyeva sutte. Cetanampi, yathāha – ‘‘cetanāhaṃ, bhikkhave, kammaṃ vadāmi, cetayitvā kammaṃ karotī’’ti (a. ni. 6.63). Kasmā pana cetanā kammanti vuttā? Cetanāmūlakattā kammassa.
在这里,如果说不善方面身业和语业重大,这并没有说错;说善方面意业重大,也是对的。比如杀母等四种业,都是通过身体发起、用身体去做的;而让人堕入地狱一劫的破僧业,则是通过语门造作的。像这样,在不善方面说身业和语业重大,就是说对了。然而,一个禅那的思,能带来八万四千劫的天界福报;一个道心的思,能断除一切不善,让人证得阿罗汉果。像这样,在善方面说意业重大,也是说对了。不过在这个地方,世尊说不善方面意业有大罪过,是针对决定性的邪见而说的。所以世尊说:“诸比丘,我看不到还有别的什么法像邪见这样有大罪过。诸比丘,邪见是罪过中最大的。”巴利
Ettha ca akusalaṃ patvā kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati, kusalaṃ patvā manokammaṃ. Tathā hi mātughātādīni cattāri kammāni kāyeneva upakkamitvā kāyeneva karoti, niraye kappaṭṭhikasaṅghabhedakammaṃ vacīdvārena karoti. Evaṃ akusalaṃ patvā kāyakammaṃ vacīkammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati nāma. Ekā pana jhānacetanā caturāsītikappasahassāni saggasampattiṃ āvahati, ekā maggacetanā sabbākusalaṃ samugghātetvā arahattaṃ gaṇhāpeti. Evaṃ kusalaṃ patvā manokammaṃ mahantanti vadanto na kilamati nāma. Imasmiṃ pana ṭhāne bhagavā akusalaṃ patvā manokammaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ vadamāno niyatamicchādiṭṭhiṃ sandhāya vadati. Tenevāha – ‘‘nāhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammampi samanupassāmi, yaṃ evaṃ mahāsāvajjaṃ, yathayidaṃ, bhikkhave, micchādiṭṭhi. Micchādiṭṭhiparamāni, bhikkhave, mahāsāvajjānī’’ti (a. ni. 1.310).
这时候,尼乾子虽然也沿着如来走过的路去修行,却看不到任何实际成果,于是开口说道:“朋友,乔达摩,那到底……”等等。巴利
Idāni nigaṇṭhopi tathāgatena gatamaggaṃ paṭipajjanto kiñci atthanipphattiṃ apassantopi ‘‘kiṃ panāvuso, gotamā’’tiādimāha.
58 关于“拔勒格村的”:据说优波离有一个叫“拔勒格制盐村”的村子,人们从那里把他请来。他被人群簇拥着,说:“喂,诸位,我们去见我们的大师——大尼乾子吧。”于是就去了那里。针对这件事,经文才说“拔勒格村的众会”,意思是“住在拔勒格村的人”。“以优波离为上首的”,就是以优波离为长者的。另外,“拔勒格村的”也可以理解为“幼稚的”“愚人众多的”。“以优波离为上首的”,是说优波离居士在那群人里算是稍微有点智慧的,所以他是那群人的上首、长者。因此也说“以优波离为上首的”。“来吧”是表示招呼语的虚词。“卑劣”就是低劣。“粗大的”就是巨大的。“放在旁边”就是摆在一起比较。这里要表达的是:把意杖放在身杖旁边,这样看着——“这个是大,这个是大”——那卑劣的意杖还有什么好看?怎么可能好看?根本不好看,连拿来比较都不够格。他说“善哉,善哉,尊者,苦行者”,这是对长苦行者表示赞同;“尊者”是对尼干若提子说的。巴利
58.Bālakiniyāti upālissa kira bālakaloṇakāragāmo nāma atthi, tato āyaṃ gahetvā manussā āgatā, so ‘‘etha bhaṇe, amhākaṃ satthāraṃ mahānigaṇṭhaṃ passissāmā’’ti tāya parisāya parivuto tattha agamāsi. Taṃ sandhāya vuttaṃ ‘‘bālakiniyā parisāyā’’ti, bālakagāmavāsiniyāti attho. Upālipamukhāyāti upālijeṭṭhakāya. Apica bālakiniyāti bālavatiyā bālussannāyātipi attho. Upālipamukhāyāti upāligahapatiyeva tattha thokaṃ sappañño, so tassā pamukho jeṭṭhako. Tenāpi vuttaṃ ‘‘upālipamukhāyā’’ti. Handāti vacasāyatthe nipāto. Chavoti lāmako. Oḷārikassāti mahantassa . Upanidhāyāti upanikkhipitvā. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti, kāyadaṇḍassa santike nikkhipitvā ‘‘ayaṃ nu kho mahanto, ayaṃ mahanto’’ti evaṃ olokiyamāno chavo manodaṇḍo kiṃ sobhati, kuto sobhissati, na sobhati, upanikkhepamattampi nappahotīti dīpeti. Sādhu sādhu, bhante, tapassīti dīghatapassissa sādhukāraṃ dento, bhanteti nāṭaputtamālapati.
60 尊者,这我不喜欢。尊者,这件事我不喜欢。幻士就是会变幻术的人。转幻术是指把人转过来之后再抓住的幻术。转就是转过来、围住再抓住。去吧,居士!为什么大尼乾子一再派居士去呢?长苦行者又为什么一再阻拦呢?因为大尼乾子虽然和世尊住在同一座城附近,却从来没有见过世尊。凡是自称导师、标榜自己学说的人,只要不放弃这个自称,就不可能见到佛陀。所以这个人因为从未见过佛陀,既不知道十力智的见解的殊胜,也不知道那能引导人解脱的教说,才一再派人去。而长苦行者则时常去亲近世尊,或站着或坐着,也会请教问题,所以他了解如来相见的殊胜,也了解那能引导人解脱的教说。于是他想:这位居士是个聪明人,如果到了沙门乔达摩那里,一见到世尊就会生起净信,一听闻能引导人解脱的教说也会生起净信,从此就不会再回到我们这边来了。因此他一再阻拦。巴利
60.Nakho metaṃ, bhante, ruccatīti, bhante, etaṃ mayhaṃ na ruccati. Māyāvīti māyākāro. Āvaṭṭanimāyanti āvaṭṭetvā gahaṇamāyaṃ. Āvaṭṭetīti āvaṭṭetvā parikkhipitvā gaṇhāti. Gaccha tvaṃ gahapatīti kasmā mahānigaṇṭho gahapatiṃ yāvatatiyaṃ pahiṇatiyeva? Dīghatapassī pana paṭibāhateva? Mahānigaṇṭhena hi bhagavatā saddhiṃ ekaṃ nagaraṃ upanissāya viharantenapi na bhagavā diṭṭhapubbo. Yo hi satthuvādapaṭiñño hoti, so taṃ paṭiññaṃ appahāya buddhadassane abhabbo. Tasmā esa buddhadassanassa aladdhapubbattā dasabalassa dassanasampattiñca niyyānikakathābhāvañca ajānanto yāvatatiyaṃ pahiṇateva. Dīghatapassī pana kālena kālaṃ bhagavantaṃ upasaṅkamitvā tiṭṭhatipi nisīdatipi pañhampi pucchati, so tathāgatassa dassanasampattimpi niyyānikakathābhāvampi jānāti. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ gahapati paṇḍito, samaṇassa gotamassa santike gantvā dassanepi pasīdeyya, niyyānikakathaṃ sutvāpi pasīdeyya. Tato na puna amhākaṃ santikaṃ āgaccheyyā’’ti. Tasmā yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhateva.
礼敬之后,就是礼拜了。因为人们见到如来时,无论已经生起净信还是尚未生起净信,大多数都会礼拜,只有少数人不礼拜。为什么呢?因为如来出生在极为高贵的家族,即使还在家生活时,也理应受到礼拜。而这位居士是因为已经生起净信才礼拜的,据说他刚一见到世尊就生起了净信。“Āgamā nu khvidhā”的意思是:您来了吗?巴利
Abhivādetvāti vanditvā. Tathāgatañhi disvā pasannāpi appasannāpi yebhuyyena vandantiyeva, appakā na vandanti. Kasmā? Atiucce hi kule jāto agāraṃ ajjhāvasantopi vanditabboyevāti. Ayaṃ pana gahapati pasannattāva vandi, dassaneyeva kira pasanno. Āgamā nu khvidhāti āgamā nu kho idha.
61 善哉,善哉,尊者,苦行者!——他这样向长苦行者表示称赞,又以“尊者”称呼长苦行者。立足于真实——就像木桩钉在谷堆上一样不动摇,立足于语真实。Siyā——意思是“若有”,即“若属于我们”。巴利
61.Sādhu sādhu, bhante, tapassīti dīghatapassissa sādhukāraṃ dento, bhanteti, bhagavantaṃ ālapati. Sacce patiṭṭhāyāti thusarāsimhi ākoṭitakhāṇuko viya acalanto vacīsacce patiṭṭhahitvā. Siyānoti bhaveyya amhākaṃ.
62 在此就是指在这个世间。可能有就是可能存在。所谓尼干陀排斥冷水,是因为尼干陀们认为水中有众生,所以排斥冷水。这句话就是针对这一点说的。名为意众生的天神,是指那些在意中执著、黏着于意的众生。所谓心被系缚,是说因为临终时系缚于意,所以投生到意众生天中——这是为了说明这一点。因为他会得胆病,所以不能用温水喝,也不能用来洗手脚等,或用来沐浴身体;那样做病会加重。凉水才合适,能平息疾病。可是这个人却只用温水,得不到温水时就用米汤代替。但他心里是想喝凉水、想用凉水的。因此,他的意杖就在那里折断了。他想守护身杖和语杖,虽然想喝凉水、想用凉水,想说请给我凉水,却不敢说出口。这样,他虽然守护了身杖和语杖,但这些并不能牵引死亡或结生。而意杖即使断了,也仍然能牵引死亡和结生。因此,世尊令他说出:那些无力的身杖和语杖是卑劣、低下的,只有意杖才是强大、重大的。巴利
62.Idhāti imasmiṃ loke. Assāti bhaveyya. Sītodakapaṭikkhittoti nigaṇṭhā sattasaññāya sītodakaṃ paṭikkhipanti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Manosattā nāma devāti manamhi sattā laggā lagitā. Manopaṭibaddhoti yasmā manamhi paṭibaddho hutvā kālaṅkaroti, tasmā manosattesu devesu upapajjatīti dasseti. Tassa hi pittajararogo bhavissati. Tenassa uṇhodakaṃ pivituṃ vā hatthapādādidhovanatthāya vā gattaparisiñcanatthāya vā upanetuṃ na vaṭṭati, rogo balavataro hoti. Sītodakaṃ vaṭṭati, rogaṃ vūpasameti. Ayaṃ pana uṇhodakameva paṭisevati, taṃ alabhamāno odanakañjikaṃ paṭisevati. Cittena pana sītodakaṃ pātukāmo ca paribhuñjitukāmo ca hoti. Tenassa manodaṇḍo tattheva bhijjati. So kāyadaṇḍaṃ vacīdaṇḍaṃ rakkhāmīti sītodakaṃ pātukāmo vā paribhuñjitukāmo vā sītodakameva dethāti vattuṃ na visahati. Tassa evaṃ rakkhitāpi kāyadaṇḍavacīdaṇḍā cutiṃ vā paṭisandhiṃ vā ākaḍḍhituṃ na sakkonti. Manodaṇḍo pana bhinnopi cutimpi paṭisandhimpi ākaḍḍhatiyeva. Iti naṃ bhagavā dubbalakāyadaṇḍavacīdaṇḍā chavā lāmakā, manodaṇḍova balavā mahantoti vadāpesi.
那位优婆离居士心里这样想:“因为昏厥而失去意识的人,就算七天没有入出息,只要心相续还在运转,就不能说他们死了。只有当他们的心不再运转时,才会落到‘他们死了,抬出去烧掉’这种说法上。身杖是没有意志、没有作用的,语杖也一样。众生只是因为心才有死亡和结生。所以意杖才是重大的。心相续断裂时,也是它牵引死亡和结生,所以意杖才是重大的。可是我们大尼干陀的论说,并不能导向解脱。”不过,他还想听世尊种种巧妙的应机问答辩才,所以当时并没有立刻认可。巴利
Tassapi upāsakassa etadahosi. ‘‘Mucchāvasena asaññibhūtānañhi sattāhampi assāsapassāsā nappavattanti, cittasantatipavattimatteneva pana te matāti na vuccanti. Yadā nesaṃ cittaṃ nappavattati, tadā ‘matā ete nīharitvā te jhāpethā’ti vattabbataṃ āpajjanti. Kāyadaṇḍo nirīho abyāpāro, tathā vacīdaṇḍo. Citteneva pana tesaṃ cutipi paṭisandhipi hoti . Itipi manodaṇḍova mahanto. Bhijjitvāpi cutipaṭisandhiākaḍḍhanato eseva mahanto. Amhākaṃ pana mahānigaṇṭhassa kathā aniyyānikā’’ti sallakkhesi. Bhagavato pana vicittāni pañhapaṭibhānāni sotukāmo na tāva anujānāti.
“你的话对不上”就是说你的话接不上。或者,用前面“身杖重大”这句话来看现在“意杖重大”这句话;或者,用后面这句话来看前面那句话,也对不上。巴利
Na kho te sandhiyatīti na kho te ghaṭiyati. Purimena vā pacchimanti ‘‘kāyadaṇḍo mahanto’’ti iminā purimena vacanena idāni ‘‘manodaṇḍo mahanto’’ti idaṃ vacanaṃ. Pacchimena vā purimanti tena vā pacchimena aduṃ purimavacanaṃ na ghaṭiyati.
63 63. 现在世尊为了再举出其他理由,说了“你认为怎样”等话。其中,“以四种防护守护自己”的意思是:他不杀生,不叫人杀生,也不赞同杀生;他不偷取别人没给的东西,不叫别人偷取,也不赞同偷取;他不说假话,不叫别人说假话,也不赞同说假话;他不贪求蓄积享用的东西,不叫别人贪求,也不赞同贪求——他以这四方面的防护来守护自己。这里所说的“蓄积享用的东西”,指的就是五种欲乐。巴利
63. Idānissa bhagavā aññānipi kāraṇāni āharanto ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasī’’tiādimāha. Tattha cātuyāmasaṃvarasaṃvutoti na pāṇamatipāteti, na pāṇamatipātayati, na pāṇamatipātayato samanuñño hoti. Na adinnaṃ ādiyati, na adinnaṃ ādiyāpeti, na adinnaṃ ādiyato samanuñño hoti. Na musā bhaṇati, na musā bhaṇāpeti, na musā bhaṇato samanuñño hoti. Na bhāvitamāsīsati, na bhāvitamāsīsāpeti, na bhāvitamāsīsato samanuñño hotīti iminā catukoṭṭhāsena saṃvarena saṃvuto. Ettha ca bhāvitanti pañcakāmaguṇā.
“Sabbavārivārito”的意思是:一切水都被挡住的人,也就是拒绝一切冷水的人。因为他把冷水看作有众生,所以不越过它。另一种说法是,“sabbavārivārito”指以一切防恶而挡住恶行的人。“Sabbavāriyutto”指以一切防恶而具备防护的人。“Sabbavāridhuto”指以一切防恶而抖落恶行的人。“Sabbavāriphuṭo”指以一切防恶而充满防护的人。“Khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādeti”意思是杀害微小的生命。据说,他把一根根感官的生命设定为一种生命,把两根感官的生命设定为一种生命,甚至把干枯的小枝、腐叶、砂砾、碎石也设定为生命。其中,小水滴是小生命,大水珠是大生命,他就是这么认为的。这句话就是针对这一点说的。“Kismiṃ paññapeti?”问的是:在何处、在哪一部分设定?回答:“Manodaṇḍasmiṃ”,即在意的杖的部分,尊者。而这位居士在回答时,自己也察觉到了:“我们的大尼干陀设定说,非故意的业罪过轻,故意的业罪过重,又把故意设定为意的杖。他的这套说法不能导向解脱,只有世尊的说法才能导向解脱。”巴利
Sabbavārivāritoti vāritasabbaudako, paṭikkhittasabbasītodakoti attho. So hi sītodake sattasaññī hoti, tasmā na taṃ valañjeti. Atha vā sabbavārivāritoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena vāritapāpo. Sabbavāriyuttoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena yutto. Sabbavāridhutoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena dhutapāpo. Sabbavāriphuṭoti sabbena pāpavāraṇena phuṭo. Khuddake pāṇe saṅghātaṃ āpādetīti khuddake pāṇe vadhaṃ āpādeti. So kira ekindriyaṃ pāṇaṃ duvindriyaṃ pāṇanti paññapeti. Sukkhadaṇḍaka-purāṇapaṇṇasakkhara-kathalānipi pāṇoteva paññapeti. Tattha khuddakaṃ udakabindu khuddako pāṇo, mahantaṃ mahantoti saññī hoti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ vuttaṃ. Kismiṃ paññapetīti kattha katarasmiṃ koṭṭhāse paññapeti. Manodaṇḍasminti manodaṇḍakoṭṭhāse, bhanteti. Ayaṃ pana upāsako bhaṇantova sayampi sallakkhesi – ‘‘amhākaṃ mahānigaṇṭho ‘asañcetanikaṃ kammaṃ appasāvajjaṃ, sañcetanikaṃ mahāsāvajja’nti paññapetvā cetanaṃ manodaṇḍoti paññapeti, aniyyānikā etassa kathā, bhagavatova niyyānikā’’ti.
64 繁荣就是富足。极为繁荣就是极其富足,像一切花朵盛开一样。人群众多就是挤满了人。众生包括象、马等畜生,以及女人、男人、小孩等人类。一个肉堆就是一个肉团。堆是它的同义词。具神通就是具有威力。心得自在就是达到了对心的掌控。我将化为灰烬就是我将把它变成粉末。那位居士说“一座卑贱的那烂陀城有什么可炫耀的”时,自己心里也明白:“靠身体的力量,就算五十个人也做不到把那烂陀城变成一个肉堆,可是一个有神通的人,只凭一个心生嗔恨的念头,就能把它烧成灰烬。我们那位大尼干陀的说法不能导向解脱,只有世尊的说法才能导向解脱。”巴利
64.Iddhāti samiddhā. Phītāti atisamiddhā sabbapāliphullā viya. Ākiṇṇamanussāti janasamākulā. Pāṇāti hatthiassādayo tiracchānagatā ceva itthipurisadārakādayo manussajātikā ca. Ekaṃ maṃsakhalanti ekaṃ maṃsarāsiṃ. Puñjanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Iddhimāti ānubhāvasampanno. Cetovasippattoti citte vasībhāvappatto. Bhasmaṃkarissāmīti chārikaṃ karissāmi. Kiñhi sobhati ekā chavā nāḷandāti idampi bhaṇanto so gahapati – ‘‘kāyapayogena paññāsampi manussā ekaṃ nāḷandaṃ ekaṃ maṃsakhalaṃ kātuṃ na sakkonti, iddhimā pana eko ekeneva manopadosena bhasmaṃ kātuṃ samattho. Amhākaṃ mahānigaṇṭhassa kathā aniyyānikā, bhagavatova kathā niyyānikā’’ti sallakkhesi.
65 “Araññaṃ araññabhūtaṃ”的意思是:一片没有村庄的荒野,本身就是荒野。所谓“由于仙人们的心嗔”,是指为了仙人们的缘故而生起的心嗔,那些国土被无法忍受这份心嗔的天神们毁掉了。不过,世间人却以为是仙人们自己心生嗔怒,把那些地方毁了。因此要知道,这是站在世间传说的立场上,才提出这个说法的。巴利
65.Araññaṃ araññabhūtanti agāmakaṃ araññameva hutvā araññaṃ jātaṃ. Isīnaṃ manopadosenāti isīnaṃ atthāya katena manopadosena taṃ manopadosaṃ asahamānāhi devatāhi tāni raṭṭhāni vināsitāni. Lokikā pana isayo manaṃ padosetvā vināsayiṃsūti maññanti. Tasmā imasmiṃ lokavāde ṭhatvāva idaṃ vādāropanaṃ katanti veditabbaṃ.
在这里应当知道,像弹咤迦林等地方之所以成为阿兰若,是这样的:当萨罗邦伽菩萨的随众变得极为庞大时,有一位名叫瘦犊的苦行者,是菩萨的内弟子。他渴望独居,便舍弃了僧团,从瞿陀婆利河对岸来到迦陵伽国的弹咤迦王所居的瓮城附近,依靠国王的园林,修习远离而住。该国的将军是他的侍者。巴利
Tattha daṇḍakīraññādīnaṃ evaṃ araññabhūtabhāvo jānitabbo – sarabhaṅgabodhisattassa tāva parisāya ativepullataṃ gatāya kisavaccho nāma tāpaso mahāsattassa antevāsī vivekavāsaṃ patthayamāno gaṇaṃ pahāya godhāvarītīrato kaliṅgaraṭṭhe daṇḍakīrañño kumbhapuraṃ nāma nagaraṃ upanissāya rājuyyāne vivekamanubrūhayamāno viharati. Tassa senāpati upaṭṭhāko hoti.
那时,有一个妓女登上车,带着五百个女人作为随从,在城里到处游行,为城市增添光彩。大众都盯着她看,围着她走,城里的街道都挤不下了。国王打开窗户站着,看见了她,就问:“这是谁?”回答说:“大王,是您的城市美化者。”国王听了心里发酸,说:“靠她能美化什么?城市自己就会美起来。”于是就把她的职位给撤了。巴利
Tadā ca ekā gaṇikā rathaṃ abhiruhitvā pañcamātugāmasataparivārā nagaraṃ upasobhayamānā vicarati. Mahājano tameva olokayamāno parivāretvā vicarati, nagaravīthiyo nappahonti. Rājā vātapānaṃ vivaritvā ṭhito taṃ disvā kā esāti pucchi. Tumhākaṃ nagarasobhinī devāti. So ussūyamāno ‘‘kiṃ etāya sobhati, nagaraṃ sayaṃ sobhissatī’’ti taṃ ṭhānantaraṃ acchindāpesi.
她从那时起就跟某个人有了亲密关系,到处寻找一个职位。有一天,她走进国王的园林,在经行道的尽头,看见一位苦行者靠着扶手板,坐在石板上。她心想:“这个苦行者真脏,也不涂油打扮,胡须长得把脸都盖住了,胸毛遮住了胸口,两边腋下也长满了毛。”于是她心里生起不痛快:“我是来办事的,却偏偏看见了这个晦气的人。拿水来,我要洗眼睛。”她叫人拿来水和齿木,嚼了齿木,把一口口唾沫吐在苦行者身上,又把齿木扔到他的发髻上,漱了口,接着把水浇在苦行者头顶上,说:“我用来看见这个晦气人的这双眼睛,已经洗干净了,霉运已经冲掉了。”说完就走了出去。巴利
Sā tato paṭṭhāya kenaci saddhiṃ santhavaṃ katvā ṭhānantaraṃ pariyesamānā ekadivasaṃ rājuyyānaṃ pavisitvā caṅkamanakoṭiyaṃ ālambanaphalakaṃ nissāya pāsāṇaphalake nisinnaṃ tāpasaṃ disvā cintesi – ‘‘kiliṭṭho vatāyaṃ tāpaso anañjitamaṇḍito, dāṭhikāhi paruḷhāhi mukhaṃ pihitaṃ, massunā uraṃ pihitaṃ, ubho kacchā paruḷhā’’ti. Athassā domanassaṃ uppajji – ‘‘ahaṃ ekena kiccena vicarāmi, ayañca me kāḷakaṇṇī diṭṭho, udakaṃ āharatha, akkhīni dhovissāmī’’ti udakadantakaṭṭhaṃ āharāpetvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ khāditvā tāpasassa sarīre piṇḍaṃ piṇḍaṃ kheḷaṃ pātetvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ jaṭāmatthake khipitvā mukhaṃ vikkhāletvā udakaṃ tāpasassa matthakasmiṃyeva siñcitvā – ‘‘yehi me akkhīhi kāḷakaṇṇī diṭṭho, tāni dhotāni kalipavāhito’’ti nikkhantā.
就在同一天,国王想起了这件事,问道:“那个‘城市美化者’在哪里?”(大臣回答:)“就在这座城里,大王。”国王便下令:“把她原来的职位还给她。”她依靠过去所做的善业重新得到了那个职位,却心里认定:“这是因为我往苦行者身上吐了唾沫才得到的。”巴利
Taṃdivasañca rājā satiṃ paṭilabhitvā – ‘‘bho kuhiṃ nagarasobhinī’’ti pucchi. Imasmiṃyeva nagare devāti. Pakatiṭṭhānantaraṃ tassā dethāti ṭhānantaraṃ dāpesi. Sā pubbe sukatakammaṃ nissāya laddhaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ tāpasassa sarīre kheḷapātanena laddhanti saññamakāsi.
过了几天,国王把国师的职位又给了别人。国师就去找那个城市美化者,问她:“姊妹,你是怎么得到那个职位的?”她回答说:“婆罗门,这有什么好问的?国王的林苑里有个不修边幅、头发结成一团的苦行者,你往他身上吐口唾沫,就能得到职位。”国师说:“姊妹,我就照你说的做。”于是他去了那里,照她说的原样做了一遍就离开了。就在同一天,国王又想起了他,问道:“那个婆罗门在哪里?”大臣回答:“就在这城里,大王。”国王说:“之前是我们没弄清楚就撤了他的职,把那个职位还给他吧。”国师就这样又得到了职位。他其实是凭自己的福德力得到的,却以为:“这是因为我往苦行者身上吐了唾沫才得到的。”巴利
Tato katipāhassaccayena rājā purohitassa ṭhānantaraṃ gaṇhi. So nagarasobhiniyā santikaṃ gantvā ‘‘bhagini kinti katvā ṭhānantaraṃ paṭilabhī’’ti pucchi. ‘‘Kiṃ brāhmaṇa aññaṃ kātabbaṃ atthi, rājuyyāne anañjitakāḷakaṇṇī kūṭajaṭilo eko atthi, tassa sarīre kheḷaṃ pātehi, evaṃ ṭhānantaraṃ labhissasī’’ti āha. So ‘‘evaṃ karissāmi bhaginī’’ti tattha gantvā tāya kathitasadisameva sabbaṃ katvā nikkhami. Rājāpi taṃdivasameva satiṃ paṭilabhitvā – ‘‘kuhiṃ, bho, brāhmaṇo’’ti pucchi. Imasmiṃyeva nagare devāti. ‘‘Amhehi anupadhāretvā kataṃ, tadevassa ṭhānantaraṃ dethā’’ti dāpesi. Sopi puññabalena labhitvā ‘‘tāpasassa sarīre kheḷapātanena laddhaṃ me’’ti saññamakāsi.
过了几天,国王的边境发生了叛乱。国王心想:“我要去平定边境。”于是率领四支军队出发了。国师走上前,站在国王面前,说了声“愿大王得胜”,然后问道:“大王,您是为了得胜才出征的吗?”国王回答:“是的,婆罗门。”国师便说:“既然如此,国王的林苑里住着一个不涂油、晦气的苦行者,是个盘发修行人。您往他身上吐唾沫吧。”国王听了他的话,就像之前那个城市美化者和国师所做的那样,全部照做了一遍,还命令后宫嫔妃们:“你们也往那个盘发苦行者身上吐唾沫。”于是后宫嫔妃和守宫之人都照做了。接着,国王在林苑门口设了岗哨,下令道:“凡是跟我一起出征的人,不往那个苦行者身上吐唾沫,就不准出发。”于是全军将士和随从都按这个规矩,把唾沫、嚼过的齿木和漱口水往那个苦行者身上扔。唾沫和齿木糊满了他的全身。巴利
Tato katipāhassaccayena rañño paccanto kupito. Rājā paccantaṃ vūpasamessāmīti caturaṅginiyā senāya nikkhami. Purohito gantvā rañño purato ṭhatvā ‘‘jayatu mahārājā’’ti vatvā – ‘‘tumhe, mahārāja, jayatthāya gacchathā’’ti pucchi. Āma brāhmaṇāti. Evaṃ sante rājuyyāne anañjitakāḷakaṇṇī eko kūṭajaṭilo vasati, tassa sarīre kheḷaṃ pātethāti. Rājā tassa vacanaṃ gahetvā yathā gaṇikāya ca tena ca kataṃ, tatheva sabbaṃ katvā orodhepi āṇāpesi – ‘‘etassa kūṭajaṭilassa sarīre kheḷaṃ pātethā’’ti. Tato orodhāpi orodhapālakāpi tatheva akaṃsu. Atha rājā uyyānadvāre rakkhaṃ ṭhapāpetvā ‘‘raññā saddhiṃ nikkhamantā sabbe tāpasassa sarīre kheḷaṃ apātetvā nikkhamituṃ na labhantī’’ti āṇāpesi. Atha sabbo balakāyo ca seniyo ca teneva niyāmena tāpasassa upari kheḷañca dantakaṭṭhāni ca mukhavikkhālita udakañca pāpayiṃsu, kheḷo ca dantakaṭṭhāni ca sakalasarīraṃ avatthariṃsu.
将军是最后才听到这件事的,他心里像火烧一样,喘着粗气,心想:“他们竟然这样冒犯了我的师长——那位可敬的福德田、通往天界的阶梯。”他急忙赶到王苑,看见仙人已经落得这般凄惨,就束紧下衣,用双手把散落的齿木拨开,把仙人扶起来坐好,又叫人取水来,给他洗浴,用各种药草和四种香料涂抹身体,再用细软的布擦干净。然后他站在仙人面前合掌说道:“尊者,这些人做的事太不应该了。他们会怎么样呢?”将军啊,天神们分成三派:有的说“只把国王一个人除掉”,有的说“把国王和他的随从一起除掉”,有的说“把国王统治的整个国土都毁掉”。苦行者说了这话之后,一点也没有生气。为了世间的安宁,他直接说出了平息的办法:“过失确实已经犯下了,但对于懂得忏悔的人来说,事情还是能恢复如常的。”巴利
Senāpati sabbapacchā suṇitvā ‘‘mayhaṃ kira satthāraṃ bhavantaṃ puññakkhettaṃ saggasopānaṃ evaṃ ghaṭṭayiṃsū’’ti usumajātahadayo mukhena assasanto vegena rājuyyānaṃ āgantvā tathā byasanapattaṃ isiṃ disvā kacchaṃ bandhitvā dvīhi hatthehi dantakaṭṭhāni apaviyūhitvā ukkhipitvā nisīdāpetvā udakaṃ āharāpetvā nhāpetvā sabbaosadhehi ceva catujjātigandhehi ca sarīraṃ ubbaṭṭetvā sukhumasāṭakena puñchitvā purato añjaliṃ katvā ṭhito evamāha ‘‘ayuttaṃ, bhante, manussehi kataṃ, etesaṃ kiṃ bhavissatī’’ti. Devatā senāpati tidhā bhinnā, ekaccā ‘‘rājānameva nāsessāmā’’ti vadanti, ekaccā ‘‘saddhiṃ parisāya rājāna’’nti, ekaccā ‘‘rañño vijitaṃ sabbaṃ nāsessāmā’’ti. Idaṃ vatvā pana tāpaso appamattakampi kopaṃ akatvā lokassa santiupāyameva ācikkhanto āha ‘‘aparādho nāma hoti, accayaṃ pana desetuṃ jānantassa pākatikameva hotī’’ti.
将军得到这个办法后,就前往国王那里,礼敬国王之后说道:“大王,你们对那位没有过错、具足大神通力的苦行者犯了错,造下了严重的业。听说天人们已经分成三派,正这样议论着……”他把一切都详细禀报后,又说:“大王,据说只要请他宽恕,事情就能恢复正常。请大王不要毁掉整个国家,去请求那位苦行者宽恕吧。”国王虽然看出错在自己,却还是这样说:“我不会去请他宽恕的。”将军再三请求,见国王仍不肯答应,就说:“大王,我知道那位苦行者的力量。他不是说虚妄话的人,也不是因为发怒才那样说,而是出于对众生的悲悯才这样说的。大王,请您去请他宽恕吧。”“我不请他宽恕。”“既然如此,那就请把将军的职位交给别人吧。我不想再留在大王您发号施令的地方了。”“你想去哪里就去吧,我自会找到我的将军。”于是,将军来到苦行者那里,礼敬之后问道:“尊者,我该怎么做?”苦行者说:“将军,凡是听你话的人,都带上各自的资具、财物,以及所有两足和四足的牲畜,在七天之内撤到国界之外去。天人们已经非常愤怒,一定会把这整个国家都毁掉。”将军就照这样做了。巴利
Senāpati nayaṃ labhitvā rañño santikaṃ gantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā āha – ‘‘tumhehi, mahārāja, nirāparādhe mahiddhike tāpase aparajjhantehi bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ kataṃ, devatā kira tidhā bhinnā evaṃ vadantī’’ti sabbaṃ ārocetvā – ‘‘khamāpite kira, mahārāja, pākatikaṃ hoti, raṭṭhaṃ mā nāsetha, tāpasaṃ khamāpethā’’ti āha. Rājā attani dosaṃ kataṃ disvāpi evaṃ vadati ‘‘na taṃ khamāpessāmī’’ti. Senāpati yāvatatiyaṃ yācitvā anicchantamāha – ‘‘ahaṃ, mahārāja, tāpasassa balaṃ jānāmi, na so abhūtavādī, nāpi kupito, sattānuddayena pana evamāha khamāpetha naṃ mahārājā’’ti. Na khamāpemīti. Tena hi senāpatiṭṭhānaṃ aññassa detha, ahaṃ tumhākaṃ āṇāpavattiṭṭhāne na vasissāmīti. Tvaṃ yenakāmaṃ gaccha, ahaṃ mayhaṃ senāpatiṃ labhissāmīti. Tato senāpati tāpasassa santikaṃ āgantvā vanditvā ‘‘kathaṃ paṭipajjāmi, bhante’’ti āha. Senāpati ye te vacanaṃ suṇanti, sabbe saparikkhāre sadhane sadvipadacatuppade gahetvā sattadivasabbhantare bahi rajjasīmaṃ gaccha, devatā ativiya kupitā dhuvaṃ raṭṭhampi araṭṭhaṃ karissantīti. Senāpati tathā akāsi.
国王刚一离开,就打败了敌军,平定了地方。回来后,他坐在胜利营帐的所在处,命人修缮了都城,然后进入内城。天神们一开始就降下了雨。大众满心欢喜,说:“自从那个诈伪的苦行者被冒犯之后,我们国王的运势就一直增长,打败了敌人,回来的当天又下了雨。”天神们又降下了素馨花雨,大众更加欢喜。天神们又降下了铜钱雨。接着是金币雨。然后他们心想:“人们大概不会为了金币而出门吧”,就又降下了手边用的、脚边用的等各种物品之雨。大众即使站在七层高的宫殿上,也都走下来,佩戴着饰物,满心欢喜。他们说出欢喜的话:“那个诈伪的苦行者真该被吐口水!自从向他吐了口水之后,我们国王的运势就增长了,打败了敌人,回来的当天就下了雨,接着又有素馨花雨、铜钱雨、金币雨、物品雨,一共下了五种雨。”就这样,大众对国王所造的恶业表示了赞同。巴利
Rājā gatamattoyeva amittamathanaṃ katvā janapadaṃ vūpasametvā āgamma jayakhandhāvāraṭṭhāne nisīditvā nagaraṃ paṭijaggāpetvā antonagaraṃ pāvisi. Devatā paṭhamaṃyeva udakavuṭṭhiṃ pātayiṃsu. Mahājano attamano ahosi ‘‘kūṭajaṭilaṃ aparaddhakālato paṭṭhāya amhākaṃ rañño vaḍḍhiyeva, amitte nimmathesi, āgatadivaseyeva devo vuṭṭho’’ti. Devatā puna sumanapupphavuṭṭhiṃ pātayiṃsu, mahājano attamanataro ahosi. Devatā puna māsakavuṭṭhiṃ pātayiṃsu. Tato kahāpaṇavuṭṭhiṃ, tato kahāpaṇatthaṃ na nikkhameyyunti maññamānā hatthūpagapādūpagādikatabhaṇḍavuṭṭhiṃ pātesuṃ. Mahājano sattabhūmikapāsāde ṭhitopi otaritvā ābharaṇāni piḷandhanto attamano ahosi. ‘‘Arahati vata kūṭajaṭilake kheḷapātanaṃ, tassa upari kheḷapātitakālato paṭṭhāya amhākaṃ rañño vaḍḍhi jātā, amittamathanaṃ kataṃ, āgatadivaseyeva devo vassi, tato sumanavuṭṭhi māsakavuṭṭhi kahāpaṇavuṭṭhi katabhaṇḍavuṭṭhīti catasso vuṭṭhiyo jātā’’ti attamanavācaṃ nicchāretvā rañño katapāpe samanuñño jāto.
那时,天神们把单刃、双刃等种种兵器从上方扔下来,落在众人身上,就像在砧板上剁肉一样。紧接着,又降下无焰无烟、颜色像紫矿花的炭火。再接着,降下像尖顶殿堂那么大的石头。随后,又降下一种在拳中不凝结、极其细软的沙子,堆积到八十肘高。在国王统治的地方,只有三个人作为人类安然无恙:基沙婆蹉、将军,还有那位赡养母亲的罗摩。其余那些没有参与这件事的畜生,喝水的地方没有水,吃草的地方没有草。它们到处找水找草,尚未抵达就到了第七天,到了别国的边界。因此,萨罗崩伽菩萨说:巴利
Tasmiṃ samaye devatā ekatodhāraubhatodhārādīni nānappakārāni āvudhāni mahājanassa upari phalake maṃsaṃ koṭṭayamānā viya pātayiṃsu. Tadanantaraṃ vītaccike vītadhūme kiṃsukapupphavaṇṇe aṅgāre, tadanantaraṃ kūṭāgārappamāṇe pāsāṇe, tadanantaraṃ antomuṭṭhiyaṃ asaṇṭhahanikaṃ sukhumavālikaṃ vassāpayamānā asītihatthubbedhaṃ thalaṃ akaṃsu. Rañño vijitaṭṭhāne kisavacchatāpaso senāpati mātuposakarāmoti tayova manussabhūtā arogā ahesuṃ. Sesānaṃ tasmiṃ kamme asamaṅgībhūtānaṃ tiracchānānaṃ pānīyaṭṭhāne pānīyaṃ nāhosi, tiṇaṭṭhāne tiṇaṃ. Te yena pānīyaṃ yena tiṇanti gacchantā appatteyeva sattame divase bahirajjasīmaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu. Tenāha sarabhaṅgabodhisatto –
丹达基王抛弃了瘦牛苦行者之后,
他的根已被彻底斩断,连同随从和整个国土。
他在地狱里被烧煮,那地狱名叫火炭。
火星落在他的身上。巴利
‘‘Kisañhi vacchaṃ avakiriya daṇḍakī, Ucchinnamūlo sajano saraṭṭho; Kukkuḷanāme nirayamhi paccati, Tassa phuliṅgāni patanti kāye’’ti. (jā. 2.17.70);
就这样,首先应当知道丹达基林成为森林的情形。巴利
Evaṃ tāva daṇḍakīraññassa araññabhūtabhāvo veditabbo.
在迦陵伽国,纳利基王治理国政的时候,雪山地区有五百位苦行者,他们不近女色,披着兽皮,结着发辫,穿着树皮衣,以林中树根和果实为食。他们这样过了很久之后,为了找些咸酸味道的东西吃,就下到人走的路上,一路次第而行,来到了迦陵伽国纳利基王的都城。他们把发辫、兽皮和树皮衣整理好,显出出家修行者应有的寂静庄严,进城乞食。那时佛陀还没有出世,人们看见这些苦行沙门,心里生起信心,就给他们铺好座位,从他们手里接过钵,请他们坐下,把食物准备妥当后供养给他们。苦行者们吃完饭,做了随喜祝福。人们听了之后,心里欢喜,就问:“诸位尊者要去哪里?”他们回答说:“朋友们,去合适的地方。”大家说:“尊者,不用去别处了,请住在国王的园林里吧,我们吃过早饭就过来听法。”苦行者们默许了,就去了园林。城里的居民吃过早饭,穿上干净的衣服,心想“我们去听法”,便一群一群、一队一队地朝园林走去。国王站在高楼上,看见他们这样走去,就问侍从:“喂,这些城里人穿着干净的衣服和干净的上衣,朝园林那边去,那边是有集会还是有戏剧?”侍从回答:“没有,陛下。他们是想到苦行者那里听法。”国王说:“既然这样,喂,我也要去,让他们跟我一起去。”侍从就前去告诉大家:“国王也想去,你们围着国王一起去吧。”城里人本来就很高兴,听了这话更加欢喜,心想:“我们的国王没有信心、没有敬信、不持戒,而这些苦行者是如法的,他们来了之后,国王也会变得如法。”巴利
Kaliṅgaraṭṭhe pana nāḷikiraraññe rajjaṃ kārayamāne himavati pañcasatatāpasā anitthigandhā ajinajaṭavākacīradharā vanamūlaphalabhakkhā hutvā ciraṃ vītināmetvā loṇambilasevanatthaṃ manussapathaṃ otaritvā anupubbena kaliṅgaraṭṭhe nāḷikirarañño nagaraṃ sampattā. Te jaṭājinavākacīrāni saṇṭhapetvā pabbajitānurūpaṃ upasamasiriṃ dassayamānā nagaraṃ bhikkhāya pavisiṃsu. Manussā anuppanne buddhuppāde tāpasapabbajite disvā pasannā nisajjaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidhāya hatthato bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā nisīdāpetvā bhikkhaṃ sampādetvā adaṃsu. Tāpasā katabhattakiccā anumodanaṃ akaṃsu. Manussā sutvā pasannacittā ‘‘kuhiṃ bhadantā gacchantī’’ti pucchiṃsu. Yathāphāsukaṭṭhānaṃ, āvusoti. Bhante, alaṃ aññattha gamanena, rājuyyāne vasatha, mayaṃ bhuttapātarāsā āgantvā dhammakathaṃ sossāmāti. Tāpasā adhivāsetvā uyyānaṃ agamaṃsu. Nāgarā bhuttapātarāsā suddhavatthanivatthā ‘‘dhammakathaṃ sossāmā’’ti saṅghā gaṇā gaṇībhūtā uyyānābhimukhā agamaṃsu. Rājā uparipāsāde ṭhito te tathā gacchamāne disvā upaṭṭhākaṃ pucchi ‘‘kiṃ ete bhaṇe nāgarā suddhavatthā suddhuttarāsaṅgā hutvā uyyānābhimukhā gacchanti, kimettha samajjaṃ vā nāṭakaṃ vā atthī’’ti? Natthi deva, ete tāpasānaṃ santike dhammaṃ sotukāmā gacchantīti. Tena hi bhaṇe ahampi gacchissāmi, mayā saddhiṃ gacchantūti. So gantvā tesaṃ ārocesi – ‘‘rājāpi gantukāmo, rājānaṃ parivāretvāva gacchathā’’ti. Nāgarā pakatiyāpi attamanā taṃ sutvā – ‘‘amhākaṃ rājā assaddho appasanno dussīlo, tāpasā dhammikā, te āgamma rājāpi dhammiko bhavissatī’’ti attamanatarā ahesuṃ.
国王出城后,被众人围绕着来到园林,和那些苦行者互相问候之后,坐在一边。苦行者们看到国王,便用暗示的方式对一位善于说法的苦行者说:“请为国王说法。”那位苦行者环视大众之后,开示五种怨敌的过患和五戒的功德,说道:巴利
Rājā nikkhamitvā tehi parivārito uyyānaṃ gantvā tāpasehi saddhiṃ paṭisanthāraṃ katvā ekamantaṃ nisīdi. Tāpasā rājānaṃ disvā parikathāya kusalassekassa tāpasassa ‘‘rañño dhammaṃ kathehī’’ti saññamadaṃsu, so tāpaso parisaṃ oloketvā pañcasu veresu ādīnavaṃ pañcasu ca sīlesu ānisaṃsaṃ kathento –
不该杀生,不该拿别人没给的东西,不该在欲乐上做邪行,不该说假话,不该喝酒。杀生会让人堕入地狱、畜生道、饿鬼界;偷盗等也是这样。杀生的人在地狱里受完苦、再投生到人间时,因为剩余果报的缘故,会短命;偷盗会让人贫穷少财;邪行会让人树敌众多;说假话会让人遭到不实的诽谤;喝酒会让人变得疯癫。巴利
‘‘Pāṇo na hantabbo, adinnaṃ nādātabbaṃ, kāmesumicchācāro na caritabbo, musā na bhāsitabbā, majjaṃ na pātabbaṃ, pāṇātipāto nāma nirayasaṃvattaniko hoti tiracchānayonisaṃvattaniko pettivisayasaṃvattaniko, tathā adinnādānādīni. Pāṇātipāto niraye paccitvā manussalokaṃ āgatassa vipākāvasesena appāyukasaṃvattaniko hoti, adinnādānaṃ appabhogasaṃvattanikaṃ, micchācāro bahusapattasaṃvattaniko, musāvādo abhūtabbhakkhānasaṃvattaniko, majjapānaṃ ummattakabhāvasaṃvattanika’’nti –
他针对五种怨恨讲了这些过患。巴利
Pañcasu veresu imaṃ ādīnavaṃ kathesi.
国王本来就无信、不虔诚,戒行也不好。而对戒行不好的人来说,讲说戒论这种话本来就很难听得进去,就像尖桩刺进耳朵一样。所以他心里想:“我本来是为了尊崇他们而来的,可这些人从我到场开始就一直针对我、刺我,当众说个不停。我要给他们点颜色看看。”于是说法结束后,他就邀请他们:“各位老师,明天请到我家来接受供养。”说完就走了。第二天,他让人搬来许多大陶罐,装满粪便,用香蕉叶把罐口封好,分别放在各处;又让人把浓稠的蜜糖油、象力胶之类的粘滑东西装满尖形容器,放在楼梯顶上;还让大力士们扎紧腰带,手里拿着棒槌站在那里,吩咐说:“那些装模作样的苦行者太欺负我了。等他们从殿堂下来的时候,把尖形容器里的粘滑东西从楼梯口倒下去,然后用棒槌打他们的头,抓住脖子把他们扔下楼梯。”他还在楼梯脚下拴了几条凶猛的狗。巴利
Rājā pakatiyāpi assaddho appasanno dussīlo, dussīlassa ca sīlakathā nāma dukkathā, kaṇṇe sūlappavesanaṃ viya hoti. Tasmā so cintesi – ‘‘ahaṃ ‘ete paggaṇhissāmī’ti āgato, ime pana mayhaṃ āgatakālato paṭṭhāya maṃyeva ghaṭṭentā vijjhantā parisamajjhe kathenti, karissāmi nesaṃ kāttabba’’nti. So dhammakathāpariyosāne ‘‘ācariyā sve mayhaṃ gehe bhikkhaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti nimantetvā agamāsi. So dutiyadivase mahante mahante koḷumbe āharāpetvā gūthassa pūrāpetvā kadalipattehi nesaṃ mukhāni bandhāpetvā tattha tattha ṭhapāpesi, puna bahalamadhukatelanāgabalapicchillādīnaṃ kūṭe pūretvā nisseṇimatthake ṭhapāpesi, tattheva ca mahāmalle baddhakacche hatthehi muggare gāhāpetvā ṭhapetvā āha ‘‘kūṭatāpasā ativiya maṃ viheṭhayiṃsu, tesaṃ pāsādato otaraṇakāle kūṭehi picchillaṃ sopānamatthake vissajjetvā sīse muggarehi pothetvā gale gahetvā sopāne khipathā’’ti. Sopānapādamūle pana caṇḍe kukkure bandhāpesi.
那些苦行者也互相提醒说:“明天我们要去王宫里吃饭。”他们说:“诸位贤友,王宫这种地方本来就让人提心吊胆、充满危险。出家人应当在六根门头守护好自己的心,不该在所见到的境上执取它的相,要在眼门处建立起防护。”巴利
Tāpasāpi ‘‘sve rājagehe bhuñjissāmā’’ti aññamaññaṃ ovadiṃsu – ‘‘mārisā rājagehaṃ nāma sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pabbajitehi nāma chadvārārammaṇe saññatehi bhavitabbaṃ, diṭṭhadiṭṭhe ārammaṇe nimittaṃ na gahetabbaṃ, cakkhudvāre saṃvaro paccupaṭṭhapetabbo’’ti.
第二天,他们观察好乞食的时间,穿上树皮衣,把鹿皮斜披在一只肩膀上,整理好发髻,拿起乞食的钵,依次登上了王宫。国王知道他们上来了,就叫人从粪罐口取出香蕉叶。那股恶臭直冲苦行者的鼻孔,几乎要把他们的脑髓都冲出来。大苦行者看了国王一眼。国王说:“尊敬的各位,你们尽情吃吧,也尽管拿走吧,这东西才配你们!昨天我是为了礼遇你们才来的,你们却当着众人的面一味攻击我、中伤我。这东西才配你们,吃吧!”说着,他用勺子把粪便递到大苦行者面前。大苦行者连声说:“呸!呸!”转身就走。国王说:“你们就这样想走?”随即命人从楼梯高处倒下滑腻的秽物,又给末罗族力士们下了命令。力士们用棒槌猛击他们的头,抓住脖子往楼梯下扔。没有一个人能在楼梯上站稳,全都一路翻滚,一直滚到楼梯底部的梯脚处。每滚到一个地方,那些凶猛的狂犬就噼里啪啦地扑上来,又撕又咬。就算有人勉强爬起来想逃,也会掉进坑里,狂犬照样追上去咬。就这样,狂犬把他们啃得只剩下一副骨架。这个国王就这样在一天之内,夺走了五百位具足苦行修为的苦行者的生命。巴利
Punadivase bhikkhācāravelaṃ sallakkhetvā vākacīraṃ nivāsetvā ajinacammaṃ ekaṃsagataṃ katvā jaṭākalāpaṃ saṇṭhapetvā bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā paṭipāṭiyā rājanivesanaṃ abhiruḷhā. Rājā āruḷhabhāvaṃ ñatvā gūthakoḷumbamukhato kadalipattaṃ nīharāpesi. Duggandho tāpasānaṃ nāsapuṭaṃ paharitvā matthaluṅgapātanākārapatto ahosi. Mahātāpaso rājānaṃ olokesi. Rājā – ‘‘ettha bhonto yāvadatthaṃ bhuñjantu ceva harantu ca, tumhākametaṃ anucchavikaṃ, hiyyo ahaṃ tumhe paggaṇhissāmīti āgato, tumhe pana maṃyeva ghaṭṭento vijjhantā parisamajjhe kathayittha , tumhākamidaṃ anucchavikaṃ, bhuñjathā’’ti mahātāpasassa uluṅkena gūthaṃ upanāmesi. Mahātāpaso dhī dhīti vadanto paṭinivatti. ‘‘Ettakeneva gacchissatha tumhe’’ti sopāne kūṭehi picchillaṃ vissajjāpetvā mallānaṃ saññamadāsi. Mallā muggarehi sīsāni pothetvā gīvāya gahetvā sopāne khipiṃsu, ekopi sopāne patiṭṭhātuṃ nāsakkhi , pavaṭṭamānā sopānapādamūlaṃyeva pāpuṇiṃsu. Sampatte sampatte caṇḍakukkurā paṭapaṭāti luñcamānā khādiṃsu. Yopi nesaṃ uṭṭhahitvā palāyati, sopi āvāṭe patati, tatrāpi naṃ kukkurā anubandhitvā khādantiyeva. Iti nesaṃ kukkurā aṭṭhisaṅkhalikameva avasesayiṃsu. Evaṃ so rājā tapasampanne pañcasate tāpase ekadivaseneva jīvitā voropesi.
那时,他国中的天神又像先前那样降下九种雨,他的整个王国被六十由旬厚的沙层覆盖了。因此,菩萨萨罗邦伽说道:巴利
Athassa raṭṭhe devatā purimanayeneva puna navavuṭṭhiyo pātesuṃ. Tassa rajjaṃ saṭṭhiyojanubbedhena vālikathalena avacchādiyittha. Tenāha sarabhaṅgo bodhisatto –
如果有人欺骗那些克制自己的出家修行人,
对那些宣说正法、没有过失的沙门,
那利稽罗被狗在来世……
它们聚拢过来,啃咬一边挣扎的(国王)。巴利
‘‘Yo saññate pabbajite avañcayi, Dhammaṃ bhaṇante samaṇe adūsake; Taṃ nāḷikeraṃ sunakhā parattha, Saṅgamma khādanti viphandamāna’’nti. (jā. 2.17.71);
应当这样理解:迦陵伽林成为荒林的状态。巴利
Evaṃ kāliṅgāraññassa araññabhūtabhāvo veditabbo.
过去,在波罗奈里,有一位拥有四十五亿家产的巨富,他有一个女儿,名叫“见瑞相”。她长得美丽动人、令人赏心悦目。由于她容貌、财富和家世样样具足,成了许多人追求的对象。可是,只要有人为了求婚而派媒人来,她一见对方,就挑剔人家的出身,或者嫌弃手脚等部位哪里有缺陷,说“这人出身低贱、体态丑陋”之类的话,然后喊:“把他赶出去!”等人被赶走后,她又说:“我居然看到了这种人,快打水来,我要洗眼睛!”接着就真的洗起眼睛来。她每见到一个来求婚的人,都让对方受尽羞辱,然后赶走,因此大家就称她为“见瑞相”,她的本名反而没人记得了。巴利
Atīte pana bārāṇasinagare diṭṭhamaṅgalikā nāma cattālīsakoṭivibhavassa seṭṭhino ekā dhītā ahosi dassanīyā pāsādikā. Sā rūpabhogakulasampattisampannatāya bahūnaṃ patthanīyā ahosi. Yo panassā vāreyyatthāya pahiṇāti, taṃ taṃ disvānassa jātiyaṃ vā hatthapādādīsu vā yattha katthaci dosaṃ āropetvā ‘‘ko esa dujjāto dussaṇṭhito’’tiādīni vatvā – ‘‘nīharatha na’’nti nīharāpetvā ‘‘evarūpampi nāma addasaṃ, udakaṃ āharatha, akkhīni dhovissāmī’’ti akkhīni dhovati. Tassā diṭṭhaṃ diṭṭhaṃ vippakāraṃ pāpetvā nīharāpetīti diṭṭhamaṅgalikā tveva saṅkhā udapādi, mūlanāmaṃ antaradhāyi.
有一天,她想去恒河里玩水,就叫人把渡口收拾好,把许多好吃的、好喝的装满了车子,又带上很多香和花环之类的东西,坐上一辆遮得严严实实的车,被亲戚们簇拥着,从家里出发了。那时候,大士投生在旃陀罗族里,住在城外的皮匠家中,名字叫象贤。他十六岁左右,因为有事要进城,就把一块蓝布围在腰间,一块布缠在手上,一只手提着篮子,一只手拿着铃铛,一边走一边摇铃,嘴里喊着“让一让,各位尊者,旃陀罗来了”,好让人知道。他把自己放得很低,见到人就低头行礼,就这样进了城,走上了大路。巴利
Sā ekadivasaṃ gaṅgāya udakakīḷaṃ kīḷissāmīti titthaṃ sajjāpetvā pahūtaṃ khādanīyabhojanīyaṃ sakaṭesu pūrāpetvā bahūni gandhamālādīni ādāya paṭicchannayānaṃ āruyha ñātigaṇaparivutā gehamhā nikkhami. Tena ca samayena mahāpuriso caṇḍālayoniyaṃ nibbatto bahinagare cammagehe vasati, mātaṅgotvevassa nāmaṃ ahosi. So soḷasavassuddesiko hutvā kenacideva karaṇīyena antonagaraṃ pavisitukāmo ekaṃ nīlapilotikaṃ nivāsetvā ekaṃ hatthe bandhitvā ekena hatthena pacchiṃ, ekena ghaṇḍaṃ gahetvā ‘‘ussaratha ayyā, caṇḍāloha’’nti jānāpanatthaṃ taṃ vādento nīcacittaṃ paccupaṭṭhapetvā diṭṭhadiṭṭhe manusse namassamāno nagaraṃ pavisitvā mahāpathaṃ paṭipajji.
见祥女听到铃铛声,透过轿帘的缝隙往外看,远远望见象贤朝这边走来,就问:“那是什么?”随从回答:“小姐,是象贤。”她一听,浑身发抖,恶心厌恶地吐了一口唾沫,对乳母们说:“哎呀,我们到底造了什么不善业啊?这是什么果报?难道我的毁灭就在眼前了吗?出门去办吉祥事,竟然看见了一个旃陀罗!”接着又吩咐乳母们:“赶快拿水来!我看见了旃陀罗,眼睛和嘴巴都得洗一洗。”洗完之后,她让人把车轿掉头,把所有准备好的供品都送回家里,自己登上了高楼。那些嗜酒的人和她的侍从们问:“喂,见祥女怎么这个时候还不来?”听说了这件事之后,他们说:“哎呀,诸位,就因为这个旃陀罗,那么盛大的酒肉供养、香花供品等等,我们都没能享受到。抓住那个旃陀罗!”他们找到那个地方,对着完全无辜的象贤尊者又骂又吓:“喂,象贤!都是因为你,我们才享受不到这样那样的供养!”说完揪住他的头发,把他摔倒在地,用膝盖、肘部和石头等一顿猛打,以为他死了,就抓住他的脚拖走,扔到了垃圾堆上。巴利
Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā ghaṇḍasaddaṃ sutvā sāṇiantarena olokentī dūratova taṃ āgacchantaṃ disvā ‘‘kimeta’’nti pucchi. Mātaṅgo ayyeti. ‘‘Kiṃ vata, bho, akusalaṃ akaramha, kassāyaṃ nissando, vināso nu kho me paccupaṭṭhito, maṅgalakiccena nāma gacchamānā caṇḍālaṃ addasa’’nti sarīraṃ kampetvā jigucchamānā kheḷaṃ pātetvā dhātiyo āha – ‘‘vegena udakaṃ āharatha, caṇḍālo diṭṭho, akkhīni ceva nāma gahitamukhañca dhovissāmī’’ti dhovitvā rathaṃ nivattāpetvā sabbapaṭiyādānaṃ gehaṃ pesetvā pāsādaṃ abhiruhi. Surāsoṇḍādayo ceva tassā upaṭṭhākamanussā ca ‘‘kuhiṃ, bho diṭṭhamaṅgalikā, imāyapi velāya nāgacchatī’’ti pucchantā taṃ pavattiṃ sutvā – ‘‘mahantaṃ vata, bho, surāmaṃsagandhamālādisakkāraṃ caṇḍālaṃ nissāya anubhavituṃ na labhimha, gaṇhatha caṇḍāla’’nti gataṭṭhānaṃ gavesitvā nirāparādhaṃ mātaṅgapaṇḍitaṃ tajjitvā – ‘‘are mātaṅga taṃ nissāya idañcidañca sakkāraṃ anubhavituṃ na labhimhā’’ti kesesu gahetvā bhūmiyaṃ pātetvā jāṇukapparapāsāṇādīhi koṭṭetvā matoti saññāya pāde gahetvā kaḍḍhantā saṅkārakūṭe chaḍḍesuṃ.
大士恢复知觉后,摸了摸自己的手脚,心想:“这苦是依靠谁生起的?”他这样思惟后知道:“不是依靠别的什么人,就是依靠那个见祥女才生起的。”于是又想:“如果我是个男子汉,就要让她倒在我脚下。”他浑身颤抖地走到见祥女家门口,心想:“如果能得到见祥女,我就起来;如果得不到,我就死在这里。”便在院子里躺了下来。那时,赡部洲有这样一种规矩:如果旃陀罗怀着怒气躺在产房门口死去,那产房里住的所有人都会成为旃陀罗;如果死在屋子正中间,屋里所有人都会成为旃陀罗;如果死在门口,两边紧邻的住户都会成为旃陀罗;如果死在院子里,那么从这家往这边数七家、往那边数七家,一共十四家住户都会成为旃陀罗。而菩萨正是躺在了院子里。巴利
Mahāpuriso saññaṃ paṭilabhitvā hatthapāde parāmasitvā – ‘‘idaṃ dukkhaṃ kaṃ nissāya uppanna’’nti cintento – ‘‘na aññaṃ kañci, diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ nissāya uppanna’’nti ñatvā ‘‘sacāhaṃ puriso, pādesu naṃ nipātessāmī’’ti cintetvā vedhamāno diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya kuladvāraṃ gantvā – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalikaṃ labhanto vuṭṭhahissāmi, alabhantassa ettheva maraṇa’’nti gehaṅgaṇe nipajji. Tena ca samayena jambudīpe ayaṃ dhammatā hoti – yassa caṇḍālo kujjhitvā gabbhadvāre nipanno marati, ye ca tasmiṃ gabbhe vasanti, sabbe caṇḍālā honti. Gehamajjhamhi mate sabbe gehavāsino, dvāramhi mate ubhato anantaragehavāsikā, aṅgaṇamhi mate ito satta ito sattāti cuddasagehavāsino sabbe caṇḍālā hontīti. Bodhisatto pana aṅgaṇe nipajji.
他们去禀告长者:“主人,摩登伽躺在您家院子里了。”长者说:“去吧,问问是怎么回事。”说完,给了一枚摩沙迦,让他们叫他起来。他们过去说:“听说拿上这枚摩沙迦,你就起来吧。”他说:“我不是为了摩沙迦才躺下的,我是为了得到见祥女才躺下的。”他们问:“见祥女有什么过错?”他说:“你们怎么看不出她的过错?我完全是无辜的,却被她的人害得遭了殃。只要能得她,我就起来;得不到她,我就不起来。”巴利
Seṭṭhissa ārocesuṃ – ‘‘mātaṅgo te sāmi gehaṅgaṇe patito’’ti gacchatha bhaṇe, kiṃ kāraṇāti vatvā ekamāsakaṃ datvā uṭṭhāpethāti. Te gantvā ‘‘imaṃ kira māsakaṃ gahetvā uṭṭhahā’’ti vadiṃsu. So – ‘‘nāhaṃ māsakatthāya nipanno, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya svāhaṃ nipanno’’ti āha. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya ko dosoti? Kiṃ tassā dosaṃ na passatha, niraparādho ahaṃ tassā manussehi byasanaṃ pāpito, taṃ labhantova vuṭṭhahissāmi, alabhanto na vuṭṭhahissāmīti.
他们去禀告了长者。长者知道是女儿的过错后,派人传话说:“去,给他一枚迦哈波那。”他回答说:“我不要迦哈波那,我只要她。”长者夫妇听了之后,心生警惧:“我们只有这一个心爱的女儿,除了她,再没有别的孩子能传宗接代了。”于是说:“去吧,孩子们,万一有谁对我们怀恨在心,说不定会要他的命。他要是死了,我们大家就都完了。去保护他吧。”便安排人把他团团围住守护起来,又派人送去米粥、饭食和财物,他却一概拒绝。这样过了一天;两天、三天、四天、五天过去了。巴利
Te gantvā seṭṭhissa ārocesuṃ. Seṭṭhi dhītu dosaṃ ñatvā ‘‘gacchatha, ekaṃ kahāpaṇaṃ dethā’’ti peseti. So ‘‘na icchāmi kahāpaṇaṃ, tameva icchāmī’’ti āha. Taṃ sutvā seṭṭhi ca seṭṭhibhariyā ca – ‘‘ekāyeva no piyadhītā, paveṇiyā ghaṭako añño dārakopi natthī’’ti saṃvegappattā – ‘‘gacchatha tātā, koci amhākaṃ asahanako etaṃ jīvitāpi voropeyya, etasmiñhi mate sabbe mayaṃ naṭṭhā homa, ārakkhamassa gaṇhathā’’ti parivāretvā ārakkhaṃ saṃvidhāya yāguṃ pesayiṃsu, bhattaṃ dhanaṃ pesayiṃsu, evaṃ so sabbaṃ paṭikkhipi. Evaṃ eko divaso gato; dve, tayo, cattāro, pañca divasā gatā.
于是那十四户人家站起来说:“我们不能因为你们而变成旃陀罗。别害了我们,把你们的女儿交给他,让他起来吧。”巨富派人送去一百金、一千金、十万金,他全都拒绝。这样过了六天。到第七天,两边十四户人家聚在一起,说:“我们绝不能变成旃陀罗。就算你们不愿意,我们也要把这女孩交给他。”巴利
Tato sattasattagehavāsikā uṭṭhāya – ‘‘na sakkoma mayaṃ tumhe nissāya caṇḍālā bhavituṃ, amhe mā nāsetha, tumhākaṃ dārikaṃ datvā etaṃ uṭṭhāpethā’’ti āhaṃsu. Te satampi sahassampi satasahassampi pahiṇiṃsu, so paṭikkhipateva. Evaṃ cha divasā gatā. Sattame divase ubhato cuddasagehavāsikā sannipatitvā – ‘‘na mayaṃ caṇḍālā bhavituṃ sakkoma, tumhākaṃ akāmakānampi mayaṃ etassa dārikaṃ dassāmā’’ti āhaṃsu.
她的父母被忧苦之箭刺透,失去知觉,倒在床上。两边十四户人家的人登上高楼,像折断开满花的紫矿树枝一样,扯下她所有的首饰,用指甲给她分出中分,把头发扎起来,让她穿上青色裙子,手上缠了一块青棉布,耳朵上戴上铅片耳饰,递给她一把棕榈叶提篮,把她从高楼上带下来,抓住她的两条手臂,说:“带上你的丈夫,走吧!”然后把她交给了那位大士。巴利
Mātāpitaro sokasallasamappitā visaññī hutvā sayane nipatiṃsu. Ubhato cuddasagehavāsino pāsādaṃ āruyha supupphitakiṃsukasākhaṃ ucchindantā viya tassā sabbābharaṇāni omuñcitvā nakhehi sīmantaṃ katvā kese bandhitvā nīlasāṭakaṃ nivāsāpetvā hatthe nīlapilotikakhaṇḍaṃ veṭhetvā kaṇṇesu tipupaṭṭake piḷandhāpetvā tālapaṇṇapacchiṃ datvā pāsādato otārāpetvā dvīsu bāhāsu gahetvā – ‘‘tava sāmikaṃ gahetvā yāhī’’ti mahāpurisassa adaṃsu.
连青莲花都嫌太重,那位娇贵的少女说:“起来吧,夫君,我们走吧。”菩萨躺着不动,说:“我不起来。”她问:“那我该怎么说?”菩萨说:“你就这样说:‘起来吧,尊者象。’”她就照这样说了。菩萨又说:“你的人把我打得站不起来,你用手把我扶起来。”她也照做了。菩萨像是要起身,却翻了个身摔在地上,喊道:“哎呀!见祥女先让人打了我,现在又自己打我了!”她问:“尊者,我该怎么办?”菩萨说:“用两只手把我扶起来。”她便用双手把他扶起来,让他坐好,说:“夫君,我们走吧。”菩萨说:“‘走’是林子里的事,我们是人。我被你的人打得太狠了,没法用脚走,你背我走。”她便弯下腰,把背凑过去。菩萨爬了上去。她问:“夫君,我背你去哪儿?”菩萨说:“背我出城。”她走到东门,问:“夫君,这里是你的住处吗?”菩萨问:“这是什么地方?”她说:“是东门,夫君。”菩萨说:“旃陀罗的儿子不能住在东门。”他不告诉她自己的住处,只让她走遍所有城门。为什么?因为他想打掉她已生到极点的傲慢。大众高声喊道:“除了像你们这样的人,再没有谁能打掉她的傲慢了。”巴利
Nīluppalampi atibhāroti anukkhittapubbā sukhumāladārikā ‘‘uṭṭhāhi sāmi, gacchāmā’’ti āha. Bodhisatto nipannakova āha ‘‘nāhaṃ uṭṭhahāmī’’ti. Atha kinti vadāmīti. ‘‘Uṭṭhehi ayya mātaṅgā’’ti evaṃ maṃ vadāhīti. Sā tathā avoca. Na tuyhaṃ manussā uṭṭhānasamatthaṃ maṃ akaṃsu, bāhāya maṃ gahetvā uṭṭhāpehīti. Sā tathā akāsi. Bodhisatto uṭṭhahanto viya parivaṭṭetvā bhūmiyaṃ patitvā – ‘‘nāsitaṃ, bho, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya paṭhamaṃ manussehi koṭṭāpetvā, idāni sayaṃ koṭṭetī’’ti viravittha. Sā kiṃ karomi ayyāti? Dvīhi hatthehi gahetvā uṭṭhāpehīti. Sā tathā uṭṭhāpetvā nisīdāpetvā gacchāma sāmīti. Gacchā nāma araññe honti, mayaṃ manussā, atikoṭṭitomhi tuyhaṃ manussehi, na sakkomi padasā gantuṃ, piṭṭhiyā maṃ nehīti. Sā onamitvā piṭṭhiṃ adāsi. Bodhisatto abhiruhi. Kuhiṃ nemi sāmīti? Bahinagaraṃ nehīti. Sā pācīnadvāraṃ gantvā – ‘‘idha te sāmi vasanaṭṭhāna’’nti pucchi. Kataraṭṭhānaṃ etanti? Pācīnadvāraṃ sāmīti. Pācīnadvāre caṇḍālaputtā vasituṃ na labhantīti attano vasanaṭṭhānaṃ anācikkhitvāva sabbadvārāni āhiṇḍāpesi. Kasmā? Bhavaggapattamassā mānaṃ pātessāmīti. Mahājano ukkuṭṭhimakāsi – ‘‘ṭhapetvā tumhādisaṃ añño etissā mānaṃ bhedako natthī’’ti.
她走到西门,问道:“夫君,这里是你的住处吗?”菩萨问:“这是什么地方?”她回答:“是西门,夫君。”菩萨说:“从这道门出去,朝着皮匠屋的方向看,一直走。”她到了那里,问道:“夫君,这座皮匠屋是你们住的地方吗?”菩萨说:“是的。”他从她背上下来,走进了皮匠屋。巴利
Sā pacchimadvāraṃ patvā ‘‘idha te sāmi vasanaṭṭhāna’’nti pucchi. Kataraṭṭhānaṃ etanti? Pacchimadvāraṃ sāmīti. Iminā dvārena nikkhamitvā cammagehaṃ olokentī gacchāti. Sā tattha gantvā āha ‘‘idaṃ cammagehaṃ tumhākaṃ vasanaṭṭhānaṃ sāmī’’ti? Āmāti piṭṭhito otaritvā cammagehaṃ pāvisi.
在那里住了七八天,这位一心寻求一切知智的坚定者,在这些天里没有和她同房。他想:“如果这位大家族的女儿因为依靠我而得不到大荣耀,那我就不算是二十四位佛的弟子。我要用给她洗脚的水,为整个赡部洲的国王们举行灌顶。”接着又想:“住在家里我做不到,出家以后才能做到。”想完以后,他对她说:“见祥女,我们以前独自修行的时候,做不做事都能活下去。现在我已经担起了养家的责任,不做事就活不下去。在我回来之前,你不要烦躁。”他进入森林,在坟场等地捡来破布,做成下裙和上衣,出家做了沙门,独自一人,得到身体的远离,修习遍作相,证得八等至和五神通,心想:“现在我可以做见祥女的依靠了。”于是朝波罗奈方向走去,披好上衣,托钵而行,来到见祥女家门口。巴利
Tattha sattaṭṭhadivase vasanto sabbaññutagavesanadhīro ettakesu divasesu na ca jātisambhedamakāsi. ‘‘Mahākulassa dhītā sace maṃ nissāya mahantaṃ yasaṃ na pāpuṇāti, na camhāhaṃ catuvīsatiyā buddhānaṃ antevāsiko. Etissā pādadhovanaudakena sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ abhisekakiccaṃ karissāmī’’ti cintetvā puna cintesi – ‘‘agāramajjhevasanto na sakkhissāmi, pabbajitvā pana sakkhissāmī’’ti. Cintetvā taṃ āmantesi – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalike mayaṃ pubbe ekacarā kammaṃ katvāpi akatvāpi sakkā jīvituṃ, idāni pana dārabharaṇaṃ paṭipannamha, kammaṃ akatvā na sakkā jīvituṃ, tvaṃ yāvāhaṃ āgacchāmi, tāva mā ukkaṇṭhitthā’’ti araññaṃ pavisitvā susānādīsu nantakāni saṅkaḍḍhitvā nivāsanapārupanaṃ katvā samaṇapabbajjaṃ pabbajitvā ekacaro laddhakāyaviveko kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭha samāpattiyo pañca abhiññāyo ca nibbattetvā ‘‘idāni sakkā diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya avassayena mayā bhavitu’’nti bārāṇasiabhimukho gantvā cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhaṃ caramāno diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya gehābhimukho agamāsi.
她看见他站在门口,没认出来,就说:“尊者,请走开,这里是旃陀罗住的地方。”菩萨就站在原地不动。她一遍又一遍地打量,认出来之后,用双手捶打胸口,放声大哭,扑倒在他脚下,说:“夫君啊,你既然有这样的心,为什么让我失去那么大的名声,把我弄得无依无靠呢?”她种种悲叹哭泣,擦干眼泪站起来,拿了钵,请他进屋坐下,供养他饮食。菩萨吃完饭,说:“见祥女,你别忧伤,别悲泣。我用给你洗脚的水,就能为整个赡部洲的国王们举行灌顶。你只要照我说的一句话去做:进城去,走遍全城,高声宣告:‘我的丈夫不是旃陀罗,我的丈夫是大梵天。’”巴利
Sā taṃ dvāre ṭhitaṃ disvā asañjānantī – ‘‘aticchatha, bhante, caṇḍālānaṃ vasanaṭṭhānameta’’nti āha. Bodhisatto tattheva aṭṭhāsi. Sā punappunaṃ olokentī sañjānitvā hatthehi uraṃ paharitvā viravamānā pādamūle patitvā āha – ‘‘yadi te sāmi edisaṃ cittaṃ atthi, kasmā maṃ mahatā yasā parihāpetvā anāthaṃ akāsī’’ti. Nānappakāraṃ paridevaṃ paridevitvā akkhīni puñchamānā uṭṭhāya bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā antogehe nisīdāpetvā bhikkhaṃ adāsi. Mahāpuriso bhattakiccaṃ katvā āha – ‘‘diṭṭhamaṅgalike mā soci mā paridevi, ahaṃ tuyhaṃ pādadhovanaudakena sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ abhisekakiccaṃ kāretuṃ samattho, tvaṃ pana ekaṃ mama vacanaṃ karohi, nagaraṃ pavisitvā ‘na mayhaṃ sāmiko caṇḍālo, mahābrahmā mayhaṃ sāmiko’ti ugghosayamānā sakalanagaraṃ carāhī’’ti.
听了这话,见祥女说:“夫君,我本来就是因为嘴上的过错才遭了殃,我不能那样说啊。”菩萨说:“我在家的时候,你可曾听我说过一句假话?那时我都不说假话,如今出了家,又怎么会说假话呢?我是说真话的人。”接着又说:“今天是初八,你走遍全城,高声宣告:‘从今天起七天后,在布萨日那天,我的丈夫大梵天将破开月轮,来到我面前。’”说完就走了。巴利
Evaṃ vutte diṭṭhamaṅgalikā – ‘‘pakatiyāpi ahaṃ sāmi mukhadoseneva byasanaṃ pattā, na sakkhissāmevaṃ vattu’’nti āha. Bodhisatto – ‘‘kiṃ pana tayā mayhaṃ agāre vasantassa alikavacanaṃ sutapubbaṃ, ahaṃ tadāpi alikaṃ na bhaṇāmi, idāni pabbajito kiṃ vakkhāmi, saccavādī puriso nāmāha’’nti vatvā – ‘‘ajja pakkhassa aṭṭhamī, tvaṃ ‘ito sattāhassaccayena uposathadivase mayhaṃ sāmiko mahābrahmā candamaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā mama santikaṃ āgamissatī’ti sakalanagare ugghosehī’’ti vatvā pakkāmi.
她相信了,满心欢喜,胆子也大了起来,早晚进城,照样高声宣告。人们拍着手嘲笑她:“瞧啊,我们这位见祥女,把旃陀罗的儿子说成大梵天啦!”一边笑一边戏弄她。第二天她又同样在早晚进城,高声宣告:“现在再过六天、五天、四天、三天、两天、一天,我的丈夫大梵天就会劈开月轮,来到我身边。”巴利
Sā saddahitvā haṭṭhatuṭṭhā sūrā hutvā sāyaṃpātaṃ nagaraṃ pavisitvā tathā ugghosesi. Manussā pāṇinā pāṇiṃ paharantā – ‘‘passatha, amhākaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikā caṇḍālaputtaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ karotī’’ti hasantā keḷiṃ karonti. Sā punadivasepi tatheva sāyaṃpātaṃ pavisitvā – ‘‘idāni chāhaccayena, pañcāha-catūha-tīha-dvīha-ekāhaccayena mayhaṃ sāmiko mahābrahmā candamaṇḍalaṃ bhinditvā mama santikaṃ āgamissatī’’ti ugghosesi.
婆罗门们心想:“这位见祥女说起话来胆子真大,说不定真会有这种事。来吧,我们替见祥女把住处收拾好。”于是他们叫人把皮屋外面的地面四周都刨平,撒上细沙。到了布萨日清晨,她先进城高声宣告:“今天我的丈夫要来了。”婆罗门们又想:“这位看来离得不远了,听说大梵天今天真的会来,我们把住处布置好吧。”便让人把皮屋打扫干净,涂上新鲜牛粪,用没有裁剪过的布围起来,铺上一张极为贵重的坐床,上面系好布幔,又挂上香花鬘。就在他们忙着布置的时候,太阳落山了。巴利
Brāhmaṇā cintayiṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikā atisūrā hutvā katheti, kadāci evaṃ siyā, etha mayaṃ diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya vasanaṭṭhānaṃ paṭijaggāmā’’ti cammagehassa bāhirabhāgaṃ samantā tacchāpetvā vālikaṃ okiriṃsu. Sāpi uposathadivase pātova nagaraṃ pavisitvā ‘‘ajja mayhaṃ sāmiko āgamissatī’’ti ugghosesi. Brāhmaṇā cintayiṃsu – ‘‘ayaṃ bho na dūraṃ apadissati, ajja kira mahābrahmā āgamissati, vasanaṭṭhānaṃ saṃvidahāmā’’ti cammagehaṃ samajjāpetvā haritūpalittaṃ ahatavatthehi parikkhipitvā mahārahaṃ pallaṅkaṃ attharitvā upari celavitānaṃ bandhitvā gandhamāladāmāni osārayiṃsu. Tesaṃ paṭijaggantānaṃyeva sūriyo atthaṃ gato.
月亮刚升起时,大士就进入了能引发神通的禅定。出定后,他以欲界心作准备,接着用神通心变化出十二由旬高的梵天身,腾空而起,进入月宫里面,冲破从林梢升起的月亮,舍弃月宫,出现在前方,并下定决心:“让大众都看见我。”大众看见后说:“贤者们,见祥女的话是真的,我们要礼敬这位来临的大梵天。”于是他们拿着香和花,围在见祥女的屋旁站着。大士在众人头顶上方绕波罗奈转了七圈,知道已被大众看见,便舍弃十二由旬高的身体,只变出常人那么大的身形,在大众注视下走进了皮屋。大众看见后说:“大梵天进去了,拿帷幔来。”于是用大帷幔把那住所围起来,守在四周。巴利
Mahāpuriso cande uggatamatte abhiññāpādakajjhānaṃ samāpajjitvā vuṭṭhāya kāmāvacaracittena parikammaṃ katvā iddhicittena dvādasayojanikaṃ brahmattabhāvaṃ māpetvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā candavimānassa anto pavisitvā vanantato abbhussakkamānaṃ candaṃ bhinditvā candavimānaṃ ohāya purato hutvā ‘‘mahājano maṃ passatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Mahājano disvā – ‘‘saccaṃ, bho, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya vacanaṃ, āgacchantaṃ mahābrahmānaṃ pūjessāmā’’ti gandhamālaṃ ādāya diṭṭhamaṅgalikāya gharaṃ parivāretvā aṭṭhāsi. Mahāpuriso matthakamatthakena sattavāre bārāṇasiṃ anuparigantvā mahājanena diṭṭhabhāvaṃ ñatvā dvādasayojanikaṃ attabhāvaṃ vijahitvā manussappamāṇameva māpetvā mahājanassa passantasseva cammagehaṃ pāvisi. Mahājano disvā – ‘‘otiṇṇo no mahābrahmā, sāṇiṃ āharathā’’ti nivesanaṃ mahāsāṇiyā parikkhipitvā parivāretvā ṭhito.
大士坐在吉祥卧榻的中间。见祥女站在他身旁。于是问她:“见祥女,你的经期到了吗?”她回答:“是的,主人。”大士说:“收下我给你的儿子吧。”说完用大脚趾碰了她的肚脐。就因为这一碰,她便怀了孕。大士说:“见祥女,从今以后,给你洗脚的水,将成为整个赡部洲所有国王的灌顶水。你就留在这里吧。”说完,他化出梵天之身,在众人眼前走了出去,升上空中,直接没入月轮。从那时起,她就被称为“梵天生主”。从此以后,没有能轻易得到她的洗脚水的人。巴利
Mahāpurisopi sirisayanamajjhe nisīdi. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikā samīpe aṭṭhāsi. Atha naṃ pucchi ‘‘utusamayo te diṭṭhamaṅgalike’’ti. Āma ayyāti. Mayā dinnaṃ puttaṃ gaṇhāhīti aṅguṭṭhakena nābhimaṇḍalaṃ phusi. Tassā parāmasaneneva gabbho patiṭṭhāsi. Mahāpuriso – ‘‘ettāvatā te diṭṭhamaṅgalike pādadhovanaudakaṃ sakalajambudīpe rājūnaṃ abhisekodakaṃ bhavissati, tvaṃ tiṭṭhā’’ti vatvā brahmattabhāvaṃ māpetvā passantasseva mahājanassa nikkhamitvā vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā caṇḍamaṇḍalameva paviṭṭho. Sā tato paṭṭhāya brahmapajāpatī nāma jātā. Pādadhovanaudakaṃ labhanto nāma natthi.
婆罗门们商量:“我们要让梵天生主住到城里去。”于是用金轿把她抬起来,但规定:七代以内种姓不清净的人,不许来抬她的轿子。结果由十六位出身高贵的婆罗门来抬轿。其余的人则用香花等物供养她。进城之后,他们又说:“诸位,梵天生主怎么能住在别人住过的旧房子里呢?我们买块地来建新宅吧。不过在新宅建好之前,先让她住在棚子里好了。”于是便让她住进了棚子。从那时起就立下规矩:想站在视线所及之处顶礼她的人,要交一枚金币才能顶礼;想站在能听见说话声的地方顶礼的人,要交一百枚金币;想走近到她身边、在平常说话声能传到的地方顶礼的人,要交五百枚金币;想把头贴在她脚背上顶礼的人,要交一千枚金币;想要她洗脚水的人,要交一万枚金币。她从城外进城、一路来到棚子这段路上,收到的钱财就已经多达十亿了。巴利
Brāhmaṇā – ‘‘brahmapajāpatiṃ antonagare vasāpessāmā’’ti suvaṇṇasivikāya āropetvā yāva sattamakoṭiyā aparisuddhajātikassa sivikaṃ gahetuṃ na adaṃsu. Soḷasa jātimantabrāhmaṇā gaṇhiṃsu. Sesā gandhapupphādīhi pūjetvā nagaraṃ pavisitvā – ‘‘na sakkā, bho, ucchiṭṭhagehe brahmapajāpatiyā vasituṃ, vatthuṃ gahetvā gehaṃ karissāma, yāva pana taṃ karīyati, tāva maṇḍapeva vasatū’’ti maṇḍape vasāpesuṃ. Tato paṭṭhāya cakkhupathe ṭhatvā vanditukāmā kahāpaṇaṃ datvā vandituṃ labhanti, savanūpacāre vanditukāmā sataṃ datvā labhanti, āsanne pakatikathaṃ savanaṭṭhāne vanditukāmā pañcasatāni datvā labhanti, pādapiṭṭhiyaṃ sīsaṃ ṭhapetvā vanditukāmā sahassaṃ datvā labhanti, pādadhovanaudakaṃ patthayamānā dasasahassāni datvā labhanti. Bahinagarato antonagare yāva maṇḍapā āgacchantiyā laddhadhanaṃyeva koṭisatamattaṃ ahosi.
整个赡部洲都骚动起来了。于是各国国王派人送去十万金币,说“我们要用大梵天之妻的洗脚水来举行灌顶礼”,这样才得到了。她还在棚阁里住着的时候,就分娩了。因为依托大士而得的这位王子,相貌庄严,具足相好。因为是梵天之子降生,整个赡部洲一片欢腾。大家说“愿这孩子得到乳养费”,从各处送来的钱财达到了百亿之数。到这时,新宅也建成了。大家说“我们来给王子取名吧”,于是布置好房屋,用香水给王子沐浴,装饰打扮好,因为是在棚阁中出生的,就取名为“曼陀毗耶”。巴利
Sakalajambudīpo saṅkhubhi, tato sabbarājāno ‘‘brahmapajāpatiyā pādadhovanena abhisekaṃ karissāmā’’ti satasahassaṃ pesetvā labhiṃsu. Maṇḍape vasantiyā eva gabbhavuṭṭhānaṃ ahosi. Mahāpurisaṃ paṭicca laddhakumāro pāsādiko ahosi lakkhaṇasampanno. Mahābrahmuno putto jātoti sakala jambudīpo ekakolāhalo ahosi. Kumārassa khīramaṇimūlaṃ hotūti tato tato āgatadhanaṃ koṭisahassaṃ ahosi. Ettāvatā nivesanampi niṭṭhitaṃ. Kumārassa nāmakaraṇaṃ karissāmāti nivesanaṃ sajjetvā kumāraṃ gandhodakena nhāpetvā alaṅkaritvā maṇḍape jātattā maṇḍabyotveva nāmaṃ akaṃsu.
王子在安乐中长大,到了该学技艺的年龄,整个赡部洲所有懂技艺的人都来到他面前,教他技艺。王子聪慧有慧,凡是听到的、感知到的,都能像串起来一样轻松掌握;已经掌握的东西,就像倒进金瓶里的油一样稳固留存。凡是能靠口传记诵的学问,他没有一样不曾学到。婆罗门们围绕着他走动,他也成了供养婆罗门的人。他家里每天有八万婆罗门享用固定的饭食。他的住宅也很大,有七道门楼。每逢家中有喜庆之日,赡部洲居民送来的钱财约有千亿之多。巴利
Kumāro sukhena saṃvaḍḍhamāno sippuggahaṇavayapattoti sakalajambudīpe sippajānanakā tassa santike āgantvā sippaṃ sikkhāpenti. Kumāro medhāvī paññavā sutaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ āvuṇanto viya gaṇhāti, gahitagahitaṃ suvaṇṇaghaṭe pakkhittatelaṃ viya tiṭṭhati. Yāvatā vācuggatā pariyatti atthi, tena anuggahitā nāma nāhosi. Brāhmaṇā taṃ parivāretvā caranti, sopi brāhmaṇabhatto ahosi. Gehe asītibrāhmaṇasahassāni niccabhattaṃ bhuñjanti. Gehampissa sattadvārakoṭṭhakaṃ mahantaṃ ahosi. Gehe maṅgaladivase jambudīpavāsīhi pesitadhanaṃ koṭisahassamattaṃ ahosi.
菩萨心想:“这位王子到底是放逸,还是不放逸呢?”随后知道了他的情况:“他成了婆罗门食者,却不知道布施给哪里才有大果报。我去降伏他吧。”于是披上袈裟,拿起钵,心想:“门楼处太拥挤了,没法从门进去。”就从空中飞来,降落在八万婆罗门吃饭的露天广场上。曼陀毘耶王子正让人拿着金勺,吩咐着:“菜添到这里,饭放到这里。”他一见菩萨,就像被棍子戳中的毒蛇一样大怒,说出下面这首偈颂:巴利
Bodhisatto āvajjesi – ‘‘pamatto nu kho kumāro appamatto’’ti. Athassa taṃ pavattiṃ ñatvā – ‘‘brāhmaṇabhatto jāto, yattha dinnaṃ mahapphalaṃ hoti, taṃ na jānāti, gacchāmi naṃ damemī’’ti cīvaraṃ pārupitvā bhikkhābhājanaṃ gahetvā – ‘‘dvārakoṭṭhakā atisambādhā, na sakkā koṭṭhakena pavisitu’’nti ākāsenāgantvā asītibrāhmaṇasahassānaṃ bhuñjanaṭṭhāne ākāsaṅgaṇe otari. Maṇḍabyakumāropi suvaṇṇakaṭacchuṃ gāhāpetvā – ‘‘idha sūpaṃ detha idha odana’’nti parivisāpento bodhisattaṃ disvā daṇḍakena ghaṭṭitaāsiviso viya kupitvā imaṃ gāthamāha –
你这穿破衣的,到底从哪儿来?
你这穿着破烂垂布衣的,活像尘土里的毗舍遮;
把捡来的破布系在脖子上,
喂,你是谁?你是个不该受供养的人。巴利
‘‘Kuto nu āgacchasi dummavāsī, Otallako paṃsupisācakova; Saṅkāracoḷaṃ paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe, Ko re tuvaṃ hosi adakkhiṇeyyo’’ti. (jā. 1.15.1);
这时,大士丝毫没有生气,只是教导他说:巴利
Atha naṃ mahāsatto akujjhitvāva ovadanto āha –
这食物是你所备办的,无尽的有名声者啊,
那些被嚼着、吃着、喝着。
你知道我是靠别人布施过活的吗?
起来吧,让那贱民得到这团施食。巴利
‘‘Annaṃ tavedaṃ pakataṃ yasassi, Taṃ khajjare bhuñjare piyyare ca; Jānāsi maṃ tvaṃ paradattūpajīviṃ, Uttiṭṭha piṇḍaṃ labhataṃ sapāko’’ti. (jā. 1.15.2);
他为了说明“这不是给你们这种人准备的”,就说了下面这句话:巴利
So nayidaṃ tumhādisānaṃ paṭiyattanti dassento āha –
这食物是我为婆罗门准备的,
这是我的,我相信。
走开!你站在这里干什么?
像我这样的人是不会给你的,下贱东西!巴利
‘‘Annaṃ mamedaṃ pakataṃ brāhmaṇānaṃ, Atthatthitaṃ saddahato mamedaṃ; Apehi etto kimidhaṭṭhitosi, Na mādisā tuyhaṃ dadanti jammā’’ti. (jā. 1.15.3);
这时,菩萨为了说明“布施本身就应当给予任何人,不管他有德还是无德。就像种子无论种在洼地还是高地,依靠土壤的养分和水分都能生长,同样,布施不可能没有果报;而就像种子播在良田里一样,布施给有德的人会结出大果报”,说了这首偈颂:巴利
Atha bodhisatto ‘‘dānaṃ nāma saguṇassapi nigguṇassapi yassa kassaci dātabbaṃ, yathā hi ninnepi thalepi patiṭṭhāpitaṃ bījaṃ pathavīrasaṃ āporasañca āgamma sampajjati, evaṃ nipphalaṃ nāma natthi, sukhette vapitabījaṃ viya guṇavante mahapphalaṃ hotī’’ti dassetuṃ imaṃ gāthamāha –
在高地和低洼地都播下种子,
在湿润的田里等着结果实;
就用这份信心去布施吧。
也许能取悦应供者。巴利
‘‘Thale ca ninne ca vapanti bījaṃ, Anūpakhette phalamāsamānā; Etāya saddhāya dadāhi dānaṃ, Appeva ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyye’’ti. (jā. 1.15.4);
这时,王子被愤怒冲昏了头,呵斥守门人等人说:“是谁放这个光头进来的?”——巴利
Atha kumāro kodhābhibhūto – ‘‘kenimassa muṇḍakassa paveso dinno’’ti dvārarakkhādayo tajjetvā –
在世间,我熟知田地;
我把种子播在这些人身上;
那些生来就是婆罗门、出身高贵的人,
这些田地极为优良。巴利
‘‘Khettāni mayhaṃ viditāni loke, Yesāhaṃ bījāni patiṭṭhapemi; Ye brāhmaṇā jātimantūpapannā, Tānīdha khettāni supesalānī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.5) –
说完偈颂后,他说道:“把这个贱民拿竹片打一顿,抓住脖子,拖过七道门楼,扔到外面去!”于是那位大人对他说——巴利
Gāthaṃ vatvā ‘‘imaṃ jammaṃ veṇupadarena pothetvā gīvāyaṃ gahetvā sattapi dvārakoṭṭhake atikkamitvā bahi nīharathā’’ti āha. Atha naṃ mahāpuriso āha –
你用指甲去挖山,用牙齿去咬铁;
你辱骂仙人,就像在跟火神较劲。巴利
‘‘Giriṃ nakhena khaṇasi, ayo dantebhi khādasi; Jātavedaṃ padahasi, yo isiṃ paribhāsasī’’ti. (jā. 1.15.9);
他这样说完之后,心里想:“如果有人抓住我的手或脚,让我产生痛苦,那就会生出很多恶业。”出于对众生的怜悯,他腾空而起,又降落到街道中间。已经证得一切知的世尊为了说明这件事的含义,说出了这首偈颂:巴利
Evañca pana vatvā – ‘‘sace myāyaṃ hatthe vā pāde vā gaṇhāpetvā dukkhaṃ uppādeyya, bahuṃ apuññaṃ pasaveyyā’’ti sattānuddayatāya vehāsaṃ abbhuggantvā antaravīthiyaṃ otari. Bhagavā sabbaññutaṃ patto tamatthaṃ pakāsento imaṃ gāthamāha –
摩腾伽仙人,这位真实精进的仙人,这样说完之后,
他在众婆罗门的注视下飞向空中,离开了。巴利
‘‘Idaṃ vatvāna mātaṅgo, isi saccaparakkamo; Antalikkhasmiṃ pakkāmi, brāhmaṇānaṃ udikkhata’’nti. (jā. 1.15.10);
就在那时,护城的年长天神王把曼达毗耶的脖子扭了过去。他的脸被扭到背后,双眼翻转,嘴里吐着唾沫,身体僵硬,就像被插在长矛上一样。八万夜叉侍从也同样把八万婆罗门弄成这样。他们赶紧跑去报告梵天之主。她急忙赶来,看到那副惨状,就说了一首偈颂:巴利
Tāvadeva nagararakkhikadevatānaṃ jeṭṭhakadevarājā maṇḍabyassa gīvaṃ parivattesi. Tassa mukhaṃ parivattetitvā pacchāmukhaṃ jātaṃ, akkhīni parivattāni, mukhena kheḷaṃ vamati, sarīraṃ thaddhaṃ sūle āropitaṃ viya ahosi. Asītisahassā paricārakayakkhā asītibrāhmaṇasahassāni tatheva akaṃsu. Vegena gantvā brahmapajāpatiyā ārocayiṃsu. Sā taramānarūpā āgantvā taṃ vippakāraṃ disvā gāthamāha –
他的头也被扭到了背后,
他把手臂伸出去,却已经使不上力了。
双眼发白,就像死人的眼睛,
是谁把我儿子弄成这样的?巴利
‘‘Āvedhitaṃ piṭṭhito uttamaṅgaṃ, Bāhuṃ pasāreti akammaneyyaṃ; Setāni akkhīni yathā matassa, Ko me imaṃ puttamakāsi eva’’nti. (jā. 1.15.11);
于是他们禀报了她。巴利
Athassā ārocesuṃ –
有个沙门来到这里,穿着肮脏邋遢的衣服,
穿得破破烂烂、垂着布条,活像个满身灰尘的食尸鬼,
把粪扫布系在脖子上,
就是他把你儿子弄成了这样。巴利
‘‘Idhāgamā samaṇo dummavāsī, Otallako paṃsupisācakova, Saṅkāracoḷaṃ paṭimuñca kaṇṭhe, So te imaṃ puttamakāsi eva’’nti. (jā. 1.15.12);
她一听就明白了:“那位赐给我声誉的圣者,一定是知道我儿子放逸,出于悲悯才来的。”于是她问侍从们:巴利
Sā sutvāva aññāsi – ‘‘mayhaṃ yasadāyako ayyo anukampāya puttassa pamattabhāvaṃ ñatvā āgato bhavissatī’’ti. Tato upaṭṭhāke pucchi –
那位拥有广大智慧的人,去了哪个方向?
青年们,请把这件事告诉我。
我们去到他那里,向他赔罪,化解这桩过错。
儿子啊,也许我们能为他求得性命。巴利
‘‘Katamaṃ disaṃ agamā bhūripañño, Akkhātha me māṇavā etamatthaṃ; Gantvāna taṃ paṭikaremu accayaṃ, Appeva naṃ putta labhemu jīvita’’nti. (jā. 1.15.13);
那位智慧广大的人,前往了虚空中。
就像旅人的十五的月亮;
不过,他确实前往了东方,
这位仙人信守承诺,相貌端正。巴利
‘‘Vehāyasaṃ agamā bhūripañño, Pathaddhuno pannaraseva cando; Apicāpi so purimadisaṃ agacchi, Saccappaṭiñño isi sādhurūpo’’ti. (jā. 1.15.14);
那位大士从踏上中央街道的那一刻起就下定决心:愿我的足迹不要因为象、马之类而消失,只让那位见到吉兆的人看见,别让其他人看到。于是他进城乞食,取了仅够维持生命的杂米饭,回到集会堂坐下吃完,把吃剩的一点点饭食就留在钵里。那位见到吉兆的人也从高楼下来,走上中央街道,看见足迹后心想:这是那位赐我声誉的尊者的足迹。于是顺着足迹走来,顶礼之后说道:尊者,请宽恕您仆人所犯的过错,您确实不是会被愤怒控制的人。请把我儿子的命给我。巴利
Mahāpurisopi antaravīthiyaṃ otiṇṇaṭṭhānato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘mayhaṃ padavaḷañjaṃ hatthiassādīnaṃ vasena mā antaradhāyittha, diṭṭhamaṅgalikāyeva naṃ passatu, mā aññe’’ti adhiṭṭhahitvā piṇḍāya caritvā yāpanamattaṃ missakodanaṃ gahetvā paṭikkamanasālāyaṃ nisinno bhuñjitvā thokaṃ bhuttāvasesaṃ bhikkhābhājaneyeva ṭhapesi. Diṭṭhamaṅgalikāpi pāsādā oruyha antaravīthiṃ paṭipajjamānā padavaḷañjaṃ disvā – ‘‘idaṃ mayhaṃ yasadāyakassa ayyassa pada’’nti padānusārenāgantvā vanditvā āha – ‘‘tumhākaṃ, bhante, dāsena katāparādhaṃ mayhaṃ khamatha, na hi tumhe kodhavasikā nāma, detha me puttassa jīvita’’nti.
说完这番话之后——巴利
Evañca pana vatvā –
头向后仰转过去,
把不听使唤的手臂伸出去;
双眼惨白,就像死人的眼睛一样。
是谁把我的儿子弄成了这样?巴利
‘‘Āvedhitaṃ piṭṭhito uttamaṅgaṃ, Bāhuṃ pasāreti akammaneyyaṃ; Setāni akkhīni yathā matassa, Ko me imaṃ puttamakāsi eva’’nti. (jā. 1.15.15) –
她诵出了这首偈颂。大丈夫说:“我们不会做这样的事。不过,看到有人伤害出家人,这应该是鬼神、夜叉与天神出于对出家人的恭敬而做的。”巴利
Gāthaṃ abhāsi. Mahāpuriso āha – ‘‘na mayaṃ evarūpaṃ karoma, pabbajitaṃ pana hiṃsante disvā pabbajitesu sagāravāhi bhūtayakkhadevatāhi kataṃ bhavissatī’’ti.
尊者,只求您心里不要生起嗔恨,就当是天神做的吧。愿天神们得到安乐,尊者。可是,尊者,我该怎么做呢?大人说:那么,我就给你一剂药。我钵里还有吃剩的饭,你在那里面加一点水,取一点放进你儿子嘴里,剩下的倒进水缸里搅匀,再放进八万婆罗门的嘴里。她说:我会照做的。于是拿了饭,顶礼大人后离开,照他说的做了。巴利
Kevalaṃ, bhante, tumhākaṃ manopadoso mā hotu, devatāhi kataṃ hotu, sukhamāpayā , bhante, devatā, apicāhaṃ, bhante, kathaṃ paṭipajjāmīti. Tena hi osadhaṃ te kathessāmi, mama bhikkhābhājane bhuttāvasesaṃ bhattamatthi, tattha thokaṃ udakaṃ āsiñcitvā thokaṃ gahetvā tava puttassa mukhe pakkhipa, avasesaṃ udakacāṭiyaṃ āloḷetvā asītiyā brāhmaṇasahassānaṃ mukhe pakkhipāti. Sā evaṃ karissāmīti bhattaṃ gahetvā mahāpurisaṃ vanditvā gantvā tathā akāsi.
饭刚一放进嘴里,大天王就想:“主人亲自配药,我们什么也做不了。”于是把王子放了。王子吐了出来,像从未受过苦一样,恢复了正常的肤色。这时母亲对他说:“孩子,你看,这些常受你家供养的婆罗门,全无惭与愧,竟然做出这种事。沙门可不是这样的。孩子,你应该供养沙门。”然后她把剩下的饭食在水缸里搅匀,让人灌进那些婆罗门的嘴里。夜叉们立刻放开他们逃走了。婆罗门们不停地呕吐,爬起来问:“你们往我们嘴里放了什么?”有人告诉他们:“是摩登伽仙人吃剩的饭。”他们心想:“我们被喂了旃陀罗的剩饭,现在已经不是婆罗门了。今后婆罗门会说‘这些是不清净的婆罗门’,不会和我们一起吃饭。”于是他们从那里逃走,到了中部地区,住进中部国王的城里,自称“最高座婆罗门”,在王宫里吃饭。巴利
Mukhe pakkhittamatte jeṭṭhakadevarājā – ‘‘sāmimhi sayaṃ bhesajjaṃ karonte amhehi na sakkā kiñci kātu’’nti kumāraṃ vissajjesi. Sopi khipitvā kiñci dukkhaṃ appattapubbo viya pakativaṇṇo ahosi. Atha naṃ mātā avoca – ‘‘passa tāta tava kulupakānaṃ hirottapparahitānaṃ vippakāraṃ, samaṇā pana na evarūpā honti, samaṇe tāta bhojeyyāsī’’ti. Tato sesakaṃ udakacāṭiyaṃ āluḷāpetvā brāhmaṇānaṃ mukhe pakkhipāpesi. Yakkhā tāvadeva vissajjetvā palāyiṃsu. Brāhmaṇā khipitvā khipitvā uṭṭhahitvā kiṃ amhākaṃ mukhe pakkhittanti pucchiṃsu. Mātaṅgaisissa ucchiṭṭhabhattanti. Te ‘‘caṇḍālassa ucchiṭṭhakaṃ khādāpitamhā, abrāhmaṇā dānimhā jātā, idāni no brāhmaṇā ‘asuddhabrāhmaṇā ime’ti sambhogaṃ na dassantī’’ti tato palāyitvā majjharaṭṭhaṃ gantvā majjharājassa nagare aggāsanikā brāhmaṇā nāma mayanti rājagehe bhuñjanti.
那时,菩萨正在调伏恶人、折伏骄慢之徒,四处游行。有一个生来高贵的苦行者,心里想:“像我这样出身高贵的苦行者,世上没有第二个。”他对别人连一点敬意都不生起。菩萨看见他住在恒河岸边,心想:“我要折伏他的骄慢。”就去了那里。那位出身高贵的苦行者问菩萨:“你是什么出身?”菩萨说:“老师,我是旃陀罗。”苦行者就说:“滚开,旃陀罗!滚开,旃陀罗!到恒河下游去住,别把上游的水弄脏了!”巴利
Tasmiṃ samaye bodhisatto pāpaniggahaṃ karonto mānajātike nimmadayanto vicarati. Atheko ‘‘jātimantatāpaso nāma mayā sadiso natthī’’ti aññesu saññampi na karoti. Bodhisatto taṃ gaṅgātīre vasamānaṃ disvā ‘‘mānaniggahamassa karissāmī’’ti tattha agamāsi . Taṃ jātimantatāpaso pucchi – ‘‘kiṃ jacco bhava’’nti? Caṇḍālo ahaṃ ācariyāti. Apehi caṇḍāla apehi caṇḍāla, heṭṭhāgaṅgāya vasa, mā uparigaṅgāya udakaṃ ucchiṭṭhamakāsīti.
菩萨说:“好的,老师,我就住在您说的地方。”他住在恒河下游,并下定决心:“愿恒河水逆流而上!”那位阇提曼多苦行者清晨下到恒河,捧水漱口,清洗结发。菩萨一边嚼着齿木,一边把一团团唾液吐进水里,也把嚼剩的齿木渣丢进水里。他下定决心,让这些东西不粘着于别处,只粘在那位苦行者的结发上。结果,唾液和齿木渣全都定着在苦行者的结发上。巴利
Bodhisatto – ‘‘sādhu ācariya, tumhehi vuttaṭṭhāne vasissāmī’’ti heṭṭhāgaṅgāya vasanto ‘‘gaṅgāya udakaṃ paṭisotaṃ sandatū’’ti adhiṭṭhāsi. Jātimantatāpaso pātova gaṅgaṃ oruyha udakaṃ ācamati, jaṭā dhovati. Bodhisatto dantakaṭṭhaṃ khādanto piṇḍaṃ piṇḍaṃ kheḷaṃ udake pāteti. Dantakaṭṭhakucchiṭṭhakampi tattheva pavāheti. Yathā ce taṃ aññattha alaggitvā tāpasasseva jaṭāsu laggati, tathā adhiṭṭhāsi. Kheḷampi dantakaṭṭhampi tāpasassa jaṭāsuyeva patiṭṭhāti.
苦行者心里后悔起来,想:“这一定是那个旃陀罗干的。”他就去问菩萨:“喂,旃陀罗,恒河的水被你弄成逆流了吗?”“是的,老师。”“那你别住在恒河下游了,住到上游去吧。”“好的,老师,我就住在您说的地方。”他住在那里的时候,神通退失了,河水又恢复成原来的样子。苦行者又遭到了同样的倒霉事。他又去问菩萨:“喂,旃陀罗,你是不是有时候让恒河水逆流,有时候又让它顺流?”“是的,老师。”“旃陀罗,你不让安享安乐的出家人安稳地住下去,到第七天,你的头会裂成七瓣!”“好的,老师。不过,我不会让太阳升起来。”巴利
Tāpaso caṇḍālassidaṃ kammaṃ bhavissatīti vippaṭisārī hutvā gantvā pucchi – ‘‘idaṃ, bho caṇḍāla, gaṅgāya udakaṃ tayā paṭisotagāmikata’’nti? Āma ācariya. Tena hi tvaṃ heṭṭhāgaṅgāya mā vasa, uparigaṅgāya vasāti. Sādhu ācariya, tumhehi vuttaṭṭhāne vasissāmīti tattha vasanto iddhiṃ paṭippassambhesi, udakaṃ yathāgatikameva jātaṃ. Puna tāpaso tadeva byasanaṃ pāpuṇi. So puna gantvā bodhisattaṃ pucchi, – ‘‘bho caṇḍāla, tvamidaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ kālena paṭisotagāmiṃ kālena anusotagāmiṃ karosī’’ti? Āma ācariya. Caṇḍāla, ‘‘tvaṃ sukhavihārīnaṃ pabbajitānaṃ sukhena vasituṃ na desi, sattame te divase sattadhā muddhā phalatū’’ti. Sādhu acariya, ahaṃ pana sūriyassa uggantuṃ na dassāmīti.
这时,菩萨心想:“他的诅咒会落在他自己头上,我来保护他。”出于对众生的怜悯,第二天,他用神通力不让太阳升起。有大神通者的神通境界确实不可思议。从那时起,曙光不再出现,昼夜的界限消失了,耕作、经商等事务也没人再去做了。巴利
Atha mahāsatto cintesi – ‘‘etassa abhisāpo etasseva upari patissati, rakkhāmi na’’nti sattānuddayatāya punadivase iddhiyā sūriyassa uggantuṃ na adāsi. Iddhimato iddhivisayo nāma acinteyyo, tato paṭṭhāya aruṇuggaṃ na paññāyati, rattindivaparicchedo natthi, kasivaṇijjādīni kammāni payojento nāma natthi.
人们遇到灾祸后,心想:“这到底是夜叉作祟,还是鬼、神、龙、金翅鸟在作怪?”又想:“该怎么办才好?王族向来有大智慧,能为世间谋划利益,我们去那里吧。”于是他们来到王宫,把这件事禀告了国王。国王听后,虽然心里害怕,却装出不怕的样子说:“诸位不必害怕。住在恒河岸边的生族苦行者应该知道这件事的原因。我们去问他,就能消除疑惑。”国王只带了几名亲信随从,和人们一起来到苦行者那里,寒暄过后,就问了这件事。苦行者说:“是的,大王,这里有一个旃陀罗,他有时让恒河水顺流,有时让恒河水逆流。关于这件事,我曾经说过一些话。你们去问他,他会知道的。”巴利
Manussā – ‘‘yakkhāvaṭṭo nu kho ayaṃ bhūtadevaṭṭonāgasupaṇṇāvaṭṭo’’ti upaddavappattā ‘‘kiṃ nu kho kātabba’’nti cintetvā ‘‘rājakulaṃ nāma mahāpaññaṃ, lokassa hitaṃ cintetuṃ sakkoti, tattha gacchāmā’’ti rājakulaṃ gantvā tamatthaṃ ārocesuṃ. Rājā sutvā bhītopi abhītākāraṃ katvā – ‘‘mā tātā bhāyatha, imaṃ kāraṇaṃ gaṅgātīravāsī jātimantatāpaso jānissati, taṃ pucchitvā nikkaṅkhā bhavissāmā’’ti katipayeheva atthacarakehi manussehi saddhiṃ tāpasaṃ upasaṅkamitvā katapaṭisanthāro tamatthaṃ pucchi. Tāpaso āha – ‘‘āma mahārāja, eko caṇḍālo atthi, so imaṃ gaṅgāya udakaṃ kālena anusotagāmiṃ kālena patisotagāmiṃ karoti, mayā tadatthaṃ kiñci kathitaṃ atthi, taṃ pucchatha, so jānissatī’’ti.
国王走到摩登伽仙人跟前,问他:“尊者,是您不让太阳升起来的吗?”他回答:“是的,大王。”国王又问:“尊者,是什么原因呢?”他回答:“大王,是因为那位生族苦行者。等那位生族苦行者前来向我顶礼、请求原谅的时候,我就会让太阳升起来,大王。”国王回去后说:“来吧,老师,去向那位苦行者请求原谅。”苦行者说:“大王,我绝不向旃陀罗顶礼。”国王说:“老师,别这样,看看这地方百姓的处境吧。”他又一次拒绝了。国王来到菩萨面前说:“那位老师不肯请求原谅。”菩萨说:“他不请求原谅,我就不放太阳出来。”国王心想:“这个人不肯请求原谅,那个人不得到原谅就不放太阳出来,那个苦行者对我们还有什么用?我们该顾念世间大众。”于是他说:“去吧,诸位,到那位苦行者那里去,抓住他的手和脚,把他带到摩登伽仙人脚下,让他趴在地上,为了怜悯这地方的百姓,让他请求原谅。”那些王宫侍从便去了,照国王吩咐做了,把苦行者带来,让他趴在摩登伽仙人脚下,使他请求了原谅。巴利
Rājā mātaṅgaisissa santikaṃ gantvā – ‘‘tumhe, bhante, aruṇassa uggantuṃ na dethā’’ti pucchi. Āma, mahārājāti. Kiṃ kāraṇā bhanteti? Jātimantatāpasakāraṇā, mahārāja, jātimantatāpasena āgantvā maṃ vanditvā khamāpitakāle dassāmi mahārājāti. Rājā gantvā ‘‘etha ācariya, tāpasaṃ khamāpethā’’ti āha. Nāhaṃ, mahārāja, caṇḍālaṃ vandāmīti. Mā ācariya, evaṃ karotha, janapadassa mukhaṃ passathāti. So puna paṭikkhipiyeva. Rājā bodhisattaṃ upasaṅkamitvā ‘‘ācariyo khamāpetuṃ na icchitī’’ti āha. Akhamāpite ahaṃ sūriyaṃ na muñcāmīti. Rājā ‘‘ayaṃ khamāpetuṃ na icchati, ayaṃ akhamāpite sūriyaṃ na muñcati, kiṃ amhākaṃ tena tāpasena, lokaṃ olokessāmā’’ti ‘‘gacchatha, bho, tāpasasantikaṃ, taṃ hatthesu ca pādesu ca gahetvā mātaṅgaisissa pādamūle netvā nipajjāpetvā khamāpetha etassa janapadānuddayataṃ paṭiccā’’ti āha. Te rājapurisā gantvā taṃ tathā katvā ānetvā mātaṅgaisissa pādamūle nipajjāpetvā khamāpesuṃ.
我虽应被原谅,却仍原谅。不过,他这番话会落到他自己头上。等我放出太阳,阳光就会照到他头顶上,那时他的头就会裂成七瓣。但我不希望他遭这种灾祸。来,你们把他放进齐脖子深的水里,再拿一个大泥团放在他头上。然后我就放出太阳。阳光落在泥团上,会把泥团击成七瓣。那时他丢掉泥团,潜进水里,从另一个渡口上岸。你们就这样告诉他,这样他就能平安无事。那些人说:“我们就照这么办。”于是就这么做了。那位苦行者也同样平安脱险了。从那时起,他心想:“出身根本不算什么,出家众之中,只有功德才是根本。”于是他不再执著于出身和种姓,也不再傲慢了。巴利
Ahaṃ nāma khamitabbaṃ khamāmi, apica kho pana etassa kathā etasseva upari patissati. Mayā sūriye vissajjite sūriyarasmi etassa matthake patissati, athassa sattadhā muddhā phalissati. Tañca kho panesa byasanaṃ mā pāpuṇātu, etha tumhe etaṃ galappamāṇe udake otāretvā mahantaṃ mattikāpiṇḍamassa sīse ṭhapetha. Athāhaṃ sūriyaṃ vissajjissāmi. Sūriyarasmi mattikāpiṇḍe patitvā taṃ sattadhā bhindissati. Athesa mattikāpiṇḍaṃ chaḍḍetvā nimujjitvā aññena titthena uttaratu, iti naṃ vadatha, evamassa sotthi bhavissatīti. Te manussā ‘‘evaṃ karissāmā’’ti tathā kāresuṃ. Tassāpi tatheva sotthi jātā. So tato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘jāti nāma akāraṇaṃ, pabbajitānaṃ abbhantare guṇova kāraṇa’’nti jātigottamānaṃ pahāya nimmado ahosi.
就这样,众人因为那位生来高贵的苦行者被调伏了,才认识到菩萨的威力,于是引起了一场大骚动。国王请求菩萨跟他一起回自己的都城。大士答应了,心想:“我还要调伏那八万婆罗门,也要兑现承诺。”便前往中部王的都城。那些婆罗门一见到菩萨就说:“喂,就是这个大贼来了!他现在就会把我们揭穿:‘你们都是吃了我的剩饭才变成非婆罗门的。’这样一来,我们在这里也待不下去了,不如先下手为强,杀了他。”他们又跑到国王那里说:“大王,您可别以为这个旃陀罗出家人相貌端正就是好人。他懂得一种厉害的咒术,能把大地变成虚空,把虚空变成大地,把远处拉近,把近处推远,能让恒河倒流。他要是愿意,甚至能把大地掀起来扔出去。别人的心思毕竟不可能时时刻刻都摸得透。这个人要是在这里站稳了脚跟,恐怕会毁掉您的王权,危及您的性命,甚至断绝王族血脉。大王,请听我们的话,今天就杀了他才好。”巴利
Iti jātimantatāpase damite mahājano bodhisattassa thāmaṃ aññāsi, mahākolāhalaṃ jātaṃ. Rājā attano nagaraṃ gamanatthāya bodhisattaṃ yāci. Mahāsatto paṭiññaṃ datvā tāni ca asītibrāhmaṇasahassāni damessāmi, paṭiññañca mocessāmīti majjharājassa nagaraṃ agamāsi. Brāhmaṇā bodhisattaṃ disvāva – bho, ‘‘ayaṃ so, bho mahācoro, āgato, idāneva sabbe ete mayhaṃ ucchiṭṭhakaṃ khāditvā abrāhmaṇā jātāti amhe pākaṭe karissati, evaṃ no idhāpi āvāso na bhavissati, paṭikacceva māressāmā’’ti rājānaṃ puna upasaṅkamitvā āhaṃsu – ‘‘tumhe, mahārāja, etaṃ caṇḍālapabbajitaṃ mā sādhurūpoti maññittha, esa garukamantaṃ jānāti, pathaviṃ gahetvā ākāsaṃ karoti, ākāsaṃ pathaviṃ, dūraṃ gahetvā santikaṃ karoti, santikaṃ dūraṃ, gaṅgaṃ nivattetvā uddhagāminiṃ karoti, icchanto pathaviṃ ukkhipitvā pātetuṃ maññe sakkoti. Parassa vā cittaṃ nāma sabbakālaṃ na sakkā gahetuṃ, ayaṃ idha patiṭṭhaṃ labhanto tumhākaṃ rajjampi nāseyya, jīvitantarāyampi vaṃsupacchedampi kareyya, amhākaṃ vacanaṃ karotha, mahārāja, ajjeva imaṃ māretuṃ vaṭṭatī’’ti.
国王们往往容易听信别人,所以他在众人的议论下就下了结论。菩萨在城里托钵乞食,在近水方便的地方吃了混合饭,然后去了王家的园林。因为自己没有任何过错,心里没有顾虑,就在吉祥石板上坐了下来。菩萨本来有能力忆念八十劫——过去四十劫、未来四十劫——但当时他没有运用这个智慧,所以片刻之间正念没有现前。国王没有告诉任何人,自己亲自去了,趁菩萨毫无防备、安然坐着的时候,拔剑砍向这位大士,把他砍成了两段。在这位国王的领地内,降下了第八次铜釜雨和第九次泥浆雨。就这样,那个地方一共降了九次灾雨。那位国王和他的随从们都堕入了大地狱。因此,桑基洽智者说:巴利
Rājāno nāma parapattiyā honti, iti so bahūnaṃ kathāvasena niṭṭhaṃ gato. Bodhisatto pana nagare piṇḍāya caritvā udakaphāsukaṭṭhāne missakodanaṃ bhuñjitvā rājuyyānaṃ gantvā nirāparādhatāya nirāsaṅko maṅgalasilāpaṭṭe nisīdi. Atīte cattālīsa, anāgate cattālīsāti asītikappe anussarituṃ samatthañāṇassa anāvajjanatāya muhuttamattake kāle sati nappahoti, rājā aññaṃ ajānāpetvā sayameva gantvā nirāvajjanatāya pamādena nisinnaṃ mahāpurisaṃ asinā paharitvā dve bhāge akāsi. Imassa rañño vijite aṭṭhamaṃ lohakūṭavassaṃ, navamaṃ kalalavassaṃ vassi. Iti imassāpi raṭṭhe nava vuṭṭhiyo patitā. So ca rājā sapariso mahāniraye nibbatto. Tenāha saṃkiccapaṇḍito –
中者生起害心,对名声远播的摩登伽仙人。
他和自己的随从一起被消灭了,那时中部地方就成了一片森林。巴利
‘‘Upahacca manaṃ majjho, mātaṅgasmiṃ yasassine; Sapārisajjo ucchinno, majjhāraññaṃ tadā ahūti’’. (jā. 2.19.96) –
应当这样理解:中部林具有森林的状态,即应被理解为森林。不过,由于摩登伽仙人的威势,同一个地方就被称为摩登伽林。巴利
Evaṃ majjhāraññassa araññabhūtabhāvo veditabbo. Mātaṅgassa pana isino vasena tadeva mātaṅgāraññanti vuttaṃ.
66 问题与辩才,就是指对问题的解答。应当成为对立的一方,就是指应当成为对立的一方(kātabbaṃ)。我曾以为,意思是就像执取相反部分者那样。这就是这句话的含义。巴利
66.Pañhapaṭibhānānīti pañhabyākaraṇāni. Paccanīkaṃ katabbanti paccanīkaṃ kātabbaṃ. Amaññissanti vilomabhāgaṃ gaṇhanto viya ahosinti attho.
67 “审察而行”的意思是:先审察、思考、衡量之后再做应当做的事,这就是这句话要说的。“是好的”意思是:这是善的。因为像你这样的人,看到我就皈依我,看到尼乾陀就皈依尼乾陀,别人会想:“这个优波离是见到谁就皈依谁吗?”这样就会生起讥嫌。所以,为了表明“对像你这样的人来说,审察而行才是好的”,才这样显示。他们会举着旗幡巡行:据说那些尼乾陀得到这样的弟子后,会高举旗幡在城里巡行宣告:“某某国王、大臣或长者已经皈依我们,成了弟子。”为什么这样做呢?一是为了“我们的伟大之处就能因此显现出来”;二是假如那人心里生起后悔:“我为什么要皈依他们呢?”他也会这样消除后悔:“很多人都已经知道我皈依他们这件事,现在再退回去就太难受了。”于是便不再退转。因此说“他们会举着旗幡巡行”。巴利
67.Anuviccakāranti anuvicāretvā cintetvā tulayitvā kātabbaṃ karohīti vuttaṃ hoti. Sādhu hotīti sundaro hoti. Tumhādisasmiñhi maṃ disvā maṃ saraṇaṃ gacchante nigaṇṭhaṃ disvā nigaṇṭhaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchante – ‘‘kiṃ ayaṃ upāli diṭṭhadiṭṭhameva saraṇaṃ gacchatī’’ti? Garahā uppajjissati, tasmā anuviccakāro tumhādisānaṃ sādhūti dasseti. Paṭākaṃ parihareyyunti te kira evarūpaṃ sāvakaṃ labhitvā – ‘‘asuko nāma rājā vā rājamahāmatto vā seṭṭhi vā amhākaṃ saraṇaṃ gato sāvako jāto’’ti paṭākaṃ ukkhipitvā nagare ghosentā āhiṇḍanti. Kasmā? Evaṃ no mahantabhāvo āvi bhavissatīti ca, sace tassa ‘‘kimahaṃ etesaṃ saraṇaṃ gato’’ti vippaṭisāro uppajjeyya, tampi so ‘‘etesaṃ me saraṇagatabhāvaṃ bahū jānanti, dukkhaṃ idāni paṭinivattitu’’nti vinodetvā na paṭikkamissatīti ca. ‘‘Tenāha paṭākaṃ parihareyyu’’nti.
68 像一口准备好的水井那样安立着。“家”指你的住所。“你应当认为可以给”:以前就算看到十人、二十人甚至六十人来了,也不说“没有”,照样给。现在,不要仅仅因为你只是来皈依了我,就截断对这些人的应施之物;因为对于来到的人,本来就应当给。这是世尊的教诫。“我已听闻此事,尊者”:从哪里听来的?从尼干陀那里听来的。据说尼干陀们在居士家中这样宣扬:“我们说‘对任何来到的人都应当给’,而沙门乔达摩却说‘只应当给我布施……乃至……给其他弟子的布施不是大果’。”这位居士就是针对这件事而说“我已听闻此事”。巴利
68.Opānabhūtanti paṭiyattaudapāno viya ṭhitaṃ. Kulanti tava nivesanaṃ. Dātabbaṃ maññeyyāsīti pubbe dasapi vīsatipi saṭṭhipi jane āgate disvā natthīti avatvā deti. Idāni maṃ saraṇaṃ gatakāraṇamattenava mā imesaṃ deyyadhammaṃ, upacchindittha, sampattānañhi dātabbamevāti ovadati. Sutametaṃ, bhanteti kuto sutaṃ? Nigaṇṭhānaṃ santikā, te kira kulagharesu evaṃ pakāsenti – ‘‘mayaṃ ‘yassa kassaci sampattassa dātabba’nti vadāma, samaṇo pana gotamo ‘mayhameva dānaṃ dātabbaṃ…pe… na aññesaṃ sāvakānaṃ dinnaṃ mahapphala’nti vadatī’’ti. Taṃ sandhāya ayaṃ gahapati ‘‘sutameta’’nti āha.
69 次第论:从布施之后接着讲戒,从戒之后接着讲生天,从生天之后接着讲道,这就是按顺序依次讲说。其中,布施论是指:这布施是种种安乐的来源,是种种成就的根本,是种种财富的依托,是陷入困境者的保护、庇护所、归依处和归宿。无论现世还是他世,都没有任何东西能像布施那样成为依怙、立足处、所缘、保护、庇护所、归依处和归宿。因为布施在作为依怙这方面,就像宝制的狮子座;在作为立足处这方面,就像大路;在作为所缘这方面,就像支撑用的绳索。布施在度脱苦难这方面,就像船;在给人安慰这方面,就像战场上的勇士;在保护人免于恐惧这方面,就像一座修筑坚固的城池;在不被悭吝等垢染所污染这方面,就像莲花;在烧毁那些垢染这方面,就像火;在难以冒犯这方面,就像毒蛇;在令人无所畏惧这方面,就像狮子;在具有大力量这方面,就像大象;在被公认为最上吉祥这方面,就像白牛;在把人送到安稳之地这方面,就像云马王。布施就是我所走过的路,就是我的传承。我在圆满十波罗蜜时,举办过维拉摩大祭、摩诃高毗昙大祭、大善见王大祭、须大拏大祭等无数大祭;当我生为兔子时,把自己投入燃烧的火堆,以此摄取了前来乞求者的心。布施在世间能带来帝释的成就,能带来魔罗的成就,能带来梵天的成就,能带来转轮王的成就,能带来声闻波罗蜜智、独觉菩提智、正等觉菩提智——以上就是与布施功德相关的论述。巴利
69.Anupubbiṃkathanti dānānantaraṃ sīlaṃ, sīlānantaraṃ saggaṃ, saggānantaraṃ magganti evaṃ anupaṭipāṭikathaṃ. Tattha dānakathanti idaṃ dānaṃ nāma sukhānaṃ nidānaṃ, sampattīnaṃ mūlaṃ, bhogānaṃ patiṭṭhā, visamagatassa tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gatiparāyaṇaṃ, idhalokaparalokesu dānasadiso avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi. Idañhi avassayaṭṭhena ratanamayasīhāsanasadisaṃ, patiṭṭhānaṭṭhena mahāpathavisadisaṃ, ālambanaṭṭhena ālambanarajjusadisaṃ. Idañhi dukkhanittharaṇaṭṭhena nāvā, samassāsanaṭṭhena saṅgāmasūro, bhayaparittāṇaṭṭhena susaṅkhatanagaraṃ, maccheramalādīhi anupalittaṭṭhena padumaṃ, tesaṃ nidahanaṭṭhena aggi, durāsadaṭṭhena āsīviso. Asantāsanaṭṭhena sīho, balavantaṭṭhena hatthī, abhimaṅgalasammataṭṭhena setavasabho, khemantabhūmisampāpanaṭṭhena valāhako assarājā. Dānaṃ nāmebhaṃ mayhaṃ gatamaggo, mayheveso vaṃso, mayā dasa pāramiyo pūrentena velāmamahāyañño, mahāgovindamahāyañño mahāsudassanamahāyañño, vessantaramahāyaññoti anekamahāyaññā pavattitā, sasabhūtena jalite aggikkhandhe attānaṃ niyyādentena sampattayācakānaṃ cittaṃ gahitaṃ. Dānañhi loke sakkasampattiṃ deti, mārasampattiṃ deti, brahmasampattiṃ deti, cakkavattisampattiṃ deti, sāvakapāramīñāṇaṃ, paccekabodhiñāṇaṃ, abhisambodhiñāṇaṃ detīti evamādiṃ dānaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
因为正在布施的人能够受持戒,所以在讲完布施之后紧接着讲戒。所谓戒论,就是说:戒是依靠,是立足处,是所缘,是庇护,是洞窟,是趣,是归宿。戒是我的传承。我在护螺龙王时、富利达多龙王时、瞻波龙王时、持戒龙王时、养母象王时、六牙象王时等无数生中,都圆满过戒。在现世和他世的成就中,没有像戒这样的依靠,没有像戒这样的立足处、所缘、庇护、洞窟、趣、归宿;没有像戒饰这样的装饰,没有像戒花这样的花,没有像戒香这样的香。因为,用戒饰庄严、佩戴戒花、涂上戒香的人,即使连同天众在内的整个世界来看他,也看不够。以上就是与戒的功德相关的论述。巴利
Yasmā pana dānaṃ dadanto sīlaṃ samādātuṃ sakkoti, tasmā tadanataraṃ sīlakathaṃ kathesi. Sīlakathanti sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ avassayo patiṭṭhā ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ, sīlaṃ nāmetaṃ mama vaṃso, ahaṃ saṅkhapālanāgarājakāle, bhūridattanāgarājakāle, campeyyanāgarājakāle, sīlavanāgarājakāle, mātuposakahatthirājakāle, chaddantahatthirājakāleti anantesu attabhāvesu sīlaṃ paripūresiṃ. Idhalokaparalokasampattīnañhi sīlasadiso avassayo, sīlasadisā patiṭṭhā, ārammaṇaṃ tāṇaṃ leṇaṃ gati parāyaṇaṃ natthi, sīlālaṅkārasadiso alaṅkāro natthi, sīlapupphasadisaṃ pupphaṃ natthi, sīlagandhasadiso gandho natthi. Sīlālaṅkārena hi alaṅkataṃ sīlakusumapiḷandhanaṃ sīlagandhānulittaṃ sadevakopi loko olokento tittiṃ na gacchatīti evamādiṃ sīlaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ.
这段戒之后紧接着讲生天论,是为了说明:依靠这个戒,就能得到这样的天界。所谓生天论,就是讲:此天界乃可意、可爱、可悦;在那里永远有娱乐,永远能得到种种成就;四大王天的天神享受九百万年的天界快乐和天界成就;三十三天的天神享受三俱胝又六百万年的天界快乐和天界成就……诸如此类与天界功德相关的说法。诸佛在讲述天界成就时,嘴巴讲也讲不完。经里也这样说:“诸比丘,我可以用种种方式讲说生天论……”等等。巴利
Idaṃ pana sīlaṃ nissāya ayaṃ saggo labbhatīti dassetuṃ sīlānantaraṃ saggakathaṃ kathesi. Saggakathanti ayaṃ saggo nāma iṭṭho kanto manāpo, niccamettha kīḷā, niccaṃ sampattiyo labbhanti, cātumahārājikā devā navutivassasatasahassāni dibbasukhaṃ dibbasampattiṃ anubhavanti, tāvatiṃsā tisso ca vassakoṭiyo saṭṭhi ca vassasatasahassānīti evamādiṃ saggaguṇapaṭisaṃyuttaṃ kathaṃ. Saggasampattiṃ kathayantānañhi buddhānaṃ mukhaṃ nappahoti. Vuttampi cetaṃ ‘‘anekapariyāyena kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, saggakathaṃ katheyya’’ntiādi (ma. ni. 3.255).
先用生天论把人引诱过来,然后又像把大象打扮得漂漂亮亮却把它的鼻子砍掉一样,为了说明“这天界也是无常的、不稳固的,不该对它生起欲贪”,便以“诸欲被我称为乐少、苦多、忧恼多,这里的过患更大”等方式,讲说了诸欲的过患、卑劣和染污。其中,“过患”就是过失和祸害;“卑劣”就是低贱、下劣;“染污”就是众生因为这些欲而在轮回中被染污,正如经中所说:“诸位,众生确实被染污了。”巴利
Evaṃ saggakathāya palobhetvā puna hatthiṃ alaṅkaritvā tassa soṇḍaṃ chindanto viya – ‘‘ayampi saggo anicco addhuvo, na ettha chandarāgo kātabbo’’ti dassanatthaṃ – ‘‘appassādā kāmā vuttā mayā bahudukkhā bahupāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo’’tiādinā (pāci. 417; ma. ni. 1.235) nayena kāmānaṃ ādīnavaṃ okāraṃ saṃkilesaṃ kathesi. Tattha ādīnavoti doso. Okāroti avakāro lāmakabhāvo. Saṃkilesoti tehi sattānaṃ saṃsāre saṃkilissanaṃ. Yathāha ‘‘kilissanti vata, bho, sattā’’ti (ma. ni. 2.351).
他先用欲的过患来警告,接着又开示出离的功德。心已调适,指的是没有毛病、健全的心。最上法,意思是自己把最上法提起来、取出来、执持住,是靠自己亲证、以自然智照见的,不与其他任何人共有。那是什么呢?就是圣谛的开示。所以他说:苦、集、灭、道。巴利
Evaṃ kāmādīnavena tajjitvā nekkhamme ānisaṃsaṃ pakāsesi. Kallacittanti arogacittaṃ. Sāmukkaṃsikāti sāmaṃ ukkaṃsikā attanāyeva gahetvā uddharitvā gahitā, sayambhūñāṇena diṭṭhā, asādhāraṇā aññesanti attho. Kā panesāti, ariyasaccadesanā? Tenevāha – ‘‘dukkhaṃ samudayaṃ nirodhaṃ magga’’nti.
离尘、离垢:因为贪等烦恼尘不存在,所以是离尘;因为贪等污垢已经远离,所以是离垢。法眼:在后面的《梵摩经》中,指的是三道;在《小罗睺罗教诫》中,这是漏尽的名字。但在这里,指的是入流道。为了显示它生起的行相,所以说“凡任何集起之法,一切皆是灭尽之法”。这入流道,就是以灭尽为所缘,依其作用如此通达一切有为法而生起。巴利
Virajaṃ vītamalanti rāgarajādīnaṃ abhāvā virajaṃ, rāgamalādīnaṃ vigatattā vītamalaṃ. Dhammacakkhunti upari brahmāyusutte tiṇṇaṃ maggānaṃ, cūḷarāhulovāde āsavakkhayassetaṃ nāmaṃ. Idha pana sotāpattimaggo adhippeto. Tassa uppattiākāradassanatthaṃ ‘‘yaṃkiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamma’’nti āha. Tañhi nirodhaṃ ārammaṇaṃ katvā kiccavasena evaṃ sabbasaṅkhataṃ paṭivijjhantaṃ uppajjati.
因为已经见到了圣谛之法,所以叫“见法者”。剩下的几个词,道理也是这样。因为已经越过了疑,所以叫“度疑者”。因为已经除掉了犹豫,所以叫“离犹豫者”。“得无所畏”,就是在导师的教法中获得了无所畏。他不依靠他人,不是因为相信别人才在这教法里修行,所以叫“不依他者”。巴利
Diṭṭho ariyasaccadhammo etenāti diṭṭhadhammo. Esa nayo sesapadesupi. Tiṇṇā vicikicchā anenāti tiṇṇavicikiccho. Vigatā kathaṃkathā assāti vigatakathaṃkatho. Vesārajjappattoti vesārajjaṃ patto. Kattha? Satthu sāsane. Nāssa paro paccayo, na parassa saddhāya ettha vattatīti aparappaccayo.
70 以心接受并欢喜,以言语称赞并随喜。我遮止,就是覆盖、遮蔽、关闭。不被遮止,就是没有被覆盖、已经打开、已经敞开。巴利
70. Cittena sampaṭicchamāno abhinanditvā, vācāya pasaṃsamāno anumoditvā. Āvarāmīti thakemi pidahāmi. Anāvaṭanti na āvaritaṃ vivaṭaṃ ugghāṭitaṃ.
71 长苦行者确实听说了。据说,从那个人离开的时候起,他就一直这样想:“这位居士是智者,沙门乔达摩见地具足,所说的法能导向解脱。他见到世尊就会生起净信,听到说法也会生起净信;生起净信之后就会去皈依。居士已经去皈依了吗?还是还没去?”他就这样一边游走,一边竖着耳朵听。因此,他最先听到了。巴利
71.Assosi kho dīghatapassīti so kira tassa gatakālato paṭṭhāya – ‘‘paṇḍito gahapati , samaṇo ca gotamo dassanasampanno niyyānikakatho, dassanepi tassa pasīdissati, dhammakathāyapi pasīdissati, pasīditvā saraṇaṃ gamissati, gato nu kho saraṇaṃ gahapati na tāva gato’’ti ohitasotova hutvā vicarati. Tasmā paṭhamaṃyeva assosi.
72 既然这样,朋友!他被强烈的悲伤压垮,虽然听到了“就停在这里”这句话,却没能领会其中的意思,只顾着和守门人说话。巴利
72.Tena hi sammāti balavasokena abhibhūto ‘‘ettheva tiṭṭhā’’ti vacanaṃ sutvāpi atthaṃ asallakkhento dovārikena saddhiṃ sallapatiyeva.
所谓“中门厅”,就是这样的:如果一座房子有七个门楼,那么从最里面或最外面数起,第四个门楼就叫中门厅;如果有五个门楼,第三个就是;如果有三个门楼,第二个就是。如果一座房子只有一个门楼,那就以房子正中间的吉祥柱为准,称为中门厅。而那座房子,据说有七个门楼,也有说五个的。巴利
Majjhimāya dvārasālāyānti yassa gharassa satta dvārakoṭṭhakā, tassa sabbaabbhantarato vā sabbabāhirato vā paṭṭhāya catutthadvārakoṭṭhako, yassa pañca, tassa tatiyo, yassa tayo, tassa dutiyo dvārakoṭṭhako majjhimadvārasālā nāma. Ekadvārakoṭṭhakassa pana gharassa majjhaṭṭhāne maṅgalatthambhaṃ nissāya majjhimadvārasālā. Tassa pana gehassa satta dvārakoṭṭhakā, pañcātipi vuttaṃ.
73 “最上”等所有词都是互相通用的同义词。这里的“yaṃ sudaṃ”指的是若提子,“sudaṃ”只是一个语助词。“捉持”是指用那件上衣缠住腹部后握住。“令坐”是指一边轻声说“老师,慢一点;老师,慢一点”,一边像安放大油罐那样让他坐下。“汝被与”的意思是“你怎么这么愚蠢”。“着于头”是指缠在头上后拿着。“摘睾者”等虽然是粗恶的话,但因为他作为侍者状态反常、生起了强烈的忧伤,所以在没有意识到“我正在说这样的话”的情况下就随口说了出来。巴利
73.Aggantiādīni sabbāni aññamaññavevacanāni. Yaṃ sudanti ettha yanti yaṃ nāṭaputtaṃ. Sudanti nipātamattaṃ. Pariggahetvāti teneva uttarāsaṅgena udare parikkhipanto gahetvā. Nisīdāpetīti saṇikaṃ ācariya, saṇikaṃ ācariyāti mahantaṃ telaghaṭaṃ ṭhapento viya nisīdāpeti. Dattosīti kiṃ jaḷosi jātoti attho. Paṭimukkoti sīse parikkhipitvā gahito. Aṇḍahārakotiādiṃ duṭṭhullavacanampi samānaṃ upaṭṭhākassa aññathābhāvena uppannabalavasokatāya idaṃ nāma bhaṇāmīti asallakkhetvāva bhaṇati.
74 尊者,尼乾陀说“是好的、回旋的,尊者”这句话,只是在暗指那种幻术;而居士说的是自己已经通达了预流道。“Tena hi”在这里只是个语助词,意思是“尊者,我要为你作个譬喻”。或者,它也可以表示原因,那就是说:“因为你们的教法不导向解脱,而我师的教法导向解脱,所以我要为你作个譬喻。”巴利
74.Bhaddikā, bhante, āvaṭṭanīti nigaṇṭho māyameva sandhāya vadati, upāsako attanā paṭividdhaṃ sotāpattimaggaṃ. Tena hīti nipātamattametaṃ, bhante, upamaṃ te karissāmicceva attho. Kāraṇavacanaṃ vā, yena kāraṇena tumhākaṃ sāsanaṃ aniyyānikaṃ, mama satthu niyyānikaṃ, tena kāraṇena upamaṃ te karissāmīti vuttaṃ hoti.
75 “即将分娩”指已经到了生产的时候。“猴崽”就是小猴子。“买来”的意思是:付了钱再拿来。因为在集市上,不管是有心识的还是没心识的,像猴子之类的玩物都有人卖,他就是针对这个情况才这么说的。“所染色”的意思是:想要这个——也就是拿来厚厚的黄色涂料,染好之后送给他的东西。“被捶了又捶”指捶打之后,再翻过来反复捶打。“两面都磨光”指用宝石在两面仔细磨擦刮蹭,把表皮磨得光滑。巴利
75.Upavijaññāti vijāyanakālaṃ upagatā. Makkaṭacchāpakanti makkaṭapotakaṃ. Kiṇitvā ānehīti mūlaṃ datvāva āhara. Āpaṇesu hi saviññāṇakampi aviññāṇakampi makkaṭādikīḷanabhaṇḍakaṃ vikkiṇanti. Taṃ sandhāyetaṃ āha. Rajitanti bahalabahalaṃ pītāvalepanaraṅgajātaṃ gahetvā rajitvā dinnaṃ imaṃ icchāmīti attho. Ākoṭitapaccākoṭitanti ākoṭitañceva parivattetvā punappunaṃ ākoṭitañca. Ubhatobhāgavimaṭṭhanti maṇipāsāṇena ubhosu passesu suṭṭhu vimaṭṭhaṃ ghaṭṭetvā uppāditacchaviṃ.
“能接受染色”:因为不管是有知觉的东西还是没知觉的东西,都会吸收染料,所以才这么说。“不能接受捶打”:先说有心识的东西,把它放在捶板上捶打肚子,肚子就会破裂,粪便流出来;捶打头部,头就会破裂,脑浆流出来。没有心识的东西,则会被捶成一块一块的。所以才这么说。“不能接受磨光”:有心识的东西被宝石磨擦时,会掉毛、破皮;没有心识的东西也会变成粉末。所以才这么说。“愚者能接受染色”:对于愚笨迟钝的人来说,染色能让他们生起一些贪染,变得可爱。但对智者来说,无论是尼干陀的言论,还是别的像《婆罗多》《罗摩》《悉多劫持》这类毫无意义的谈论,都不可爱。“不能接受审察,不能接受磨光”:是说不能审察、不能思辨,就像捣谷壳找米、在芭蕉树里找坚实木芯一样,空空的,什么也没有。“智者能接受染色”:四圣谛的讲述才是智者所喜爱的,即使听上一百年也不会满足,所以才这么说。而佛语,越深入就越像大海一样深不可测,因此说“能接受审察,也能接受磨光”。“请听他的,我是他的弟子”:意思是请听他的功德——他开始讲述世尊的德行。巴利
Raṅgakkhamo hi khoti saviññāṇakampi aviññāṇakampi raṅgaṃ pivati. Tasmā evamāha. No ākoṭṭanakkhamoti saviññāṇakassa tāva ākoṭṭanaphalake ṭhapetvā kucchiyaṃ ākoṭitassa kucchi bhijjati, karīsaṃ nikkhamati. Sesī ākoṭitassa sīsaṃ bhijjati, mattaluṅgaṃ nikkhamati. Aviññāṇako khaṇḍakhaṇḍitaṃ gacchati. Tasmā evamāha. No vimajjanakkhamoti saviññāṇako maṇipāsāṇena vimaddiyamāno nillomataṃ nicchavitañca āpajjati, aviññāṇakopi vacuṇṇakabhāvaṃ āpajjati. Tasmā evamāha. Raṅgakkhamo hi kho bālānanti bālānaṃ mandabuddhīnaṃ raṅgakkhamo, rāgamattaṃ janeti, piyo hoti. Paṇḍitānaṃ pana nigaṇṭhavādo vā añño vā bhāratarāmasītāharaṇādi niratthakakathāmaggo appiyova hoti. No anuyogakkhamo, no vimajjanakkhamoti anuyogaṃ vā vīmaṃsaṃ vā na khamati, thuse koṭṭetvā taṇḍulapariyesanaṃ viya kadaliyaṃ sāragavesanaṃ viya ca rittako tucchakova hoti. Raṅgakkhamo ceva paṇḍitānanti catusaccakathā hi paṇḍitānaṃ piyā hoti, vassasatampi suṇanto tittiṃ na gacchati. Tasmā evamāha. Buddhavacanaṃ pana yathā yathāpi ogāhissati mahāsamuddo viya gambhīrameva hotīti ‘‘anuyogakkhamo ca vimajjanakkhamo cā’’ti āha. Suṇohiyassāhaṃ sāvakoti tassa guṇe suṇāhīti bhagavato vaṇṇe vattuṃ āraddho.
76 “智者”:“智者”指智慧,也就是慧、了知……(中略)……正见。具足这种智慧、对界、处、缘起、处非处善巧的人,就是智者。“我是他的弟子,他是我的导师”——应当这样理解一切语句中的关联。“已破荒芜者”:已破除五种心的荒芜。“胜者”:已胜、正胜、当胜一切凡夫,所以叫胜者。哪些是凡夫?就是死魔、烦恼魔、天子魔。这些已被战胜,所以是“胜者”。世尊就是这位胜者。“无恼者”:已从烦恼之苦和果报之苦中解脱,完全无苦。“心平等者”:对提婆达多、财护、央掘摩罗、罗睺罗长老等一切天与人,心都完全平等。“增上戒者”:行为已增上。“妙慧者”:具有美妙智慧。“离偏歧者”:已超越、远离贪等不平等而安住。“离垢者”:已远离贪等垢秽。巴利
76.Dhīrassāti dhīraṃ vuccati paṇḍiccaṃ, yā paññā pajānanā…pe… sammādiṭṭhi, tena samannāgatassa dhātuāyatanapaṭiccasamuppādaṭṭhānāṭṭhānakusalassa paṇḍitassāhaṃ sāvako, so mayhaṃ satthāti evaṃ sabbapadesu sambandho veditabbo. Pabhinnakhīlassāti bhinnapañcacetokhilassa. Sabbaputhujjane vijiniṃsu vijinanti vijinissanti vāti vijayā. Ke te, maccumārakilesamāradevaputtamārāti? Te vijitā vijayā etenāti vijitavijayo. Bhagavā, tassa vijitavijayassa. Anīghassāti kilesadukkhenapi vipākadukkhenapi niddukkhassa. Susamacittassāti devadattadhanapālakaaṅgulimālarāhulatherādīsupi devamanussesu suṭṭhu samacittassa. Vuddhasīlassāti vaḍḍhitācārassa. Sādhupaññassāti sundarapaññassa. Vesamantarassāti rāgādivisamaṃ taritvā vitaritvā ṭhitassa. Vimalassāti vigatarāgādimalassa.
“知足者”:指内心满足的人。“已弃世间利养者”:指已经抛弃了欲乐之德的人。“喜悦者”:指以喜悦而住的方式而喜悦的人,或者这只是重复说法。因为出于净信,确实会一再地宣说同一个功德。“已作沙门者”:指已完成沙门修行的人,意思是已经达到沙门法的顶点。“人”:按世间通称,指一个众生。“人”这个字是重复。如果换一种说法,每个偈颂的十种功德就不够分别解说了。巴利
Tusitassāti tuṭṭhacittassa. Vantalokāmisassāti vantakāmaguṇassa. Muditassāti muditāvihāravasena muditassa, punaruttameva vā etaṃ. Pasādavasena hi ekampi guṇaṃ punappunaṃ vadatiyeva. Katasamaṇassāti katasāmaññassa, samaṇadhammassa matthakaṃ pattassāti attho. Manujassāti lokavohāravasena ekassa sattassa. Narassāti punaruttaṃ. Aññathā vuccamāne ekekagāthāya dasa guṇā nappahonti.
Venayika称为众生的引导者。Ruciradhamma称为清净法。放射光明的人,就是发光的人。勇者,就是具足精进的人。牛王,在usabha、vasabha、nisabha这些词里,因为一切处都无可比拟,所以叫牛王。甚深者,就是具有甚深功德的人,或者因为功德而甚深的人。达到牟尼境界的人,就是证得智慧的人。明智者,veda称为智,就是具足这种智的人。立于法的人,就是安住于法的人。善防护的人,就是已经防护诸根的人。巴利
Venayikassāti sattānaṃ vināyakassa. Ruciradhammassāti sucidhammassa. Pabhāsakassāti obhāsakassa. Vīrassāti vīriyasampannassa. Nisabhassāti usabhavasabhanisabhesu sabbattha appaṭisamaṭṭhena nisabhassa. Gambhīrassāti gambhīraguṇassa, guṇehi vā gambhīrassa. Monapattassāti ñāṇapattassa. Vedassāti vedo vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena samannāgatassa. Dhammaṭṭhassāti dhamme ṭhitassa. Saṃvutattassāti pihitattassa.
“龙象”是指以四种原因而成为龙象。“住僻静处者”是指住在僻静坐卧处的人。“具应对辩才者”是指具备应对辩才的人。“牟尼”是指智,是指具备这种智的人,或者是指已抖落烦恼的人。“调御者”是指没有过失的人。巴利
Nāgassāti catūhi kāraṇehi nāgassa. Pantasenassāti pantasenāsanassa. Paṭimantakassāti paṭimantanapaññāya samannāgatassa. Monassāti monaṃ vuccati ñāṇaṃ, tena samannāgatassa, dhutakilesassa vā. Dantassāti nibbisevanassa.
从毗婆尸等六位仙人算起,他是第七位,所以叫“第七仙”。已达到最胜,所以叫“得梵”。已经洗净烦恼,所以叫“沐浴者”。善于把字母等组合起来造出偈颂,所以叫“善造偈者”。已经了知智慧,所以叫“了知智者”。最先施与法施,所以叫“富兰陀罗”。有能力,所以叫“能者”。已经证得应当证得的功德,所以叫“得应得者”。详细阐明义理,所以叫“解释者”。因为世尊所说的一切,没有一个词是没有解释的,一切义理都已宣说。巴利
Isisattamassāti vipassiādayo cha isayo upādāya sattamassa. Brahmapattassāti seṭṭhapattassa. Nhātakassāti nhātakilesassa. Padakassāti akkharādīni samodhānetvā gāthāpadakaraṇakusalassa. Viditavedassāti viditañāṇassa. Purindadassāti sabbapaṭhamaṃ dhammadānadāyakassa. Sakkassāti samatthassa. Pattipattassāti ye pattabbā guṇā, te pattassa. Veyyākaraṇassāti vitthāretvā atthadīpakassa. Bhagavatā hi abyākataṃ nāma tanti padaṃ natthi sabbesaṃyeva attho kathito.
能清楚观照的人,就是具备观照的人。不弯曲的人,就是正直的人。不偏离的人,就是没有败坏的人。巴利
Vipassissāti vipassanakassa. Anabhinatassāti anatassa. No apanatassāti aduṭṭhassa.
不被烦恼跟随,就是心没有被烦恼跟着。无所执著,就是没有被系缚。巴利
Ananugatantarassāti kilese ananugatacittassa. Asitassāti abaddhassa.
“广慧者”是说:广(bhūri)被称为大地。他的智慧与大地同等,广大、宏大、广阔,具足这样的智慧,就是它的意思。“大慧者”是说:具足大智慧的人。巴利
Bhūripaññassāti bhūri vuccati pathavī, tāya pathavīsamāya paññāya vipulāya mahantāya vitthatāya samannāgatassāti attho. Mahāpaññassāti mahāpaññāya samannāgatassa.
不被染著,就是不被贪爱和邪见等烦恼所染污。应受供养,就是有资格接受供养。亚卡,是因为显示威力之义,或者因为值得被看见、被指称,世尊才被称为亚卡,所以说“亚卡的”。大,就是伟大的。我是他的弟子,就是因为导师具有如此种种功德,所以我是他的弟子。对这位居士来说,无碍解是依庄严之道而生的。于是他站在无碍解的立场上,用一百句讲述十力尊断除烦恼的功德,回答了“居士,我们该认为您是那位尊者的弟子?”这个问题。巴利
Anupalittassāti taṇhādiṭṭhikilesehi alittassa. Āhuneyyassāti āhutiṃ paṭiggahetuṃ yuttassa. Yakkhassāti ānubhāvadassanaṭṭhena ādissamānakaṭṭhena vā bhagavā yakkho nāma. Tenāha ‘‘yakkhassā’’ti. Mahatoti mahantassa. Tassa sāvakohamasmīti tassa evaṃvividhaguṇassa satthussa ahaṃ sāvakoti. Upāsakassa sobhāpattimaggeneva paṭisambhidā āgatā. Iti paṭisambhidāvisaye ṭhatvā padasatena dasabalassa kilesappahānavaṇṇaṃ kathento ‘‘kassa taṃ gahapati sāvakaṃ dhāremā’’ti pañhassa atthaṃ vissajjesi.
77 “什么时候聚集起来的?”意思是“什么时候汇集到一起的?”他心里大概是这样想的:“这个人刚刚去了沙门乔达摩那里,回来时就已经把那些功德收集、聚拢好了,是什么时候做到的?”所以才这样问。“能编一个五彩缤纷的花环”:因为他自己手艺高超,又因为花朵本身颜色各异,所以能编出单梗花环等各种杂色花环。“正是这样,尊者”:在这里,应当把世尊种种功德看成如同各种花朵堆成的大花堆——世尊的功德堆就像须弥山一样。好比一位技艺精湛的花鬘师,优波离居士也是如此;花鬘师编成杂色花环,也就如同居士把如来的种种功德编缀在一处。巴利
77.Kadāsaññūḷhāti kadā sampiṇḍitā. Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘ayaṃ idāneva samaṇassa gotamassa santikaṃ gantvā āgato, kadānena ete vaṇṇā sampiṇḍitā’’ti. Tasmā evamāha. Vicittaṃ mālaṃ gantheyyāti sayampi dakkhatāya pupphānampi nānāvaṇṇatāya ekatovaṇṭikādibhedaṃ vicitramālaṃ gantheyya. Evameva kho, bhanteti ettha nānāpupphānaṃ mahāpuppharāsi viya nānāvidhānaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ bhagavato sinerumatto vaṇṇarāsi daṭṭhabbo. Chekamālākāro viya upāli gahapati. Mālākārassa vicitramālāganthanaṃ viya gahapatino tathāgatassa vicitravaṇṇaganthanaṃ.
滚烫的血从他口中涌出。这位世尊受到如此恭敬,他实在受不了,心里这样想:现在这位居士已经不需要我们了,从明天起,我再也没法带着五六十人进他家吃饭,我的饭锅算是砸了。因为侍者离他而去,他心中生起强烈的忧伤。这些众生确实只为自己打算。忧伤生起时,他体内发热,血液像熔化了一样,被大风卷起,像倒进染锅里的染料,从口中涌出大约一钵的量。吐出积在体内的淤血后,很少有人还能活下来。这位尼乾子当场双膝一软跪倒在地,于是人们用床轿把他抬出城外,朝波婆城方向送去,不久他就在波婆城死了。而这部经是依“闻即开悟者”这一类型的人为范例,把教法讲说完毕的。巴利
Uṇhaṃ lohitaṃ mukhato uggañchīti tassa hi bhagavato sakkāraṃ asahamānassa etadahosi – ‘‘anatthiko dāni ayaṃ gahapati amhehi, sve paṭṭhāya paṇṇāsa saṭṭhi jane gahetvā etassa gharaṃ pavisitvā bhuñjituṃ na labhissāmi, bhinnā me bhattakumbhī’’ti. Athassa upaṭṭhākavipariṇāmena balavasoko uppajji. Ime hi sattā attano attanova cintayanti. Tassa tasmiṃ soke uppanne abbhantaraṃ uṇhaṃ ahosi, lohitaṃ vilīyittha, taṃ mahāvātena samuddharitaṃ kuṭe pakkhittarajanaṃ viya pattamattaṃ mukhato uggañchi. Nidhānagatalohitaṃ vamitvā pana appakā sattā jīvituṃ sakkonti. Nigaṇṭho tattheva jāṇunā patito, atha naṃ pāṭaṅkiyā bahinagaraṃ nīharitvā mañcakasivikāya gahetvā pāvaṃ agamaṃsu, so na cirasseva pāvāyaṃ kālamakāsi. Imasmiṃ pana sutte ugghāṭitaññūpuggalassa vasena dhammadesanā pariniṭṭhitāti.
《狗戒经》的注释巴利
7. Kukkuravatikasuttavaṇṇanā
78 “如是我闻”这句,是《狗戒者经》的开头。其中“在拘利人中”,指的是一个叫拘利的地区。因为那里也是住在拘利城的拘利王子们居住的地方,所以这样称呼。意思就是,在那个拘利人的地区。“哈利达瓦萨那”:据说这座市镇刚建立的时候,人们穿着黄衣服举行星宿庆典。庆典结束后,他们给市镇取名,就叫“哈利达瓦萨那”。他以这个市镇作为托钵行化的村庄而住在那里——这就是这句话的意思。这里虽然没有明确说是哪座精舍,但也应该知道,佛陀住的是与诸佛相应的坐卧处。“持牛戒者”,就是受持牛戒的人,他在头上装上角,绑上尾巴,跟牛一起像牛一样吃草活动。“裸形”,就是赤身裸体、不穿衣服。“色尼耶”是他的名字。巴利
78.Evaṃme sutanti kukkuravatikasuttaṃ. Tattha koliyesūti evaṃnāmake janapade. So hi ekopi kolanagare patiṭṭhitānaṃ koliyānaṃ rājakumārānaṃ nivāsaṭṭhānattā evaṃ vuccati. Tasmiṃ koliyesu janapade. Haliddavasananti tassa kira nigamassa māpitakāle pītakavatthanivatthā manussā nakkhattaṃ kīḷiṃsu. Te nakkhattakīḷāvasāne nigamassa nāmaṃ āropentā haliddavasananti nāmaṃ akaṃsu. Taṃ gocaragāmaṃ katvā viharatīti attho. Vihāro panettha kiñcāpi na niyāmito, tathāpi buddhānaṃ anucchavike senāsaneyeva vihāsīti veditabbo. Govatikoti samādinnagovato, sīse siṅgāni ṭhapetvā naṅguṭṭhaṃ bandhitvā gāvīhi saddhiṃ tiṇāni khādanto viya carati. Aceloti naggo niccelo. Seniyoti tassa nāmaṃ.
行狗戒的人,就是受持了狗戒,做一切狗会做的事。他们两个人是一起在泥地里玩耍的伙伴。像狗一样蜷着身子蹲下:狗在主人身边坐下时,会用两只前脚刨地,发出狗叫声再坐下;这个人为了做“狗的行为”,和世尊互相问候之后,也用双手刨地,摇头发出“呜呜”的声音,然后弯起手脚,像狗一样蹲坐下来。放在地上:就是搁在地面上。圆满受持:就是完完全全地接受并持守。什么趣向:就是什么结果。来世怎样:就是在来世生到哪里。够了,这会成为他不喜欢的:世尊这样遮止了三次。狗行:就是受持狗戒这件事。巴利
Kukkuravatikoti samādinnakukkuravato, sabbaṃ sunakhakiriyaṃ karoti. Ubhopete sahapaṃsukīḷikā sahāyakā. Kukkurova palikujjitvāti sunakho nāma sāmikassa santike nisīdanto dvīhi pādehi bhūmiyaṃ vilekhitvā kukkurakūjitaṃ kūjanto nisīdati, ayampi ‘‘kukkurakiriyaṃ karissāmī’’ti bhagavatā saddhiṃ sammoditvā dvīhi hatthehi bhūmiyaṃ vilekhitvā sīsaṃ vidhunanto ‘bhū bhū’ti katvā hatthapāde samiñjitvā sunakho viya nisīdi. Chamānikkhittanti bhūmiyaṃ ṭhapitaṃ. Samattaṃ samādinnanti paripuṇṇaṃ katvā gahitaṃ. Kā gatīti kā nipphatti. Ko abhisamparāyoti abhisamparāyamhi kattha nibbatti. Alanti tassa appiyaṃ bhavissatīti yāvatatiyaṃ paṭibāhati. Kukkuravatanti kukkuravatasamādānaṃ.
79 “修习”就是增长。“圆满”就是没有欠缺。“无间”就是不间断。“狗戒”就是狗的行为方式。“狗心”就是生起这样的心:‘从今天起,我要做狗该做的事。’“狗仪”就是:狗有走路的姿态,有站立的姿态,有坐着的姿态,有躺卧的姿态,有大小便的姿态,还有看见别的狗时龇牙咧嘴走过去的姿态,这就叫狗仪,他修习的就是这个,意思就是这样。在“我以此戒”等句里,意思是:我以这样的行为,或者这样的禁戒受持,或者这样的难行苦行,或者这样的离淫梵行。“天”就是帝释天、夜摩天等当中的某一位。“某天”就是他们当中第二、第三阶位等的某位天神。“邪见”就是:他把并非通往天界的道,当成通往天界的道来执取,因此生起了这种邪见,这就成了他的邪见。“我说某一趣处”:因为对他来说,除了地狱或畜生道之外,没有别的趣处。所以说“我说某一趣处”。“正在成就的”:就是毫不混杂地而躺卧。巴利
79.Bhāvetīti vaḍḍheti. Paripuṇṇanti anūnaṃ. Abbokiṇṇanti nirantaraṃ. Kukkurasīlanti kukkurācāraṃ. Kukkuracittanti ‘‘ajja paṭṭhāya kukkurehi kātabbaṃ karissāmī’’ti evaṃ uppannacittaṃ. Kukkurākappanti kukkurānaṃ gamanākāro atthi, tiṭṭhanākāro atthi, nisīdanākāro atthi, sayanākāro atthi, uccārapassāvakaraṇākāro atthi, aññe kukkure disvā dante vivaritvā gamanākāro atthi, ayaṃ kukkurākappo nāma, taṃ bhāvetīti attho . Imināhaṃ sīlenātiādīsu ahaṃ iminā ācārena vā vatasamādānena vā dukkaratapacaraṇena vā methunaviratibrahmacariyena vāti attho. Devoti sakkasuyāmādīsu aññataro. Devaññataroti tesaṃ dutiyatatiyaṭṭhānādīsu aññataradevo. Micchādiṭṭhīti adevalokagāmimaggameva devalokagāmimaggoti gahetvā uppannatāya sā assa micchādiṭṭhi nāma hoti. Aññataraṃ gatiṃ vadāmīti tassa hi nirayato vā tiracchānayonito vā aññā gati natthi, tasmā evamāha. Sampajjamānanti diṭṭhiyā asammissaṃ hutvā nipajjamānaṃ.
尊者,世尊对我这样说,我并不是为这件事而哭。意思是:尊者,世尊对我那样说,我并不会因为世尊的这个授记而哭泣、悲叹、哀伤。这里应当理解为是就及物动词的用法来说的,并不是仅仅指流下眼泪。巴利
Nāhaṃ, bhante, etaṃ rodāmi, yaṃ maṃ bhagavā evamāhāti yaṃ maṃ, bhante, bhagavā evamāha, ahametaṃ bhagavato byākaraṇaṃ na rodāmi na paridevāmi, na anutthunāmīti attho. Evaṃ sakammakavasenettha attho veditabbo, na assumuñcanamattena.
母亲啊,人们或为死者哭泣,或为那活着却不得相见的人哭泣。
妈妈,你亲眼看着我活着,为什么还要为我哭呢?巴利
‘‘Mataṃ vā amma rodanti, yo vā jīvaṃ na dissati; Jīvantaṃ amma passantī, kasmā maṃ amma rodasī’’ti. (saṃ. ni. 1.239) –
这里的关键做法是这样。不过,尊者,我这狗戒已经持了很久,就算它修成了,也没有什么长进;失败了,也一样。所以我这样省察自己的失败:“我这么长时间所做的修行,全都白费了。”尊者,我因此哭泣。巴利
Ayañcettha payogo. Apica me idaṃ, bhanteti apica kho me idaṃ, bhante, kukkuravataṃ dīgharattaṃ samādinnaṃ, tasmiṃ sampajjantepi vuddhi natthi, vipajjantepi. Iti ‘‘ettakaṃ kālaṃ mayā katakammaṃ moghaṃ jāta’’nti attano vipattiṃ paccavekkhamāno rodāmi, bhanteti.
80 “牛行”等应当依照“狗行”等里面已经说过的方式来了知。“牛仪”就是牛的行为方式。其余部分和“狗仪”里说的相同。不过,在那里是看见别的狗时露出牙齿走过去,这里则应理解为看见别的牛时竖起耳朵走过去。其余部分完全一样。巴利
80.Govatantiādīni kukkuravatādīsu vuttanayeneva veditabbāni. Gavākappanti goākappaṃ. Sesaṃ kukkurākappe vuttasadisameva. Yathā pana tattha aññe kukkure disvā dante vivaritvā gamanākāro, evamidha aññe gāvo disvā kaṇṇe ukkhipitvā gamanākāro veditabbo. Sesaṃ tādisameva.
81 “富楼那,有这四种业。”——世尊为什么要开始这场开示呢?因为这场开示是依照某些人的行为方式来讲的,在讲说这四种业的时候,这些人的行为就会变得清楚,所以世尊开始了这场开示。另外,在教导这四种业的时候,他们会理解这些内容,其中一个人会去皈依,另一个人会出家并证得阿罗汉果。世尊知道这场开示正好适合他们,因此开始了这场开示。巴利
81.Cattārimānipuṇṇa kammānīti kasmā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi? Ayañhi desanā ekaccakammakiriyavasena āgatā, imasmiñca kammacatukke kathite imesaṃ kiriyā pākaṭā bhavissatīti imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Apica imaṃ kammacatukkameva desiyamānaṃ ime sañjānissanti , tato eko saraṇaṃ gamissati, eko pabbajitvā arahattaṃ pāpuṇissatīti ayameva etesaṃ sappāyāti ñatvāpi imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
这里,“黑”是指十种不善业道的行为。“黑报”是指因为投生到恶趣而得到的黑暗果报。“白”是指十种善业道的行为。“白报”是指因为投生到天界而得到的明亮果报。“黑白”是指混杂的行为。“黑白报”是指苦乐混杂的果报。因为造了混杂的业:以不善业投生到畜生道中吉祥象等处境,再以善业在现世生活中感受快乐;以善业投生到王族,却以不善业在现世生活中感受痛苦。“非黑非白”指的是能灭尽诸业的四道思之业,这就是它的意思。因为如果这业是黑的,就该给出黑报;如果是白的,就该给出白报。但它不给出这两种果报,因为具有非黑非白的果报,所以说为“非黑非白”。这是概要解说中的含义。巴利
Tattha kaṇhanti kāḷakaṃ dasaakusalakammapathakammaṃ. Kaṇhavipākanti apāye nibbattanato kāḷakavipākaṃ. Sukkanti paṇḍaraṃ dasakusalakammapathakammaṃ. Sukkavipākanti sagge nibbattanato paṇḍaravipākaṃ. Kaṇhasukkanti vomissakakammaṃ. Kaṇhasukkavipākanti sukhadukkhavipākaṃ. Missakakammañhi katvā akusalena tiracchānayoniyaṃ maṅgalahatthiṭṭhānādīsu uppanno kusalena pavatte sukhaṃ vediyati. Kusalena rājakulepi nibbatto akusalena pavatte dukkhaṃ vediyati. Akaṇhaṃ asukkanti kammakkhayakaraṃ catumaggacetanākammaṃ adhippetaṃ. Tañhi yadi kaṇhaṃ bhaveyya, kaṇhavipākaṃ dadeyya. Yadi sukkaṃ bhaveyya, sukkavipākaṃ dadeyya. Ubhayavipākassa pana adānato akaṇhāsukkavipākattā ‘‘akaṇhaṃ asukka’’nti vuttaṃ. Ayaṃ tāva uddese attho.
在释义中,“有恼”就是与苦俱。在身行等当中,于身门通过执取等而达到表露的十二种不善思,名为“有恼身行”。于语门通过下巴的动作而使语表生起的那同样十二种不善思,名为“语行”。还没有达到这两种动作、独自思惟时在意门中生起的,名为“意行”。应当知道,如此在三门中属于身恶行等种类的不善思,就是“行”。在这部经里,以思为主;在《优波离经》里,以业为主。“造作”就是汇集、聚成一团的意思。“有恼的世间”,就是投生于有苦的世间。“触有恼之触”,就是触到伴随痛苦的异熟触。“一向苦”,就是无有间断之苦。“已生者”,是原因义中的离格;从已作的业而有已生众生的生起。这里所说的是:众生怎样作已生那样的业,就以那样已生的业,依业类同而他们有投生。因此说“他作什么,就由那而投生”。在这里,那“由那”是指如业所说,而投生确实是由异熟而有。然而因为业是异熟的因,所以是由那作为根本因的业而产生,这就是这里的义理。“触其触”,就是以何种业的异熟而出生,便会触到与那业异熟相应的触。“业继承者”,就是业的继承者,我说业就是他们的继承物、所有物。巴利
Niddese pana sabyābajjhanti sadukkhaṃ. Kāyasaṅkhārādīsu kāyadvāre gahaṇādivasena copanappattā dvādasa akusalacetanā sabyābajjhakāyasaṅkhāro nāma. Vacīdvāre hanusañcopanavasena vacībhedapavattikā tāyeva dvādasa vacīsaṅkhāro nāma. Ubhayacopanaṃ appattā raho cintayantassa manodvāre pavattā manosaṅkhāro nāma. Iti tīsupi dvāresu kāyaduccaritādibhedā akusalacetanāva saṅkhārāti veditabbā. Imasmiñhi sutte cetanā dhuraṃ, upālisutte kammaṃ. Abhisaṅkharitvāti saṅkaḍḍhitvā, piṇḍaṃ katvāti attho. Sabyābajjhaṃ lokanti sadukkhaṃ lokaṃ upapajjanti. Sabyābajjhā phassā phusantīti sadukkhā vipākaphassā phusanti. Ekantadukkhanti nirantaradukkhaṃ. Bhūtāti hetvatthe nissakkavacanaṃ, bhūtakammato bhūtassa sattassa uppatti hoti. Idaṃ vuttaṃ hoti – yathābhūtaṃ kammaṃ sattā karonti, tathābhūtena kammena kammasabhāgavasena tesaṃ upapatti hoti. Tenevāha ‘‘yaṃ karoti tena upapajjatī’’ti. Ettha ca tenāti kammena viya vuttā, upapatti ca nāma vipākena hoti. Yasmā pana vipākassa kammaṃ hetu, tasmā tena mūlahetubhūtena kammena nibbattatīti ayamettha attho. Phassā phusantīti yena kammavipākena nibbatto, taṃkammavipākaphassā phusanti. Kammadāyādāti kammadāyajjā kammameva nesaṃ dāyajjaṃ santakanti vadāmi.
无恼就是无苦。在这一类里,在身门生起的八种欲界善思,叫做身行。同样这八种思在语门生起,叫做语行。在意门生起的同样这八种欲界善思,再加上三种下分禅那的思,叫做无恼意行。禅那的思先不说,欲界的思为什么叫做无恼意行呢?在准备遍处和修习遍处的时候都可以得到。欲界思与初禅思相连,第四禅思与第三禅思相连。这样,应当知道在三门中,以身善行等分类的善思就是行。第三类应当理解为两者混合的情况。巴利
Abyābajjhanti niddukkhaṃ . Imasmiṃ vāre kāyadvāre pavattā aṭṭha kāmāvacarakusalacetanā kāyasaṅkhāro nāma. Tāyeva vacīdvāre pavattā vacīsaṅkhāro nāma. Manodvāre pavattā tāyeva aṭṭha, tisso ca heṭṭhimajhānacetanā abyābajjhamanosaṅkhāro nāma. Jhānacetanā tāva hotu, kāmāvacarā kinti abyābajjhamanosaṅkhāro nāma jātāti. Kasiṇasajjanakāle ca kasiṇāsevanakāle ca labbhanti. Kāmāvacaracetanā paṭhamajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā, catutthajjhānacetanā tatiyajjhānacetanāya ghaṭitā. Iti tīsupi dvāresu kāyasucaritādibhedā kusalacetanāva saṅkhārāti veditabbo. Tatiyavāro ubhayamissakavasena veditabbā.
像“譬如人”等这样的说法中:人的情况是,有时乐、有时苦,这本来就很明显;而在诸天当中,地居天神也是有时乐、有时苦;在堕入恶趣的众生中,宫殿饿鬼也是有时乐、有时苦,应当这样理解。象等畜生道中,也同样可以看到这种情况。巴利
Seyyathāpi manussātiādīsu manussānaṃ tāva kālena sukhaṃ kālena dukkhaṃ pākaṭameva, devesu pana bhummadevatānaṃ, vinipātikesu vemānikapetānaṃ kālena sukhaṃ kālena dukkhaṃ hotīti veditabbaṃ. Hatthiādīsu tiracchānesupi labbhatiyeva.
这里说的是那三种业当中。“为了断除它而有的思”,就是为了断除那种业而生起的道思。跟业相比,再没有比道思更白净的法了。不过,按照这四种业来说,十二种不善思叫作“黑”,三界中的善思叫作“白”,道思则叫作“非黑非白”。巴利
Tatrāti tesu tīsu kammesu. Tassa pahānāya yā cetanāti tassa pahānatthāya maggacetanā. Kammaṃ patvāva maggacetanāya añño paṇḍarataro dhammo nāma natthi. Idaṃ pana kammacatukkaṃ patvā dvādasa akusalacetanā kaṇhā nāma, tebhūmakakusalacetanā sukkā nāma, maggacetanā akaṇhā asukkāti āgatā.
82 愿我得到,尊者。这是他在这样想之后说的:长久以来,我把自己投入到不能导向解脱的那一边,把自己折磨得疲惫不堪,就像在干涸的河岸边翻来滚去想洗澡,又像捶打谷壳一样,什么利益都没成办。来吧,我现在要把自己投入修行。于是世尊按照犍度中制定的外道别住规则——即先前是外道的人,站在沙弥位上,依照“尊者,我叫某某,先前是外道,在这法和律中希望受具足戒。尊者,我向僧团乞求四个月别住”等文句受持而别住——针对这个情况说道:“西尼耶,若有先前是外道的人……”等等。巴利
82.‘‘Labheyyāhaṃ, bhante’’ti idaṃ so ‘‘ciraṃ vata me aniyyānikapakkhe yojetvā attā kilamito, ‘sukkhanadītīre nhāyissāmī’ti samparivattentena viya thuse koṭṭentena viya ca na koci attho nipphādito, handāhaṃ attānaṃ yoge yojemī’’ti cintetvā āha. Atha bhagavā yonena khandhake titthiyaparivāso paññatto, yaṃ aññatitthiyapubbo sāmaṇerabhūmiyaṃ ṭhito – ‘‘ahaṃ, bhante, itthannāmo aññatitthiyapubbo imasmiṃ dhammavinaye ākaṅkhāmi upasampadaṃ, svāhaṃ, bhante, saṅghaṃ cattāro māse parivāsaṃ yācāmī’’tiādinā (mahāva. 86) nayena samādiyitvā parivasati, taṃ sandhāya ‘‘yo kho, seniya, aññatitthiyapubbo’’tiādimāha.
这里说“出家”,只是顺着语言简略的习惯这么讲。其实不用先别住,就能得到出家。但想受具足戒的人,则要在不太久的时间内,完成入村等八项义务,然后行别住。“心悦者”,是指因为完成了八项义务而心里欢喜。这是这里的简要说明。若要详细知道,就应当依照《一切善见》律疏《出家犍度注释》里所说的外道别住的方式去理解。还有,“我了知这里的人的差别”,就是说我清楚地知道人的种种不同:这个人适合别住,这个人不适合别住,这对我来说是清楚明白的。巴利
Tattha pabbajjanti vacanasiliṭṭhatāvaseneva vuttaṃ. Aparivasitvāyeva hi pabbajjaṃ labhati. Upasampadatthikena pana nātikālena gāmappavesanādīni aṭṭha vattāni pūrentena parivasitabbaṃ . Āraddhacittāti aṭṭhavattapūraṇena tuṭṭhacittā. Ayamettha saṅkhepo. Vitthārato panesa titthiyaparivāso samantapāsādikāya vinayaṭṭhakathāya pabbajjakhandhakavaṇṇanāyaṃ (mahāva. aṭṭha. 86) vuttanayeneva veditabbo . Apica metthāti apica me ettha. Puggalavemattatā viditāti puggalanānattaṃ viditaṃ. Ayaṃ puggalo parivāsāraho, ayaṃ na parivāsārahoti idaṃ mayhaṃ pākaṭanti dasseti.
仙尼耶于是想:“啊,佛陀的教法真是奇妙!在这里,经过这样反复磨炼、敲打之后,只接受合适的,舍弃不合适的。”于是他对出家生起了更强的欢喜,便说出“若是这样,尊者……”等话。世尊知道他心意强烈,心想“仙尼耶不该受别住”,便吩咐一位比丘:“去吧,比丘,给仙尼耶沐浴,让他出家,然后带他来。”那位比丘照办,让他出家后带到世尊面前。世尊坐在僧众中,为他授了具足戒。因此说:“裸形者仙尼耶在世尊面前得以出家,得以受具足戒。”巴利
Tato seniyo cintesi – ‘‘aho acchariyaṃ buddhasāsanaṃ, yattha evaṃ ghaṃsitvā koṭṭetvā yuttameva gaṇhanti, ayuttaṃ chaḍḍentī’’ti. Tato suṭṭhutaraṃ pabbajjāya sañjātussāho sace, bhantetiādimāha. Atha bhagavā tassa tibbacchandataṃ viditvā na seniyo parivāsaṃ arahatīti aññataraṃ bhikkhuṃ āmantesi – ‘‘gaccha tvaṃ, bhikkhu, seniyaṃ nhāpetvā pabbājetvā ānehī’’ti. So tathā katvā taṃ pabbājetvā bhagavato santikaṃ ānayi. Bhagavā gaṇe nisīditvā upasampādesi. Tena vuttaṃ – ‘‘alattha kho acelo seniyo bhagavato santike pabbajjaṃ alattha upasampada’’nti.
刚受具足戒不久:受具足戒之后没过多久。远离:从欲乐之欲和烦恼之欲中,以身和心都远离。不放逸:在业处上不舍弃正念。热诚:以被称为身精进和心精进的热诚而热诚。心已发送者:由于对身体和生命都不顾念,所以是心已发送、已放舍自身的人。为了哪个目的:为了那个目的。善男子:有良好品行家的善男子。完全正确地:正是依于因、依于缘。那无上的:那无上的。梵行的终结:作为道之梵行终结的阿拉汉果。善男子们确实是为了这个目的而出家。就在现世:就在这现有的生命体中。自己以通智作证:以自己的智慧亲自证见,也就是不依赖他人而了知。成就后而住:到达、完成之后而住。如此安住时,他彻知:生已尽……等。巴利
Acirūpasampannoti upasampanno hutvā nacirameva. Vūpakaṭṭhoti vatthukāmakilesakāmehi kāyena ca cittena ca vūpakaṭṭho. Appamattoti kammaṭṭhāne satiṃ avijahanto. Ātāpīti kāyikacetasikasaṅkhātena vīriyātāpena ātāpī. Pahitattoti kāye ca jīvite ca anapekkhatāya pesitatto vissaṭṭhaattabhāvo. Yassatthāyāti yassa atthāya. Kulaputtāti ācārakulaputtā. Sammadevāti hetunāva kāraṇeneva. Tadanuttaranti taṃ anuttaraṃ. Brahmacariyapariyosānanti maggabrahmacariyapariyosānabhūtaṃ arahattaphalaṃ. Tassa hi atthāya kulaputtā pabbajanti. Diṭṭheva dhammeti imasmiṃyeva attabhāve. Sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvāti attanāyeva paññāya paccakkhaṃ katvā, aparappaccayaṃ ñatvāti attho. Upasampajja vihāsīti pāpuṇitvā sampādetvā vihāsi. Evaṃ viharantova khīṇā jāti…pe… abbhaññāsi.
这样为他显示了观察的所依之后,为了以阿罗汉的最高境界来结束这次教导,便说:“那位尊者仙尼耶成了诸阿罗汉之一。”其中,“一位”就是一个人。“阿罗汉”指诸阿罗汉,意思是成了世尊的声闻阿罗汉当中的一员,这就是真正的含义和所指。其余各处都浅显明了。巴利
Evamassa paccavekkhaṇabhūmiṃ dassetvā arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpetuṃ ‘‘aññataro kho panāyasmā seniyo arahataṃ ahosī’’ti vuttaṃ. Tattha aññataroti eko. Arahatanti arahantānaṃ, bhagavato sāvakānaṃ arahantānaṃ abbhantaro ahosīti ayamevattha adhippāyo. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānamevāti.
第八《无畏王子经》的注释巴利
8. Abhayarājakumārasuttavaṇṇanā
83 “如是我闻”这句,就是《无畏王子经》的开头。其中“无畏”是他的名字;“王子”是指频婆娑罗王的亲生儿子。“挑起论诤”意思是挑起过失。“堕地狱者”是指会生到地狱里的人。“住劫者”是指能住留一劫的人。“不可救治者”是指即使有一千位佛陀也救治不了的人。“吐出”是指他没法把话的两头拆开来说,所以不能像吐东西一样把它弄到外面去。“吞下”是指他在提问中找出过失之后,却没法把它带走,不能像吞东西一样吞进肚子里。巴利
83.Evaṃme sutanti abhayasuttaṃ. Tattha abhayoti tassa nāmaṃ. Rājakumāroti bimbisārassa orasaputto. Vādaṃ āropehīti dosaṃ āropehi. Nerayikoti niraye nibbattako. Kappaṭṭhoti kappaṭṭhitiko. Atekicchoti buddhasahassenāpi tikicchituṃ na sakkā. Uggilitunti dve ante mocetvā kathetuṃ asakkonto uggilituṃ bahi nīharituṃ na sakkhiti. Ogilitunti pucchāya dosaṃ datvā hāretuṃ asakkonto ogilituṃ anto pavesetuṃ na sakkhiti.
“是的,尊者。”据说尼干陀这样想:“沙门乔达摩把我的弟子们分化拉拢过去,那我要准备一个问题,让沙门乔达摩被问到的时候,就像蹲坐着一样,蹲下去就站不起来。”他在无畏王子家里接受供养,吃着油腻甘美的食物,准备了许多问题,并一一标记:“在这里沙门乔达摩会露出这个破绽,在那里会露出那个破绽。”他把所有问题都放下,在第四个月的最后一天,发现了这个问题。这时他心想:“对这个问题,不管是提问还是回答,都挑不出毛病,它就像一个密实的实心球。谁能拿着它去向沙门乔达摩挑起论诤呢?”于是他认定:“无畏王子很聪明,他能做到。”就把这个问题教给了王子。王子因为喜好辩论,接受了他的话,说道:“是的,尊者。”巴利
Evaṃ, bhanteti nigaṇṭho kira cintesi – ‘‘samaṇo gotamo mayhaṃ sāvake bhinditvā gaṇhāti, handāhaṃ ekaṃ pañhaṃ abhisaṅkharomi, yaṃ puṭṭho samaṇo gotamo ukkuṭiko hutvā nisinno uṭṭhātuṃ na sakkhissatī’’ti. So abhayassa gehā nīhaṭabhatto siniddhabhojanaṃ bhuñjanto bahū pañhe abhisaṅkharitvā – ‘‘ettha samaṇo gotamo imaṃ nāma dosaṃ dassessati, ettha imaṃ nāmā’’ti sabbe pahāya cātumāsamatthake imaṃ pañhaṃ addasa. Athassa etadahosi – ‘‘imassa pañhassa pucchāya vā vissajjane vā na sakkā doso dātuṃ, ovaṭṭikasāro ayaṃ, ko nu kho imaṃ gahetvā samaṇassa gotamassa vādaṃ āropessatī’’ti. Tato ‘‘abhayo rājakumāro paṇḍito, so sakkhissatīti taṃ uggaṇhāpemī’’ti niṭṭhaṃ gantvā uggaṇhāpesi. So vādajjhāsayatāya tassa vacanaṃ sampaṭicchanto ‘‘evaṃ, bhante,’’ti āha.
84 “今天不是时候”这句话,是针对那个准备了四个月的问题说的。他心里想:要是把这里面的内容拿来一一回答,一个白天根本不够用。“那现在”就是指明天。“自己第四人”是说,他为什么不和许多人一起邀请呢?据说他是这样想的:“如果很多人坐在一起,我稍微供养一点之后开口说话,他就会引出另一部经、另一个理由、另一类相应的事例来开示,这样一来就会争吵或者闹成一片喧哗。那我只邀请一个人吧,可这样又会招来对我的指责:‘这个无畏真是吝啬到家了,明明看到世尊天天和上百位、上千位比丘一起出行,却只邀请一个人。’”他想,这样一来就没有过错了,于是连同另外三人,加上自己一共四人,发出了邀请。巴利
84.Akālokho ajjāti ayaṃ pañho catūhi māsehi abhisaṅkhato, tattha idaṃ gahetvā idaṃ vissajjiyamāne divasabhāgo nappahossatīti maññanto evaṃ cintesi. So dānīti sve dāni. Attacatutthoti kasmā bahūhi saddhiṃ na nimantesi? Evaṃ kirassa ahosi – ‘‘bahūsu nisinnesu thokaṃ datvā vadantassa aññaṃ suttaṃ aññaṃ kāraṇaṃ aññaṃ tathārūpaṃ vatthuṃ āharitvā dassessati, evaṃ sante kalaho vā kolāhalameva vā bhavissati. Athāpi ekakaṃyeva nimantessāmi, evampi me garahā uppajjissati ‘yāvamaccharī vāyaṃ abhayo, bhagavantaṃ divase divase bhikkhūnaṃ satenapi sahassenapi saddhiṃ carantaṃ disvāpi ekakaṃyeva nimantesī’’’ti. ‘‘Evaṃ pana doso na bhavissatī’’ti aparehi tīhi saddhiṃ attacatutthaṃ nimantesi.
85 王子,这里并不是一概而论的,意思是:王子,对这个问题,并不存在一概而论的回答。如来对于这样的话,可能说,也可能不说。如果看到说了能带来利益,就说;如果看不到利益,就不说。就这样,世尊只用一句话,就把大尼干陀花了四个月准备的问题击得粉碎,就像霹雳击碎山顶一样。所谓“尼干陀们败了”,意思是尼干陀们完了。巴利
85.Na khvettha, rājakumāra, ekaṃsenāti na kho, rājakumāra, ettha pañhe ekaṃsena vissajjanaṃ hoti. Evarūpañhi vācaṃ tathāgato bhāseyyāpi na bhāseyyāpi. Bhāsitapaccayena atthaṃ passanto bhāseyya, apassanto na bhāseyyāti attho. Iti bhagavā mahānigaṇṭhena catūhi māsehi abhisaṅkhataṃ pañhaṃ asanipātena pabbatakūṭaṃ viya ekavacaneneva saṃcuṇṇesi. Anassuṃ nigaṇṭhāti naṭṭhā nigaṇṭhā.
86 “坐在膝上”就是坐在大腿上。那些主张诡辩的人,在立论的时候,总是拿着某个水果、花朵或书本坐下来。他们自己辩赢了,就压制对方;对方辩赢了,他们就装作吃水果、闻花朵或读诵书本的样子,显出心不在焉。可是这位王子却想:“这位是正自觉者,已入战场,能摧破外道之论。如果我赢了,那当然好;如果赢不了,我就戳这孩子让他哭。然后大家看,这孩子哭了,先起来吧,以后再说。”所以他抱着孩子坐下了。然而世尊的辩才比王子殊胜千倍、十万倍,世尊心想:“我就拿这孩子作比喻,破除他的论题。”于是说道:“王子,你怎么想……”等等。巴利
86.Aṅke nisinno hotīti ūrūsu nisinno hoti. Lesavādino hi vādaṃ paṭṭhapentā kiñcideva phalaṃ vā pupphaṃ vā potthakaṃ vā gahetvā nisīdanti. Te attano jaye sati paraṃ ajjhottharanti, parassa jaye sati phalaṃ khādantā viya pupphaṃ ghāyantā viya potthakaṃ vācentā viya vikkhepaṃ dassenti. Ayaṃ pana cintesi – ‘‘sammāsambuddho esa osaṭasaṅgāmo paravādamaddano. Sace me jayo bhavissati, iccetaṃ kusalaṃ. No ce bhavissati, dārakaṃ vijjhitvā rodāpessāmi. Tato passatha, bho, ayaṃ dārako rodati, uṭṭhahatha tāva, pacchāpi jānissāmā’’ti tasmā dārakaṃ gahetvā nisīdi. Bhagavā pana rājakumārato sahassaguṇenapi satasahassaguṇenapi vādīvarataro, ‘‘imamevassa dārakaṃ upamaṃ katvā vādaṃ bhindissāmī’’ti cintetvā ‘‘taṃ kiṃ maññasi rājakumārā’’tiādimāha.
这里,“放到口中”就是放进口里。“我应为他拿走”意思是我该替他把那东西拿开。“仅凭最初的动作”就是指只靠第一个动作。“不实”就是不真实的事情。“不真实”就是不真。“不带来利益”就是不带来好处、不导向增长。“不可爱、不合意”就是既不让人喜爱,也不让人喜欢。按照这个道理,一切地方的意思都应该这样理解。巴利
Tattha mukhe āhareyyāti mukhe ṭhapeyya. Āhareyyassāhanti apaneyyaṃ assa ahaṃ. Ādikenevāti paṭhamapayogeneva. Abhūtanti abhūtatthaṃ. Atacchanti na tacchaṃ. Anatthasaṃhitanti na atthasaṃhitaṃ na vaḍḍhinissitaṃ. Appiyā amanāpāti neva piyā na manāpā. Iminā nayeneva sabbattha attho daṭṭhabbo.
在这里,对于不可意的那一类,第一种话是把本来不是贼的人说成贼,把本来不是奴仆的人说成奴仆,把本来没有邪行的人说成有邪行。如来不说这种话。第二种话是把确实是贼的人说成贼等等。如来也不说这种话。第三种话是应当以大众的利益为重、以法为重、以教导为重而说的话,比如:如今你因为没修过福,才落得穷困、丑陋、没有势力;就算你待在这里,也还是不修福业,等到第二个心念生起的时候,你怎么能从四种恶趣中解脱呢?在这里,针对这第三类语,如来是知时者,也就是说,他是在了知大众能够接受、能够领会的时刻之后,才作出回答的。巴利
Tattha appiyapakkhe paṭhamavācā acoraṃyeva coroti, adāsaṃyeva dāsoti, aduppayuttaṃyeva duppayuttoti pavattā. Na taṃ tathāgato bhāsati. Dutiyavācā coraṃyeva coro ayantiādivasena pavattā. Tampi tathāgato na bhāsati. Tatiyavācā ‘‘idāni akatapuññatāya duggato dubbaṇṇo appesakkho , idha ṭhatvāpi puna puññaṃ na karosi, dutiyacittavāre kathaṃ catūhi apāyehi na muccissasī’’ti evaṃ mahājanassa atthapurekkhārena dhammapurekkhārena anusāsanīpurekkhārena ca vattabbavācā. Tatra kālaññū tathāgatoti tasmiṃ tatiyabyākaraṇe tassā vācāya byākaraṇatthāya tathāgato kālaññū hoti, mahājanassa ādānakālaṃ gahaṇakālaṃ jānitvāva byākarotīti attho.
在可意的一方,第一种话叫作无稽之谈。应当这样理解:据说,有一群骗子想骗一个从村里来到城里的老人。老人在酒馆里喝酒,那些骗子站在喝酒的地方,陪他一起喝谷酒,心里盘算着:“我们要把他身上穿的衣服、手里拿的财物,全都夺过来。”于是他们约定:“我们每人说一件自己亲眼所见的事。谁要是说‘这是假的’,或者不相信别人说的,我们就把他抓来当奴隶。”他们也问那个老人:“老人家,您也同意吧?”老人说:“孩子们,就这么办吧。”巴利
Piyapakkhe paṭhamavācā aṭṭhāniyakathā nāma. Sā evaṃ veditabbā – evaṃ kira gāmavāsimahallakaṃ nagaraṃ āgantvā pānāgāre pivantaṃ vañcetukāmā sambahulā dhuttā pītaṭṭhāne ṭhatvā tena saddhiṃ suraṃ pivantā ‘‘imassa nivāsanapāvuraṇampi hatthe bhaṇḍakampi sabbaṃ gaṇhissāmā’’ti cintetvā katikaṃ akaṃsu – ‘‘ekekaṃ attapaccakkhakathaṃ kathema, yo ‘abhūta’nti kathesi, kathitaṃ vā na saddahati, taṃ dāsaṃ katvā gaṇhissāmā’’ti. Tampi mahallakaṃ pucchiṃsu ‘‘tumhākampi tāta ruccatī’’ti. Evaṃ hotu tātāti.
有个无赖说:朋友,我还在娘胎里的时候,我母亲就特别想吃木苹果。她找不到别人去摘木苹果,就只派了我去。我到了那里,却爬不上树,就自己抓住自己的双脚,像扔木槌一样把自己抛到树上。然后我在树枝间来回走动,摘了果子,却下不来,只好回家拿了梯子,顺着梯子下来,走到母亲跟前,把果子交给了母亲。那些果子很大,有罐子那么大。接着我母亲坐在一个地方,一口气吃了整整六十个果子。我用一边腋下带回来的那些果子,剩下的就分给了我们村里同族的老老少少。我们家的房子有十六肘高,把里面其他东西都搬开,光是用木苹果就塞得满满的,一直堆到屋顶。多出来的果子还堆在门口,堆得像座山,有八十肘高。朋友,像这样的事,能信吗?巴利
Eko dhutto āha – mayhaṃ, bho mātu, mayi kucchigate kapiṭṭhaphaladohalo ahosi. Sā aññaṃ kapiṭṭhahārakaṃ alabbhamānā maṃyeva pesesi. Ahaṃ gantvā rukkhaṃ abhiruhituṃ asakkonto attanāva attānaṃ pāde gahetvā muggaraṃ viya rukkhassa upari khipiṃ; atha sākhato sākhaṃ vicaranto phalāni gahetvā otarituṃ asakkonto gharaṃ gantvā nisseṇiṃ āharitvā oruyha mātu santikaṃ gantvā phalāni mātuyā adāsiṃ; tāni pana mahantāni honti cāṭippamāṇāni. Tato me mātarā ekāsane nisinnāya samasaṭṭhiphalāni khāditāni. Mayā ekucchaṅgena ānītaphalesu sesakāni kulasantake gāme khuddakamahallakānaṃ ahesuṃ. Amhākaṃ gharaṃ soḷasahatthaṃ, sesaparikkhārabhaṇḍakaṃ apanetvā kapiṭṭhaphaleheva yāva chadanaṃ pūritaṃ. Tato atirekāni gahetvā gehadvāre rāsiṃ akaṃsu. So asītihatthubbedho pabbato viya ahosi. Kiṃ īdisaṃ, bho sakkā, saddahitunti?
那位村长长者一直沉默地坐着,等所有人的话都说完了,有人问他,他才开口说:“孩子们,事情大概会是这样吧——国土那么大,因为国土大,倒也能让人相信。”就像他这样说一样,其他人也说了类似那种毫无根据的话,他也说:“孩子们,你们也听听我的。不是只有你们有家族,我家也是大族。我家的棉花田比其余田地更大。那块棉花田有数百卡利萨那么大,正中间有一棵大棉花树,高八十肘。它有五根大枝,其他枝上都不结果,只有朝东的那根枝上结了一个果子,有大水缸那么大。那个果子有六道棱,六道棱上开了六团棉花。我剃了胡子、洗了澡、涂了油,走到田里,看见那六团棉花开着,就站在原地伸手去摘。那六团棉花力气很大,变成了六个奴隶。他们全都丢下我一个人跑了。这么长时间我都没见到他们,今天见到了——你们这六个人就是他们。你叫难陀,你叫富楼那,你叫跋陀摩那,你叫质多,你叫吉祥,你叫波提耶。”说完,他就站起来,把还坐在那里的人一个个抓住顶髻。那些人连“我们不是奴隶”都说不出来。于是他把他们拖到法庭,烙上印记,让他们终身做奴隶,随意役使。像这样的故事,如来是不说的。巴利
Gāmikamahallako tuṇhī nisīditvā sabbesaṃ kathāpariyosāne pucchito āha – ‘‘evaṃ bhavissati tātā, mahantaṃ raṭṭhaṃ, raṭṭhamahantatāya sakkā saddahitu’’nti. Yathā ca tena, evaṃ sesehipi tathārūpāsu nikkāraṇakathāsu kathitāsu āha – mayhampi tātā suṇātha, na tumhākaṃyeva kulāni, amhākampi kulaṃ mahākulaṃ, amhākaṃ pana avasesakhettehi kappāsakhettaṃ mahantataraṃ . Tassa anekakarīsasatassa kappāsakhettassa majjhe eko kappāsarukkho mahā asītihatthubbedho ahosi. Tassa pañca sākhā, tāsu avasesasākhā phalaṃ na gaṇhiṃsu, pācīnasākhāya ekameva mahācāṭimattaṃ phalaṃ ahosi. Tassa cha aṃsiyo, chasu aṃsīsu cha kappāsapiṇḍiyo pupphitā. Ahaṃ massuṃ kāretvā nhātavilitto khettaṃ gantvā tā kappāsapiṇḍiyo pupphitā disvā ṭhitakova hatthaṃ pasāretvā gaṇhiṃ. Tā kappāsapiṇḍiyo thāmasampannā cha dāsā ahesuṃ. Te sabbe maṃ ekakaṃ ohāya palātā. Ettake addhāne te na passāmi, ajja diṭṭhā, tumhe te cha janā. Tvaṃ nando nāma, tvaṃ puṇṇo nāma, tvaṃ vaḍḍhamāno nāma, tvaṃ citto nāma tvaṃ maṅgalo nāma, tvaṃ poṭṭhiyo nāmāti vatvā uṭṭhāya nisinnakeyeva cūḷāsu gahetvā aṭṭhāsi. Te ‘‘na mayaṃ dāsā’’tipi vattuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Atha ne kaḍḍhanto vinicchayaṃ netvā lakkhaṇaṃ āropetvā yāvajīvaṃ dāse katvā paribhuñji. Evarūpiṃ kathaṃ tathāgato na bhāsati.
第二类语,是出于贪求利养、谄媚讨好等目的,用种种方式称赞别人的话,以及顺着“盗贼论、国王论”这类路子说出来的畜生论。这样的话,如来也不说。第三类语,是立足于圣谛的话,有智慧的人哪怕听上一百年,也不会觉得满足。所以,如来并不是一概不说一切不悦耳的话,也不是一概不说悦耳的话,而是不越过该说的时机,到了该说第三类语的时候才说。在这里应当知道:前面举的那个关于年幼童子的譬喻,就是针对这第三类语中的不悦耳之言说的。巴利
Dutiyavācā āmisahetucāṭukamyatādivasena nānappakārā paresaṃ thomanavācā ceva, corakathaṃ rājakathanti ādinayappavattā tiracchānakathā ca. Tampi tathāgato na bhāsati. Tatiyavācā ariyasaccasannissitakathā, yaṃ vassasatampi suṇantā paṇḍitā neva tittiṃ gacchanti. Iti tathāgato neva sabbampi appiyavācaṃ bhāsati na piyavācaṃ. Tatiyaṃ tatiyameva pana bhāsitabbakālaṃ anatikkamitvā bhāsati. Tattha tatiyaṃ appiyavācaṃ sandhāya heṭṭhā daharakumāraupamā āgatāti veditabbaṃ.
87 “还是依处而现?”他这样问的意思是:那件事对如来来说,是不是凭依处所生的智慧,就在当下那一刹那便显现出来?“已知”指已被知道、已被了知、已显明。“法界”指法的自性,这是一切知智的别名。这法界,世尊已彻底通达,对世尊来说已握在手中。因此,凡世尊想要的,一切都在他那里依处而现。其余各处都浅显易懂。而这段说法,是依所应引导的人而圆满结束的。巴利
87.Udāhu ṭhānasovetanti udāhu ṭhānuppattikañāṇena taṅkhaṇaṃyeva taṃ tathāgatassa upaṭṭhātīti pucchati. Saññātoti ñāto paññāto pākaṭo. Dhammadhātūti dhammasabhāvo. Sabbaññutaññāṇassetaṃ adhivacanaṃ . Taṃ bhagavatā suppaṭividdhaṃ, hatthagataṃ bhagavato. Tasmā so yaṃ yaṃ icchati, taṃ taṃ sabbaṃ ṭhānasova paṭibhātīti. Sesaṃ sabbattha uttānameva. Ayaṃ pana dhammadesanā neyyapuggalavasena pariniṭṭhitāti.
《多受经》的注释巴利
9. Bahuvedanīyasuttavaṇṇanā
88 “如是我闻”这句,说的是《多受经》。其中,“五支木匠”:“五支”是他的名字。因为他具备斧头、锛子、凿、棍棒、锤子、墨线和卷尺这些工具,所以被称为“五支”。 “木匠”就是木匠师傅。“优陀夷”就是智慧长老优陀夷。巴利
88.Evaṃme sutanti bahuvedanīyasuttaṃ. Tattha pañcakaṅgo thapatīti pañcakaṅgoti tassa nāmaṃ. Vāsipharasunikhādanadaṇḍamuggarakāḷasuttanāḷisaṅkhātehi vā aṅgehi samannāgatattā so pañcaṅgoti paññāto. Thapatīti vaḍḍhakījeṭṭhako. Udāyīti paṇḍitaudāyitthero.
89 “方式”是指原因。“阿难,有二”就是阿难,有两种。“以方式”就是凭某种原因。在这里应当知道,按身体和心的区别有两种受;按乐等区别有三种受;按根的区别有乐根等五种受;按门的区别有眼触所生等六种受;按近伺的区别有“以眼见色后,近伺能令喜悦生起之色”等十八种受;六种依于居家的喜悦、六种依于出离的喜悦、六种依于居家的忧、六种依于出离的忧、六种依于居家的舍、六种依于出离的舍,这样共三十六种。过去有这三十六种,未来有三十六种,现在有三十六种,如此应当知道共有一百零八种受。巴利
89.Pariyāyanti kāraṇaṃ. Dvepānandāti dvepi, ānanda. Pariyāyenāti kāraṇena. Ettha ca kāyikacetasikavasena dve veditabbā. Sukhādivasena tisso, indriyavasena sukhindriyādikā pañca, dvāravasena cakkhusamphassajādikā cha, upavicāravasena ‘‘cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā somanassaṭṭhāniyaṃ rūpaṃ upavicaratī’’tiādikā aṭṭhārasa, cha gehassitāni somanassāni, cha nekkhammasitāni somanassāni, cha gehassitāni domanassāni, cha nekkhammasitāni domanassāni, cha gehassitā upekkhā, cha nekkhammasitāti evaṃ chattiṃsa, tā atīte chattiṃsa, anāgate chattiṃsa, paccuppanne chattiṃsāti evaṃ aṭṭhavedanāsataṃ veditabbaṃ.
90 阿难,这里有五种欲乐功德,这是一段独立的连结。世尊并不只是从两种受开始安立诸受,也曾以某种方式说过单一受。为了说明这一点,也为了支持五支木匠的说法,世尊开始了这段教法。巴利
90.Pañca kho ime, ānanda, kāmaguṇāti ayaṃ pāṭiekko anusandhi. Na kevalampi dve ādiṃ katvā vedanā bhagavatā paññattā, pariyāyena ekāpi vedanā kathitā. Taṃ dassento pañcakaṅgassa thapatino vādaṃ upatthambhetuṃ imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi.
“更美妙”是指更美好。“更殊胜”是指更无热恼。在这里,从第四禅开始就有不苦不乐受,这种受也因为寂静和殊胜而被称为乐。六种依止居家生活的乐被称为乐。灭尽定因为有无感受的乐而被称为乐。由五种欲乐和八种等至所产生的,叫做有感受的乐;灭尽定则叫做无感受的乐。因此,不论是有感受的乐还是无感受的乐,由于“无苦”就是乐的含义,一切都成为纯粹的乐。巴利
Abhikkantataranti sundarataraṃ. Paṇītataranti atappakataraṃ. Ettha ca catutthajjhānato paṭṭhāya adukkhamasukhā vedanā, sāpi santaṭṭhena paṇītaṭṭhena ca sukhanti vuttā. Cha gehassitāni sukhanti vuttāni. Nirodho avedayitasukhavasena sukhaṃ nāma jāto. Pañcakāmaguṇavasena hi aṭṭhasamāpattivasena ca uppannaṃ vedayitasukhaṃ nāma. Nirodho avedayitasukhaṃ nāma. Iti vedayitasukhaṃ vā hotu avedayitasukhaṃ vā, taṃ niddukkhabhāvasaṅkhātena sukhaṭṭhena ekantasukhameva jātaṃ.
91 “无论在哪里”,就是在任何一个地方。“得到乐”,就是得到有感受的乐,或者没有感受的乐。“如来把它安立为乐”,就是如来把这一切无苦的状态都安立在乐上。在这里,世尊以灭尽定为顶点,针对应当被引导的人,以阿罗汉果为最高点,结束了这次说法。巴利
91.Yatthayatthāti yasmiṃ yasmiṃ ṭhāne. Sukhaṃ upalabbhatīti vedayitasukhaṃ vā avedayitasukhaṃ vā upalabbhati. Taṃ taṃ tathāgato sukhasmiṃ paññapetīti taṃ sabbaṃ tathāgato niddukkhabhāvaṃ sukhasmiṃyeva paññapetīti. Idha bhagavā nirodhasamāpattiṃ sīsaṃ katvā neyyapuggalavasena arahattanikūṭeneva desanaṃ niṭṭhāpesīti.
第10篇 无危经的注释巴利
10. Apaṇṇakasuttavaṇṇanā
92 “如是我闻”这一段,就是《无猜经》。其中,“游行”是指不慌不忙地游历。巴利
92.Evaṃme sutanti apaṇṇakasuttaṃ. Tattha cārikanti aturitacārikaṃ.
93 “居士们,你们有没有什么见解呢?”世尊为什么这样问呢?据说那个村子坐落在八路交叉处。各种沙门、婆罗门白天赶路,傍晚就进这个村子住宿。村民们给他们铺好床座,帮他们洗脚、涂油,送上允许饮用的饮料,第二天再邀请他们来接受供养。那些沙门、婆罗门心里欢喜,就跟村民们交谈,这样问:“居士们,你们有没有持什么见解?”“没有,尊者。”他们就说:“居士们,没有见解,世间的人是没法解脱的。应该先信受一种见解,认可它、接受它,才算抓得住。你们就持‘世间是常住的’这个见解吧。”说完就走了。第二天,另外一些沙门、婆罗门来了,也照样问。村民们就告诉他们:“是的,尊者,前几天有像你们这样的沙门、婆罗门来过,让我们接受了‘世间是常住的’这个见解,然后就走了。”那些人说:“那些蠢人懂什么?你们应该持‘这个世间是断灭的’这种断灭见。”就这样,他们也让村民们接受了断灭见,然后离开。用同样的办法,另一些人让村民们接受了“某些事物是常住的”,另一些人让接受了“世间有边无边”,另一些人让接受了“无诤见”,就这样让他们学了六十二种见解。可是村民们对任何一种见解都没能真正站住脚。最后世尊来了,为了他们的利益而问,说了“居士们,你们有没有……”等话。其中,“有理由的”意思是有原因、有根据的。“无猜的”意思是不偏离、不犹豫、确定无疑地把握。巴利
93.Atthi pana vo gahapatayoti kasmā āha? So kira gāmo aṭavidvāre niviṭṭho. Nānāvidhā samaṇabrāhmaṇā divasaṃ maggaṃ gantvā sāyaṃ taṃ gāmaṃ vāsatthāya upenti, tesaṃ te manussā mañcapīṭhāni pattharitvā pāde dhovitvā pāde makkhetvā kappiyapānakāni datvā punadivase nimantetvā dānaṃ denti. Te pasannacittā tehi saddhiṃ sammantayamānā evaṃ vadanti ‘‘atthi pana vo gahapatayo kiñci dassanaṃ gahita’’nti? Natthi, bhanteti. ‘‘Gahapatayo vinā dassanena loko na niyyāti, ekaṃ dassanaṃ ruccitvā khamāpetvā gahetuṃ vaṭṭati, ‘sassato loko’ti dassanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti vatvā pakkantā. Aparadivase aññe āgatā. Tepi tatheva pucchiṃsu. Te tesaṃ ‘‘āma, bhante, purimesu divasesu tumhādisā samaṇabrāhmaṇā āgantvā ‘sassato loko’ti amhe idaṃ dassanaṃ gāhāpetvā gatā’’ti ārocesuṃ. ‘‘Te bālā kiṃ jānanti? ‘Ucchijjati ayaṃ loko’ti ucchedadassanaṃ gaṇhathā’’ti evaṃ tepi ucchedadassanaṃ gaṇhāpetvā pakkantā. Etenupāyena aññe ekaccasassataṃ, aññe antānantaṃ , aññe amarāvikkhepanti evaṃ dvāsaṭṭhi diṭṭhiyo uggaṇhāpesuṃ. Te pana ekadiṭṭhiyampi patiṭṭhātuṃ nāsakkhiṃsu. Sabbapacchā bhagavā agamāsi. So tesaṃ hitatthāya pucchanto ‘‘atthi pana vo gahapatayo’’tiādimāha. Tattha ākāravatīti kāraṇavatī sahetukā. Apaṇṇakoti aviraddho advejjhagāmī ekaṃsagāhiko.
94 “无布施”等依十事而立的邪见,在之前的《萨勒雅迦经》中已经详细说明了。同样,与它相反的正见也是如此。巴利
94.Natthi dinnantiādi dasavatthukā micchādiṭṭhi heṭṭhā sāleyyakasutte vitthāritā. Tathā tabbipaccanīkabhūtā sammādiṭṭhi.
95 “出离的功德”:他们看不到从那些不善中出离的状态有什么功德,也看不到属于清净分、光明分的那部分,这就是这句话的意思。“非法教说”:就是把不真实的法讲给别人听。“自赞”:就是“除了我,还有谁能让他人接受我的见解?”这样把自己抬举起来。“贬他”:就是“在这么多人里,连一个能让他人接受自己见解的人都找不到”,这样把别人往下踩。“然而在先前”:当他先前执取邪见的时候,善戒就已经断除了,无道德的状态已经现前。“他的这些”:就是他的这些邪见等七个法。不过,由于它们一再地生起,正是以邪见为缘,许多罪恶的不善法就生起了。巴利
95.Nekkhamme ānisaṃsanti yo nesaṃ akusalato nikkhantabhāve ānisaṃso, yo ca vodānapakkho visuddhipakkho, taṃ na passantīti attho. Asaddhammasaññattīti abhūtadhammasaññāpanā . Attānukkaṃsetīti ṭhapetvā maṃ ko añño attano dassanaṃ pare gaṇhāpetuṃ sakkotīti attānaṃ ukkhipati. Paraṃ vambhetīti ettakesu janesu ekopi attano dassanaṃ pare gaṇhāpetuṃ na sakkotīti evaṃ paraṃ heṭṭhā khipati. Pubbeva kho panāti pubbe micchādassanaṃ gaṇhantasseva susīlyaṃ pahīnaṃ hoti, dussīlabhāvo paccupaṭṭhito. Evamassimeti evaṃ assa ime micchādiṭṭhiādayo satta. Aparāparaṃ uppajjanavasena pana teyeva micchādiṭṭhipaccayā aneke pāpakā akusalā dhammā uppajjanti nāma.
在那里,就是指那些沙门婆罗门的见解当中。落败执,就是失败后的执取。受持不善好,就是错误地执取、错误地把握。只遍满一边而住,就是只遍满一个方向、一个部分,也就是只遍满并坚定于自己的主张而住,认为“如果没有他世”,即使事实如此,也能带来安稳。舍弃,就是回避。巴利
Tatrāti tāsu tesaṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ laddhīsu. Kaliggahoti parājayaggāho. Dussamatto samādinnoti duggahito dupparāmaṭṭho. Ekaṃsaṃ pharitvā tiṭṭhatīti ekantaṃ ekakoṭṭhāsaṃ sakavādameva pharitvā adhimuccitvā tiṭṭhati, ‘‘sace kho natthi paro loko’’ti evaṃ santeyeva sotthibhāvāvaho hoti. Riñcatīti vajjeti.
96 正法的说明,就是讲说真实法。巴利
96.Saddhammasaññattīti bhūtadhammasaññāpanā.
“得胜”就是取得胜利。“善受持”就是好好掌握、好好把握。“遍满两边而住”就是遍满两个部分、两边,也就是遍满并确定于自己的主张和他人的主张而住:即使是这样——“如果有他世”——也能带来平安;即使是这样——“如果没有他世”——也能带来平安。对于一方和两方的情况,也应当按同样的方法来理解其含义。巴利
Kaṭaggahoti jayaggāho. Susamatto samādinnoti suggahito suparāmaṭṭho. Ubhayaṃsaṃpharitvā tiṭṭhatīti ubhayantaṃ ubhayakoṭṭhāsaṃ sakavādaṃ paravādañca pharitvā adhimuccitvā tiṭṭhati ‘‘sace kho atthi paro loko’’ti evaṃ santepi ‘‘sace kho natthi paro loko’’ti evaṃ santepi sotthibhāvāvaho hoti. Paratopi ekaṃsaubhayaṃsesu imināva nayena attho veditabbo.
97 自己做:指亲手去做。叫别人做:指下命令让别人去做。砍:指砍断别人的手、脚等。烧:指用棍棒折磨别人,或者用棍棒吓唬别人。让人忧愁:指通过抢走别人的财物等方式,自己制造忧愁,或者让别人去制造忧愁。让人疲惫:指通过断绝饮食、捆绑囚禁等方式,自己使别人疲惫,或者让别人使别人疲惫。自己颤抖和让别人颤抖:指别人颤抖的时候,自己也跟着颤抖,同时也让别人颤抖。杀生:指自己杀害生命,或者让别人杀害生命。像这样,在所有情况下,都应该从“自己做”和“让别人做”这两个角度来理解其中的含义。巴利
97.Karototi sahatthā karontassa. Kārayatoti āṇattiyā kārentassa. Chindatoti paresaṃ hatthādīni chindantassa. Pacatoti daṇḍena pīḷentassa vā tajjentassa vā. Socayatoti parassa bhaṇḍaharaṇādīhi sokaṃ sayaṃ karontassapi parehi kārentassapi. Kilamatoti āhārūpaccheda-bandhanāgārappavesanādīhi sayaṃ kilamantassāpi parehi kilamāpentassāpi. Phandato phandāpayatoti paraṃ phandantaṃ phandanakāle sayampi phandato parampi phandāpayato. Pāṇamatipātayatoti pāṇaṃ hanantassapi hanāpentassapi. Evaṃ sabbattha karaṇakārāpanavaseneva attho veditabbo.
“连接”是指房屋与房屋之间的连接处。“大掠夺”是指大规模的抢劫。“一家”是指把单独一户人家包围起来抢劫。“拦路而站”是指站在路上,为了截断来来往往的人。至于“作恶却不成恶”:即使怀着“我在做某种恶”的想法去做,实际上这个恶并没有被做成,根本不存在什么恶。但众生却带着“我们在做”这样的想法。意思是说,他们就是这样认知的。“以刀刃为边”是指以刀轮为边,或者说边缘像刀刃一样。“一个肉堆”是指一堆肉。“聚”是它的同义词。“以此为因缘”是指形成一个肉堆的因缘。南岸的人粗暴、凶恶,针对他们而说“杀害”等语。北岸的人有信仰、净信,是佛的所属者、法的所属者、僧的所属者,针对他们而说“布施”等语。巴利
Sandhinti gharasandhiṃ. Nillopanti mahāvilopaṃ. Ekāgārikanti ekameva gharaṃ parivāretvā vilumpanaṃ. Paripanthetiṭṭhatoti āgatāgatānaṃ acchindanatthaṃ magge tiṭṭhato. Karoto na karīyati pāpanti yaṃkiñci pāpaṃ karomīti saññāya karotopi pāpaṃ na karīyati, natthi pāpaṃ. Sattā pana karomāti evaṃsaññino hontīti attho. Khurapariyantenāti khuraneminā, khuradhārasadisapariyantena vā. Ekaṃ maṃsakhalanti ekaṃ maṃsarāsiṃ. Puñjanti tasseva vevacanaṃ. Tatonidānanti ekamaṃsakhalakaraṇanidānaṃ. Dakkhiṇatīre manussā kakkhaḷā dāruṇā, te sandhāya hanantotiādi vuttaṃ. Uttaratīre saddhā honti pasannā buddhamāmakā dhammamāmakā saṅghamāmakā, te sandhāya dadantotiādi vuttaṃ.
其中,“祭祀”是指举行大祭。“以调御”是指以调御诸根和持守布萨。“以自制”是指以戒律来自制。“以说真实语”是指说真实的话。“来”就是到来,意思是相续、流转。他们以一切方式完全否定恶与善的造作本身。白分也应当依照前面所说的方式理解。这里剩下的内容,和前面那一段所说的一样。巴利
Tattha yajantoti mahāyāgaṃ karonto. Damenāti indriyadamena uposathakammena. Saṃyamenāti sīlasaṃyamena. Saccavajjenāti saccavacanena. Āgamoti āgamanaṃ, pavattīti attho. Sabbathāpi pāpapuññānaṃ kiriyameva paṭikkhipanti. Sukkapakkhopi vuttanayeneva veditabbo. Sesamettha purimavāre vuttasadisameva.
100 没有因,没有缘:这里说的“缘”就是“因”的同义词。他们通过这两者,否定了实际存在的身恶行等杂染的缘,也否定了身善行等清净的缘。没有力,没有精进,没有男子的气力,没有男子的勇猛:这是说,众生没有(用以)杂染或清净的力量或精进,也不存在应由男子去做的男子气力或男子勇猛。巴利
100.Natthi hetu natthi paccayoti ettha paccayo hetuvevacanaṃ. Ubhayenāpi vijjamānakameva kāyaduccaritādisaṃkilesapaccayaṃ kāyasucaritādivisuddhipaccayaṃ paṭikkhipanti. Natthibalaṃ, natthi vīriyaṃ, natthi purisathāmo, natthi purisaparakkamoti sattānaṃ saṃkilesituṃ vā visujjhituṃ vā balaṃ vā vīriyaṃ vā purisena kātabbo nāma purisathāmo vā purisaparakkamo vā natthi.
“一切众生”,是把骆驼、牛、驴等全都包括进来,一个也不遗漏。“一切生类”,是按单根生、双根生等分类来说的。“一切已生者”,是指卵生、胎生、湿生、化生中的众生。“一切命者”,是指稻、麦等植物,因为他们看到这些有生长的样子,就以为它们有生命。在这些众生当中,他们没有自在,没有力量,没有精进,就是说他们没有属于自己的自在、力量或精进。被决定性、结合和本性所转变:这里的“决定性”就是定数;“结合”指六种生类在各处的流转;“本性”就是各自的体性。这样,被决定性、结合和本性所转变,就变成了种种不同的样子。他们显示:应当成为什么样的,就那样成为;不应当成为的,就不会成为。“就在六种生类当中”,是说他们就在这六种生类中感受乐和苦,再没有别的产生苦乐的地方,他们这样显示。巴利
Sabbe sattāti oṭṭhagoṇagadrabhādayo anavasese nidassenti. Sabbe pāṇāti ekindriyo pāṇo dvindriyo pāṇoti ādivasena vadanti. Sabbe bhūtāti aṇḍakosavatthikosesu bhūte sandhāya vadanti. Sabbe jīvāti sāliyavagodhumādayo sandhāya vadanti. Tesu hete viruhanabhāvena jīvasaññino. Avasā abalā avīriyāti tesaṃ attano vaso vā balaṃ vā vīriyaṃ vā natthi. Niyatisaṅgatibhāvapariṇatāti ettha niyatīti niyatatā. Saṅgatīti channaṃ abhijātīnaṃ tattha tattha gamanaṃ. Bhāvoti sabhāvoyeva. Evaṃ niyatiyā ca saṅgatiyā ca bhāvena ca pariṇatā nānappakārataṃ pattā. Yena hi yathā bhavitabbaṃ, so tatheva bhavati. Yena no bhavitabbaṃ, so na bhavatīti dassenti. Chasvevābhijātīsūti chasu eva abhijātīsu ṭhatvā sukhañca dukkhañca paṭisaṃvedenti, aññā sukhadukkhabhūmi natthīti dassenti.
在这里,六种出身分别是:黑出身、蓝出身、红出身、黄出身、白出身、最胜白出身。其中,捕鸟的人、养猪的人、猎人、捕鱼的人、盗贼、刽子手,以及其他任何从事残酷行业的人,就叫黑出身。他们把比丘说成是蓝出身。据说这些比丘在四种生活必需品中放进荆棘,然后吃掉。他们的经典里确实有“比丘是荆棘行者”这样的说法。或者,他们说的是一些名叫荆棘行者的出家人,因为他们的经典里也有“沙门荆棘行者”的说法。只穿一件衣服的尼干陀,被称为红出身。据说这些人比前面两种更白净。在家众中,裸形外道的弟子被称为黄出身。这样一来,他们把自己供养的施主也抬得比尼干陀更高。难陀、婆磋、僧揭多,被称为白出身。据说这些人又比前面四种更白净。而邪命外道,则被称为最胜白出身。据说这些人比一切人都更白净。巴利
Tattha cha abhijātiyo nāma kaṇhābhijāti nīlābhijāti lohitābhijāti haliddābhijāti sukkābhijāti paramasukkābhijātīti. Tattha sākuṇiko sūkariko luddo macchaghātako coro coraghātako, ye vā panaññepi keci kurūrakammantā, ayaṃ kaṇhābhijāti nāma. Bhikkhū nīlābhijātīti vadanti. Te kira catūsu paccayesu kaṇṭake pakkhipitvā khādanti. ‘‘Bhikkhū ca kaṇṭakavuttino’’ti ayañhi nesaṃ pāḷiyeva. Atha vā kaṇṭakavuttikā evaṃ nāma eke pabbajitāti vadanti. ‘‘Samaṇakaṇṭakavuttikā’’tipi hi nesaṃ pāḷi. Lohitābhijāti nāma nigaṇṭhā ekasāṭakāti vadanti. Ime kira purimehi dvīhi paṇḍaratarā. Gihī acelakasāvakā haliddābhijātīti vadanti. Iti attano paccayadāyake nigaṇṭhehipi jeṭṭhakatare karonti. Nando, vaccho, saṅkicco, ayaṃ sukkābhijātīti vadanti. Te kira purimehi catūhi paṇḍaratarā. Ājīvake pana paramasukkābhijātīti vadanti. Te kira sabbehi paṇḍaratarā.
在这里,所有众生最初都只是捕鸟者之类的人,之后逐渐清净而成为释迦沙门,再清净而成为尼干陀,再成为邪命外道的信徒,再成为难陀等人,最后成为邪命外道——这就是他们的见解。白分则按前面所说的相反方式来理解。其余部分在这里也和前文所说的一样。巴利
Tattha sabbe sattā paṭhamaṃ sākuṇikādayova honti, tato visujjhamānā sakyasamaṇā honti, tato visujjhamānā nigaṇṭhā, tato ājīvakasāvakā, tato nandādayo, tato ājīvakāti ayametesaṃ laddhi. Sukkapakkho vuttapaccanīkena veditabbo. Sesamidhāpi purimavāre vuttasadisameva.
在这三种邪见里,无有见障碍果报,无作见障碍业,无因见则把两者都障碍掉。在这里,障碍业的人,果报也就被障碍了;障碍果报的人,业也就被障碍了。所以从实质上说,这些人全都是对两者都加以障碍的,他们既是无有论者,也是无因论者,又是无作论者。如果有人接受他们的见解,无论住在夜间住处还是白天住处,坐下来诵读、审察,那么当“没有布施,没有供养,作恶不会受报,没有因,没有缘”这样的所缘出现时,邪念就会在他心中站住,心变得专一,速行心生起。第一速行心还有救,第二速行心等也一样。到第七速行心时,连诸佛也救不了,无法让它回转,就像不动的刺一样。巴利
Imāsu pana tīsu diṭṭhīsu natthikadiṭṭhi vipākaṃ paṭibāhati, akiriyadiṭṭhi kammaṃ paṭibāhati, ahetukadiṭṭhi ubhayampi paṭibāhati. Tattha kammaṃ paṭibāhantenāpi vipāko paṭibāhito hoti, vipākaṃ paṭibāhantenāpi kammaṃ paṭibāhitaṃ. Iti sabbepete atthato ubhayapaṭibāhakā natthikavādā ceva ahetukavādā akiriyavādā ca honti. Ye pana tesaṃ laddhiṃ gahetvā rattiṭṭhāne divāṭṭhāne nisinnā sajjhāyanti vīmaṃsanti, tesaṃ – ‘‘natthi dinnaṃ natthi yiṭṭhaṃ, karoto na kariyati pāpaṃ, natthi hetu natthi paccayo’’ti tasmiṃ ārammaṇe micchāsati santiṭṭhati , cittaṃ ekaggaṃ hoti, javanāni javanti, paṭhamajavane satekicchā honti, tathā dutiyādīsu. Sattame buddhānampi atekicchā anivattino ariṭṭhakaṇṭakasadisā.
其中,有人落入一种邪见,有人落入两种,也有人落入三种。即使只落入一种,或者落入两种、三种,他都成了持决定邪见的人,已经构成往生天界的障碍和解脱的障碍。这个生命体死后,连往生天界都做不到,更不用说解脱了。这种有情就叫“轮回树桩”,像挡住大地的树桩一样。那么,他是在这一世生命中就成为决定性的,还是在别的生命中也一样呢?他就是在这一世生命中成为决定性的。不过因为反复串习的力量,在未来的生命里,他还是会喜欢那种邪见。因为对这类有情来说,绝大多数情况下,根本没办法从轮回中出来。巴利
Tattha koci ekaṃ dassanaṃ okkamati, koci dve, koci tīṇipi, ekasmiṃ okkantepi dvīsu tīsu okkantesupi niyatamicchādiṭṭhikova hoti, patto saggamaggāvaraṇañceva mokkhamaggāvaraṇañca, abhabbo tassa attabhāvassa anantaraṃ saggampi gantuṃ, pageva mokkhaṃ. Vaṭṭakhāṇu nāmesa satto pathavīgopako. Kiṃ panesa ekasmiṃyeva attabhāve niyato hoti, udāhu aññasmimpīti? Ekasmiññeva niyato, āsevanavasena pana bhavantarepi taṃ taṃ diṭṭhiṃ rocetiyeva. Evarūpassa hi yebhuyyena bhavato vuṭṭhānaṃ nāma natthi.
所以,要像避开毒蛇一样,远远避开不善之人。
想求平安的人,有眼力的人,应当远远躲开。巴利
Tasmā akalyāṇajanaṃ, āsīvisamivoragaṃ; Ārakā parivajjeyya, bhūtikāmo vicakkhaṇoti.
103 “完全没有无色界”——意思是,所谓无色梵天界,从任何方面来说都不存在。“意所成”:由禅那之心所构成。“想所成”:由无色禅那的想所构成。“为了对色的厌离、离染、灭尽而行道”——这里的修行者,或者是已经证得禅那的人,或者只是靠推理思辨的人。已经证得的人,就是已经获得色界禅那的人。他对色界没有疑惑,对无色界则有疑惑。他这样想:“我听到有人说无色界存在,也听到有人说无色界不存在,但我自己并不知道到底是有还是没有。我要以第四禅作为基础,修成无色界禅那。如果无色界存在,我就转生到那里;如果不存在,我就转生到色界梵天。这样,对我而言,这个没有过失的法就是确定无误、不会落空的。”他就这样去修行。至于靠推理思辨的人,则是还没有证得任何禅那的人。他对色界禅那也没有疑惑,但对无色界有疑惑。他这样想:“我听到有人说无色界存在,也听到有人说无色界不存在,但我自己并不知道到底是有还是没有。我要修习遍业处,证成第四禅,再以它为基础,修成无色界禅那。如果无色界存在,我就转生到那里;如果不存在,我就转生到色界梵天。这样,对我而言,这个没有过失的法就是确定无误、不会落空的。”他就这样去修行。巴利
103.Natthi sabbaso āruppāti arūpabrahmaloko nāma sabbākārena natthi. Manomayāti jhānacittamayā. Saññāmayāti arūpajjhānasaññāya saññāmayā. Rūpānaṃyeva nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hotīti ayaṃ lābhī vā hoti takkī vā. Lābhī nāma rūpāvacarajjhānalābhī. Tassa rūpāvacare kaṅkhā natthi, arūpāvacaraloke atthi . So – ‘‘ahaṃ āruppā atthīti vadantānampi natthīti vadantānampi suṇāmi, atthi natthīti pana na jānāmi. Catutthajjhānaṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ nibbattessāmi. Sace āruppā atthi, tattha nibbattissāmi, sace natthi, rūpāvacarabrahmaloke nibbattissāmi. Evaṃ me apaṇṇako dhammo apaṇṇakova aviraddhova bhavissatī’’ti tathā paṭipajjati. Takkī pana appaṭiladdhajjhāno, tassāpi rūpajjhāne kaṅkhā natthi, arūpaloke pana atthi. So – ‘‘ahaṃ āruppā atthīti vadantānampi natthīti vadantānampi suṇāmi, atthi natthīti pana na jānāmi. Kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā catutthajjhānaṃ nibbattetvā taṃ padaṭṭhānaṃ katvā arūpāvacarajjhānaṃ nibbattessāmi. Sace āruppā atthi, tattha nibbattissāmi. Sace natthi, rūpāvacarabrahmaloke nibbattissāmi. Evaṃ me apaṇṇako dhammo apaṇṇakova aviraddhova bhavissatī’’ti tathā paṭipajjati.
104 “有灭”就是涅槃。“对有贪染的人而言在近处”:指因贪的力量而在轮回中贪染的人身边。“为了结缚”:指以渴爱为性而结缚。“为了欢喜”:指以渴爱和邪见为性而欢喜。他进入了这样的修行:这种人要么是已证得者,要么是思辨者。已证得者,就是已证得八等至的人。他对无色界没有疑惑,对涅槃有疑惑。他这样想:“我听说灭存在,也听说灭不存在,可我自己并不知道。我要以等至为依托,增长观智。如果灭存在,我就证得阿罗汉果后般涅槃;如果不存在,我就转生到无色界。”他就这样修行。思辨者则连一种等至都还没证得,但他对无色界没有疑惑,对有灭有疑惑。他这样想:“我听说灭存在,也听说灭不存在,可我自己并不知道。我要修遍业处,成就八等至,再以等至为依托,增长观智。如果灭存在,我就证得阿罗汉果后般涅槃;如果不存在,我就转生到无色界。”他就这样修行。这里有人问:“‘有布施’这类说法算是没有过失,那‘没有布施’这类说法怎么也能算没有过失呢?”这是从执取的方式来说的。因为它们被执取为“没有过失、没有过失”,所以才被称为没有过失。巴利
104.Bhavanirodhoti nibbānaṃ. Sārāgāya santiketi rāgavasena vaṭṭe rajjanassa santike. Saṃyogāyāti taṇhāvasena saṃyojanatthāya. Abhinandanāyāti taṇhādiṭṭhivasena abhinandanāya. Paṭipanno hotīti ayampi lābhī vā hoti takkī vā. Lābhī nāma aṭṭhasamāpattilābhī. Tassa āruppe kaṅkhā natthi, nibbāne atthi. So – ‘‘ahaṃ nirodho atthītipi natthītipi suṇāmi, sayaṃ na jānāmi. Samāpattiṃ pādakaṃ katvā vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhessāmi. Sace nirodho bhavissati, arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyissāmi. No ce bhavissati, āruppe nibbattissāmī’’ti evaṃ paṭipajjati. Takkī pana ekasamāpattiyāpi na lābhī, āruppe panassa kaṅkhā natthi, bhavanirodhe atthi. So – ‘‘ahaṃ nirodho atthītipi natthītipi suṇāmi, sayaṃ na jānāmi, kasiṇaparikammaṃ katvā aṭṭhasamāpattiyo nibbattetvā samāpattipadaṭṭhānaṃ vipassanaṃ vaḍḍhessāmi. Sace nirodho bhavissati, arahattaṃ patvā parinibbāyissāmi. No ce bhavissati, āruppe nibbattissāmī’’ti evaṃ paṭipajjati. Etthāha – ‘‘atthi dinnantiādīni tāva apaṇṇakāni bhavantu, natthi dinnantiādīni pana kathaṃ apaṇṇakānī’’ti. Gahaṇavasena. Tāni hi apaṇṇakaṃ apaṇṇakanti evaṃ gahitattā apaṇṇakāni nāma jātāni.
105 “四种人”这一句,是这里一段特别的连结。主张无有论、无因论、无作论的人,再加上主张“无色不存在”“灭不存在”的这两种人,这样合起来是五种人,但这五种人实际上就是下面(前面已说)的三种人。主张有论等五种人,则就是这第四种人。为了说明这个道理,世尊才开始了这段教导。在这里,从意义上来说,一切都是很浅显易懂的。巴利
105.Cattārometi ayaṃ pāṭiekko anusandhi. Natthikavādo, ahetukavādo akiriyavādo, āruppā natthi nirodho natthīti evaṃvādino ca dveti ime pañca puggalā heṭṭhā tayo puggalāva honti. Atthikavādādayo pañca eko catutthapuggalova hoti. Etamatthaṃ dassetuṃ bhagavā imaṃ desanaṃ ārabhi. Tattha sabbaṃ atthato uttānamevāti.